% -*- mode: tex -*- coding: utf-8 -*-
% Converted from RST master
%
\documentclass[a5paper]{book}

\usepackage{polyglossia}
\setotherlanguages{english}

\usepackage{xltxtra}

\defaultfontfeatures{Scale=MatchLowercase}
\setmainfont{Libertinus Serif}
\setsansfont{Libertinus Sans}
\setmonofont[HyphenChar=None]{DejaVu Sans Mono}

\usepackage{calc}
\usepackage{graphicx}
\usepackage{alltt}
\usepackage{float}

\usepackage{array} % longtable uses array if loaded
\usepackage{longtable}

\usepackage{booktabs} % typographical tables
\newcommand{\otoprule}{\midrule[\heavyrulewidth]}

\usepackage{lettrine} % dropcaps
\usepackage[implicit=false,colorlinks=true,linkcolor=blue]{hyperref}
\hypersetup{pdfcreator={Ebookmaker 0.12.48}}
\hypersetup{pdfauthor={Gordon Stables}}
\hypersetup{pdftitle={In Far Bolivia
A Story of a Strange Wild Land}}
\usepackage[open,openlevel=1]{bookmark}

\tolerance 10000  % dont make overfull boxes
\hbadness 1000    % warn if badness exceeds 1000

\catcode`@=11     % make 'private' LaTeX variables public
\catcode`\^^J=10  % don't let empty lines end paragraphs
\catcode`\^^M=10
\catcode`\"=12    % no electric quotes

\setlength{\textwidth} {\paperwidth  * 7 / 9}
\setlength{\textheight}{\paperheight * 7 / 9}

% round textheight to baselineskip
\small\normalsize
\advance\textheight by .5\baselineskip
\divide\textheight by \baselineskip
\multiply\textheight by \baselineskip
\advance\textheight by \topskip

\setlength{\topmargin}     {\paperheight / 9 - \topskip - \headsep - \headheight - 1in}

\setlength{\evensidemargin}{\paperwidth / 9 - 1in}
\setlength{\oddsidemargin} {\paperwidth / 9 - 1in}

% \setlength{\fboxsep}{0pt} % fbox used for debugging

\let\par=\endgraf % elude macro parameter protection

\begin{document}

\newcommand{\parindentamount}{24pt}
\setlength{\parindent}{\parindentamount}
\setlength{\parskip}{0pt}
\setlength{\parsep}{0pt}
% \setlength{\topsep}{0pt plus6pt}
\setlength{\footnotesep}{0pt}

% relax float restrictions
\renewcommand{\topfraction}{.85}
\renewcommand{\bottomfraction}{.7}
\renewcommand{\textfraction}{.15}
\renewcommand{\floatpagefraction}{.66}
\renewcommand{\dbltopfraction}{.66}
\renewcommand{\dblfloatpagefraction}{.66}
\setcounter{topnumber}{9}
\setcounter{bottomnumber}{9}
\setcounter{totalnumber}{20}
\setcounter{dbltopnumber}{9}

\setcounter{LTchunksize}{10000} % process tables in one chunk

% latex always wants a numeric parameter to \footnotemark and \footnotetext
% hack to get latex to accept any string as footnote label
\def\@xfootnotemark[#1]{%
   \begingroup
      \unrestored@protected@xdef\@thefnmark{#1}%
   \endgroup
   \@footnotemark}

\def\@xfootnotenext[#1]{%
  \begingroup
     \unrestored@protected@xdef\@thefnmark{#1}%
  \endgroup
  \@footnotetext}


% headers

% HACK! to avoid a page break between labels and section title
% standard secpenalty is -300
\@secpenalty = 0

\setcounter{secnumdepth}{-1} % no automatic section numbering
% \setcounter{tocdepth}{1} we don't use auto toc at present

% \def\pgpageno#1{\marginpar[\hfill\fbox{#1}]{\fbox{#1}}}

% \def\pglineno#1{\@mparswitchfalse\marginparsep-24pt\marginpar{#1}}

\def\sd{\dp\strutbox}

\def\pgpageno#1{\strut\vadjust{\kern-\sd\vtop to \sd{\baselineskip\sd\vss\vbox{\hbox to 0pt{\hss\footnotesize(#1)\kern 18pt}\null}}}}

\def\pglineno#1{\strut\vadjust{\kern-\sd\vtop to \sd{\baselineskip\sd\vss\vbox{\hbox to \hsize{\hfill #1\kern 24pt}\null}}}}

\floatstyle{boxed}
\newfloat{topic}{tbp}{loc}
\newfloat{sidebar}{tbp}{los}

\long\def\centerleft#1{%
  {\sbox\@tempboxa{#1}%
  \ifdim \wd\@tempboxa >\hsize
    #1\par
  \else
    {\centering #1\par}
  \fi}}

\setlength{\belowcaptionskip}{\smallskipamount}

\def\raggedright{%
  \let\\\@centercr
  \advance\rightskip\@flushglue
  \parindent\z@}

\def\centering{%
  \let\\\@centercr
  \advance\rightskip\@flushglue\advance\leftskip\@flushglue
  \parindent\z@\parfillskip\z@skip}

\def\raggedleft{%
  \let\\\@centercr
  \advance\leftskip\@flushglue
  \parindent\z@\parfillskip\z@skip}

\renewenvironment{verse}{\parindent\z@}{}

% insert vertical spacing
\def\vs#1{\vspace{#1\baselineskip}}

% one line of verse
\def\vl{\advance\leftskip48pt\hskip-48pt}

% define environments for most of the
% standard building blocks of a book

\def\startenv{%
  \thispagestyle{empty}%
}
\def\endenv{%
}

\newenvironment{container}{}{\par}

\newenvironment{coverpage_env}{\startenv}{\endenv}
\newenvironment{frontispiece_env}{\startenv}{\endenv}
\newenvironment{titlepage_env}{\startenv}{\endenv}
\newenvironment{verso_env}{\startenv}{\endenv}
\newenvironment{dedication_env}{\startenv}{\endenv}
\newenvironment{plainpage_env}{\startenv}{\endenv}
\newenvironment{contents_env}{}{}
\newenvironment{foreword_env}{}{}
\newenvironment{preface_env}{}{}
\newenvironment{introduction_env}{}{}
\newenvironment{prologue_env}{}{}
\newenvironment{epilogue_env}{}{}
\newenvironment{glossary_env}{}{}
\newenvironment{bibliography_env}{}{}
\newenvironment{index_env}{}{}
\newenvironment{colophon_env}{}{}
\newenvironment{pgfooter_env}{}{}
\newenvironment{pgheader_env}{}{}
\newenvironment{appendix_env}{}{}

\newdimen{\tablewidth} % helper

% \tracingpages=1

\frontmatter

\thispagestyle{empty}

{\noindent}
{\centering
{\LARGE\strut{IN FAR BOLIVIA}}
\endgraf}
\par

% this is the default PG-RST stylesheet

% figure and image styles for non-image formats

% default transition

% default attribution

% -*- encoding: utf-8 -*-

\clearpage


% -*- encoding: utf-8 -*-

\label{pg-header}%
\hypertarget{pg-header}{}%
{}\begin{english}
\begin{container}
\begin{pgheader_env}
\vs{2}
{\noindent}
\noindent
This ebook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States
and most other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no
restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it
under the terms of the \hyperlink{project-gutenberg-license}{Project Gutenberg License} included with
this ebook or online at {https://www.gutenberg.org/license}. If you
are not located in the United States, you'll have to check the laws
of the country where you are located before using this ebook.
\par

\noindent
\par

\label{pg-machine-header}%
\hypertarget{pg-machine-header}{}%
{}

\begin{container}
\vs{2}
{\noindent}
\noindent
Title: In Far Bolivia
 \\
       A Story of a Strange Wild Land
 \\

 \\
Author: Gordon Stables
 \\

 \\
Release Date: May 18, 2012 {[}eBook \#39728{]}
 \\

 \\
Language: English
 \\

 \\
\par
\end{container}

\label{pg-start-line}%
\hypertarget{pg-start-line}{}%
{}

\vs{2}
{\noindent}
\noindent
*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK IN FAR BOLIVIA ***
\par

\label{pg-produced-by}%
\hypertarget{pg-produced-by}{}%
{}

\vs{4}
{\noindent}
\noindent
Produced by Al Haines.
\par


\vs{1}
{\noindent}
\noindent
\par
\end{pgheader_env}
\end{container}
\end{english}

\begin{container}
\begin{coverpage_env}

\begin{figure}[h!tbp]
\label{figure-71}%
\hypertarget{figure-71}{}%
\noindent\hfill{}\begin{minipage}{0.590\textwidth}
{\hbox to \hsize{\hfill\includegraphics[width=1.000\textwidth,keepaspectratio=true]{images/img-cover.jpg}\hfill}}
\vs{1}
{\noindent}
{\centerleft{{\itshape{Cover}}
}}
\end{minipage}
\hfill{}
\end{figure}
\end{coverpage_env}
\end{container}

\begin{container}
\begin{frontispiece_env}
{}

\begin{figure}[h!tbp]
\label{figure-72}%
\hypertarget{figure-72}{}%
\label{brawn-dashed-on-to-the-rescue}%
\hypertarget{brawn-dashed-on-to-the-rescue}{}%
\noindent\hfill{}\begin{minipage}{0.770\textwidth}
{\hbox to \hsize{\hfill\includegraphics[width=1.000\textwidth,keepaspectratio=true]{images/img-front.jpg}\hfill}}
\vs{1}
{\noindent}
{\centerleft{{\itshape{"BRAWN ... DASHED ON TO THE RESCUE"}}
}}
\end{minipage}
\hfill{}
\end{figure}
\end{frontispiece_env}
\end{container}


\begin{container}
\begin{titlepage_env}
\vs{4}
{\noindent}
{\centering
{\LARGE\strut{In Far Bolivia}}
\endgraf}
\par

{\centering
{\normalsize{ A Story of a Strange Wild Land}}
\endgraf}
\par


\vs{2}
{\noindent}
{\centering
{\normalsize{ BY}}
\endgraf}
\par

{\centering
DR. GORDON STABLES, R.N.
\endgraf}
\par

{\centering
Author of "'Twixt School and College" "The Hermit Hunter of the Wilds"
\endgraf}
\par

{\centering
"The Naval Cadet" "Kidnapped by Cannibals" \&c.
\endgraf}
\par


\vs{4}
{\noindent}
{\centering
{\itshape{{\footnotesize{WITH ILLUSTRATIONS BY J. FINNEMORE, R.I.}}}}
\endgraf}
\par


\vs{4}
{\noindent}
{\centering
{\normalsize{ BLACKIE AND SON LIMITED}}
\endgraf}
\par

{\centering
{\footnotesize{LONDON GLASGOW DUBLIN BOMBAY}}
\endgraf}
\par

{\centering
1901
\endgraf}
\par

\end{titlepage_env}
\end{container}

\begin{container}
\begin{dedication_env}
\vs{4}
{\noindent}
{\centering
TO
\endgraf}
\par

{\centering
MARIE CONNOR LEIGHTON
\endgraf}
\par

{\centering
(NOVELIST AND CRITIC)
\endgraf}
\par

{\centering
THIS BOOK IS INSCRIBED
\endgraf}
\par

{\centering
EVERY KINDLY WISH
\endgraf}
\par

{\centering
BY
\endgraf}
\par

{\centering
THE AUTHOR
\endgraf}
\par
\end{dedication_env}
\end{container}


\vs{4}
{\noindent}
{\centering
{\Large\strut{PREFACE}}
\endgraf}
\par


\vs{2}
{\noindent}
{\raggedright
{\normalsize{ Every book should tell its own story without the
aid of "preface" or "introduction".  But as in this
tale I have broken fresh ground, it is but right and
just to my reader, as well as to myself, to mention
prefatorially that, as far as descriptions go, both of
the natives and the scenery of Bolivia and the mighty
Amazon, my story is strictly accurate.}}
\endgraf}
\par

I trust that Chapter XXIII, giving facts about
social life in La Paz and Bolivia, with an account of
that most marvellous of all sheets of fresh water in
the known world, Lake Titicaca, will be found of
general interest.\par

But vast stretches of this strange wild land of
Bolivia are a closed book to the world, for they have
never yet been explored; nor do we know aught of the
tribes of savages who dwell therein, as far removed
from civilization and from the benign influence of
Christianity as if they were inhabitants of another
planet.  I have ventured to send my heroes to this
land of the great unknown, and have at the same
time endeavoured to avoid everything that might
border on sensationalism.\par

In conclusion, my boys, if spared I hope to take
you out with me again to Bolivia in another book,
and together we may have stranger adventures than
any I have yet told.\par

THE AUTHOR.\par


\begin{container}
\vs{4}
{\noindent}
{\centering
――――
\endgraf}
\par
\end{container}

\vs{1}
\penalty-300%
\label{section-1}%
\hypertarget{section-1}{}%
\vspace*{50pt}\thispagestyle{empty}
{\noindent\interlinepenalty \@M\normalfont\Huge\bfseries%
{\noindent}
CONTENTS}

\unskip\vskip 40pt\nobreak

\begin{container}
\begin{contents_env}
\begin{itemize}
\item[] {\noindent}
\hyperlink{chapter-i-on-the-banks-of-the-great-amazon}{CHAPTER I--ON THE BANKS OF THE GREAT AMAZON}\par

\item[] \hyperlink{chapter-ii-strange-adventures-in-the-forest-lost}{CHAPTER II--STRANGE ADVENTURES IN THE FOREST--LOST!}\par

\item[] \hyperlink{chapter-iii-burnley-hall-old-and-new}{CHAPTER III--BURNLEY HALL, OLD AND NEW}\par

\item[] \hyperlink{chapter-iv-away-down-the-river}{CHAPTER IV--AWAY DOWN THE RIVER}\par

\item[] \hyperlink{chapter-v-a-day-in-the-forest-wilds}{CHAPTER V--A DAY IN THE FOREST WILDS}\par

\item[] \hyperlink{chapter-vi-not-one-single-drop-of-blood-shed}{CHAPTER VI--"NOT ONE SINGLE DROP OF BLOOD SHED"}\par

\item[] \hyperlink{chapter-vii-a-cold-hand-seemed-to-clutch-her-heart}{CHAPTER VII--"A COLD HAND SEEMED TO CLUTCH HER HEART"}\par

\item[] \hyperlink{chapter-viii-fiercely-and-wildly-both-sides-fought}{CHAPTER VIII--FIERCELY AND WILDLY BOTH SIDES FOUGHT}\par

\item[] \hyperlink{chapter-ix-that-tree-in-the-forest-glade}{CHAPTER IX--THAT TREE IN THE FOREST GLADE}\par

\item[] \hyperlink{chapter-x-benee-makes-a-strange-discovery}{CHAPTER X--BENEE MAKES A STRANGE DISCOVERY}\par

\item[] \hyperlink{chapter-xi-all-alone-in-the-wilderness}{CHAPTER XI--ALL ALONE IN THE WILDERNESS}\par

\item[] \hyperlink{chapter-xii-benee-entrenched-savage-revels-in-the-forest}{CHAPTER XII--BENEE ENTRENCHED--SAVAGE REVELS IN THE FOREST}\par

\item[] \hyperlink{chapter-xiii-the-march-to-the-loveless-land}{CHAPTER XIII--THE MARCH TO THE LOVELESS LAND}\par

\item[] \hyperlink{chapter-xiv-the-home-of-the-cannibal-benee-s-romance}{CHAPTER XIV--THE HOME OF THE CANNIBAL--BENEE'S ROMANCE}\par

\item[] \hyperlink{chapter-xv-shooks-gee-s-story-a-cannibal-queen}{CHAPTER XV--SHOOKS-GEE'S STORY--A CANNIBAL QUEEN}\par

\item[] \hyperlink{chapter-xvi-on-the-banks-of-a-beautiful-river}{CHAPTER XVI--ON THE BANKS OF A BEAUTIFUL RIVER}\par

\item[] \hyperlink{chapter-xvii-bill-and-his-boats}{CHAPTER XVII--BILL AND HIS BOATS}\par

\item[] \hyperlink{chapter-xviii-as-if-struck-by-a-dum-dum-bullet}{CHAPTER XVIII--AS IF STRUCK BY A DUM-DUM BULLET}\par

\item[] \hyperlink{chapter-xix-struggling-onwards-up-stream}{CHAPTER XIX--STRUGGLING ONWARDS UP-STREAM}\par

\item[] \hyperlink{chapter-xx-the-pagan-paynees-were-thirsting-for-blood}{CHAPTER XX--THE PAGAN PAYNEES WERE THIRSTING FOR BLOOD}\par

\item[] \hyperlink{chapter-xxi-the-forest-is-sheeted-in-flames}{CHAPTER XXI--THE FOREST IS SHEETED IN FLAMES}\par

\item[] \hyperlink{chapter-xxii-evenings-by-the-camp-fire}{CHAPTER XXII--EVENINGS BY THE CAMP FIRE}\par

\item[] \hyperlink{chapter-xxiii-a-marvellous-lake-in-a-marvellous-land-la-paz}{CHAPTER XXIII--A MARVELLOUS LAKE IN A MARVELLOUS LAND--LA PAZ}\par

\item[] \hyperlink{chapter-xxiv-benee-s-story-the-young-cannibal-queen}{CHAPTER XXIV--BENEE'S STORY--THE YOUNG CANNIBAL QUEEN}\par

\item[] \hyperlink{chapter-xxv-benee-s-mother-to-the-front}{CHAPTER XXV--BENEE'S MOTHER TO THE FRONT}\par

\item[] \hyperlink{chapter-xxvi-the-pale-face-queen-has-fled}{CHAPTER XXVI--THE PALE-FACE QUEEN HAS FLED}\par

\item[] \hyperlink{chapter-xxvii-the-fight-at-the-fort}{CHAPTER XXVII--THE FIGHT AT THE FORT}\par

\item[] \hyperlink{chapter-xxviii-the-dream-and-the-terror}{CHAPTER XXVIII--THE DREAM AND THE TERROR!}\par

\item[] \hyperlink{chapter-xxix-eastward-ho-for-merrie-england}{CHAPTER XXIX--EASTWARD HO!  FOR MERRIE ENGLAND}\par
\end{itemize}
\end{contents_env}
\end{container}

\begin{container}
\vs{1}
{\noindent}
{\centering
――――
\endgraf}
\par
\end{container}


\vs{4}
{\noindent}
{\centering
{\Large\strut{ILLUSTRATIONS}}
\endgraf}
\par

{\raggedright
\hyperlink{brawn-dashed-on-to-the-rescue}{{\normalsize{ "Brawn ... dashed on to the rescue"}}}{\normalsize{  . . . . . . }}{\itshape{{\normalsize{ Frontispiece}}}}
\endgraf}
\par

\hyperlink{brawn-sprang-at-once-upon-his-man}{"Brawn sprang at once upon his man"}\par

\hyperlink{she-held-her-at-arm-s-length}{"She ... held her at arm's-length"}\par

\hyperlink{fire-low-lads-don-t-waste-a-shot}{"Fire low, lads ... don't waste a shot!"}\par


\vs{4}
{\noindent}
{\centering
{\Large\strut{IN FAR BOLIVIA}}
\endgraf}
\par


\vs{3}
\penalty-300%
\label{chapter-i-on-the-banks-of-the-great-amazon}%
\hypertarget{chapter-i-on-the-banks-of-the-great-amazon}{}%
\vspace*{50pt}\thispagestyle{empty}
{\noindent\interlinepenalty \@M\normalfont\Huge\bfseries%
{\noindent}
CHAPTER I--ON THE BANKS OF THE GREAT AMAZON}

\unskip\vskip 40pt\nobreak

{\noindent}
Miles upon miles from the banks of the mighty
river, had you wandered far away in the
shade of the dark forest that clothed the
valleys and struggled high over the mountain-tops
themselves, you would have heard the roar and the
boom of that great buzz-saw.\par

As early as six of a morning it would start, or soon
after the sun, like a huge red-hot shot, had leapt up
from his bed in the glowing east behind the greenery
of the hills and woods primeval.\par

To a stranger coming from the south towards the
Amazon--great queen of all the rivers on earth--and
not knowing he was on the borders of civilization, the
sound that the huge saw made would have been
decidedly alarming.\par

He would have stopped and listened, and listening,
wondered.  No menagerie of wild beasts could have
sent forth a noise so loud, so strange, so persistent!
Harsh and low at times, as its great teeth tore through
the planks of timber, it would change presently into a
dull but dreadful {\itshape{basso profundo}}, such as might have
been emitted by antediluvian monsters in the agonies
of death or torture, rising anon into a shrill howl or
shriek, then subsiding once again into a steady grating
roar, that seemed to shake the very earth.\par

Wild beasts in this black forest heard the sounds,
and crept stealthily away to hide themselves in their
caves and dens; caymans or alligators heard them too,
as they basked in the morning sunshine by lakelet
or stream--heard them and crawled away into caves,
or took to the water with a sullen plunge that caused
the finny inhabitants to dart away in terror to every
point of the compass.\par

"Up with the tree, lads.  Feed him home," cried
Jake Solomons loudly but cheerily.  "Our pet is
hungry this morning.  I say, Bill, doesn't she look a
beauty.  Ever see such teeth, and how they shine,
too, in the red sunlight.  Guess you never did, Bill.
I say, what chance would the biggest 'gator that ever
crawled have with Betsy here.  Why, if Betsy got
one tooth in his hide she'd have fifty before you
could say 'Jerusalem', and that 'gator'd be cut in two.
Tear away, Betsy!  Grind and groan and growl, my
lass!  Have your breakfast, my little pet; why, your
voice is sweetest music to my ear.  I say, Bill, don't
the saw-dust fly a few?  I should smile!\par

"But see," he continued, "yonder come the darkies
with our matutinal.  Girls and boys with baskets,
and I can see the steam curling up under Chloe's arm
from the great flagon she is carrying!  Look how her
white eyes roll, and her white teeth shine as she smiles
her six-inch smile!  Good girl is Chloe.  She knows
we're hungry, and that we'll welcome her.  Wo, now,
Betsy!  Let the water off, Bill.  Betsy has had her
snack, and so we'll have ours."\par

There was quietness now o'er hill and dell and
forest-land.\par

And this tall Yankee, Jake Solomons, who was
fully arrayed in cotton shirt and trousers, his brown
arms bare to the shoulder, stretched his splendidly
knit but spare form with a sort of a yawn.\par

"Heigho, Bill!" he said.  "I'm pining for
breakfast.  Aren't you?"\par

"That I am," replied Burly Bill with his broadest
grin.\par

Jake ran to the open side of the great saw-mill.
Three or four strides took him there.\par

"Ah!  Good-morning, Chloe, darling!  Morning,
Keemo!  Morning, Kimo!"\par

"Mawning, sah!"  This was a chorus.\par

"All along dey blessed good-foh-nuffin boys I no
come so queeck," said Chloe.\par

"Stay, stay, Chloe," cried Jake, "never let your
angry passions rise.  'Sides, Chloe, I calculate such
language ain't half-proper.  But how glittering your
cheeks are, Chloe, how white your teeth!  There! you
smile again.  And that vermilion blouse sets off your
dark complexion to a nicety, and seems just made for
it.  Chloe, I would kiss you, but the fear of making
Bill jealous holds me back."\par

Burly Bill shook with laughter.  Bill was well
named the Burly.  Though not so tall as Jake, his
frame was immense, though perhaps there was a little
more adipose tissue about it than was necessary in a
climate like this.  But Bill's strength was wonderful.
See him, axe in hand, at the foot of a tree!  How the
chips fly!  How set and determined the man's face,
while the great beads of sweat stand like pearls on
his brow!\par

Burly Bill was a white man turned black.  You
couldn't easily have guessed his age.  Perhaps he was
forty, but at twenty, when still in England, Bill was
supple and lithe, and had a skin as white as a schoolboy's.
But he had got stouter as the years rolled on,
and his face tanned and tanned till it tired of tanning,
and first grew purple, and latterly almost black.  The
same with those hirsute bare arms of his.\par

There was none of the wild "Ha! ha!" about Bill's
laughter.  It was a sort of suppressed chuckle, that
agitated all his anatomy, the while his merry
good-natured eyes sought shelter behind his cheeks'
rotundity.\par

Under a great spreading tree the two men laid
themselves down, and Chloe spread their breakfast on
a white cloth between them, Jake keeping up his
fire of chaff and sweet nothings while she did so.
Keemo and Kimo, and the other "good-foh-nuffin boys"
had brought their morning meal to the men who fed
the great buzz-saw.\par

"Ah, Chloe!" said Jake, "the odour of that coffee
would bring the dead to life, and the fish and the beef
and the butter, Chloe!  Did you do all this yourself?"\par

"All, sah, I do all.  De boys jes' kick about de
kitchen and do nuffin."\par

"Dear tender-eyed Chloe!  How clever you are!
Guess you won't be so kind to me when you and I get
spliced, eh?"\par

"Ah sah! you no care to marry a poor black gal
like Chloe!  Dere is a sweet little white missie
waiting somew'eres foh Massa Jake.  I be your maid, and
shine yo' boots till all de samee's Massa Bill's cheek
foh true."\par

As soon as Chloe with her "good-foh-nuffin boys"
had cleared away the breakfast things, and retired
with a smile and saucy toss of her curly poll, the men
lay back and lit their pipes.\par

"She's a bright intelligent girl that," said Jake.
"I don't want a wife or--but I say, Bill, why don't
you marry her?  I guess she'd make ye a tip-topper."\par

"Me!  Is it marry?"\par

Burly Bill held back his head and chuckled till he
well-nigh choked.\par

Honest Bill's ordinary English showed that he came
from the old country, and more particularly from the
Midlands.  But Bill could talk properly enough when
he pleased, as will soon be seen.\par

He smoked quietly enough for a time, but every
now and then he felt constrained to take his
meerschaum from his mouth and give another chuckle or
two.\par

"Tchoo-hoo-hoo!" he laughed.  "Me marry!  And
marry Chloe!  Tchoo-hoo-hoo!"\par

"To change the subject, William," said Jake, "seein'
as how you've pretty nearly chuckled yourself silly,
or darned near it, how long have you left England?"\par

"W'y, I coom over with Mr. St. Clair hisse'f, and
Roland w'y he weren't more'n seven.  Look at 'e
now, and dear little Peggy, 'is sister by adoption as
ever was, weren't a month over four.  Now Rolly 'e
bees nigh onto fifteen, and Peggy--the jewel o' the
plantation--she's goin' on for twelve, and main tall
for that.  W'y time do fly!  Don't she, Jake?"\par

"Well, I guess I've been here five years, and durn
me if I want to leave.  Could we have a better home?
I'd like to see it.  I'd smile a few odd ones.  But
listen, why here comes the young 'uns!"\par

There was the clatter of ponies' feet, and next
minute as handsome a boy as ever sat in saddle, and
as pretty and bright a lassie as you could wish to
meet, galloped into the clearing, and reined up their
spirited little steeds close to the spot where the men
were lounging.\par

Burly Bill stuck his thumb into the bowl of his
meerschaum to put it out, and Jake threw his pipe
on the bank.\par

Roland was tall for his age, like Peggy.  But while
a mass of fair and irrepressible hair curled around
the boy's sun-burned brow, Peggy's hair was straight
and black.  When she rode fast it streamed out
behind her like pennons in the breeze.  What a
bright and sunny face was hers too!  There was ever
a happy smile about her red lips and dark eyes.\par

"You've got to begin to smoke again immediately,"
said the boy.\par

"No, no, Master Roland, not in the presence of your
sister."\par

"But," cried Peggy, with a pretty show of
pomposity, "I command you!"\par

"Ah, then, indeed!" said Jake; and soon both men
were blowing clouds that made the very mosquitoes
change their quarters.\par

"Father'll be up soon, riding on Glancer.  This nag
threw Father, coming home last night.  Mind, Glancer
is seventeen hands and over."\par

"He threw him?"\par

"That he did, in the moonlight.  Scared at a 'gator.
Father says he heard the 'gator's great teeth snapping
and thought he was booked.  But lo!  Jake, at that
very moment Glancer struck out with both hind-legs--you
know how he is shod.  He smashed the 'gator's
skull, and the beast turned up his yellow belly to
the moon."\par

"Bravo!"\par

"Then Father mounted mighty Glancer and rode
quietly home.\par

"Peggy and I," he continued, "have ridden along
the bank to the battlefield to hold a coroner's inquest
on the 'gator, but he's been hauled away by his
relations.  I suppose they'll make potato soup of him."\par

Burly Bill chuckled.\par

"Well, Peggy and I are off.  See you in the evening,
Jake.  By-by!"\par

And away they rode, like a couple of wild Indians,
followed by a huge Irish wolf-hound, as faithful a dog
to his mistress--for he was Peggy's own pet--as ever
dog could be.\par

They were going to have a day in the forest, and
each carried a short six-chambered rifle at the saddle.\par

A country like the wild one in which they dwelt
soon makes anyone brave and fearless.  They meant
to ride quite a long way to-day and not return till the
sun began to decline in the far and wooded west.  So,
being already quite an old campaigner, Roland had
not forgotten to bring luncheon with him, and some
for bold Brawn also.\par

Into the forest they dashed, leaving the mighty river,
which was there about fifteen miles broad probably,
in their rear.\par

They knew every pathway of that primeval woodland,
and it mattered but little to them that most of
these had been worn by the feet of wild beasts.  Such
tracks wind out and in, and in and out, and meet
others in the most puzzling and labyrinthine manner.\par

Roland carried a compass, and knew how to use it,
but the day was unusually fine and sunny, so there
was little chance of their getting lost.\par

The country in which they lived might well have
been called the land of perpetual summer.\par

But at some spots the forest was so pitchy dark,
owing to the overhanging trees and wild flowering
creepers, that they had to rein up and allow Coz and
Boz, as their ponies were named, to cautiously feel
the way for themselves.\par

How far away they might have ridden they could
not themselves tell, had they not suddenly entered a
kind of fairy glade.  At one side it was bounded by
a crescentic formation of rock, from the very centre
of which spouted a tiny clear crystal waterfall.
Beneath was a deep pool, the bottom of which was
sand and yellow shingle, with here and there a patch
of snow-white quartz.  And away from this a little
stream went meandering slowly through the glade,
keeping it green.\par

On the other side were the lordly forest trees,
bedraped with flowering orchids and ferns.\par

Flowers and ferns grew here and there in the rockface
itself.  No wonder the young folks gazed around
them in delighted wonder.\par

Brawn was more practical.  He cared nothing for
the flowers, but enjoyed to the fullest extent the clear
cool water of the crystal pool.\par

"Oh, isn't it lovely?" said Roland.\par

"And oh, I am so hungry, Rolly!"\par

Rolly took the hint.\par

The ponies were let loose to graze, Brawn being
told to head them off if they attempted to take to the
woods.\par

"I understand," said Brawn, with an intelligent
glance of his brown eyes and wag of his tail.\par

Then down the boy and girl squatted with the
noble wolf-hound beside them, and Roland speedily
spread the banquet on the moss.\par

I dare say that hunger and romance seldom tread
the same platform--at the same time, that is.  It
is usually one down, the other up; and notwithstanding
the extraordinary beauty of their surroundings,
for some time both boy and girl applied
themselves assiduously to the discussion of the good
things before them; that meat-pie disappearing as if
by magic.  Then the hard-boiled eggs, the
well-buttered and flouriest of floury scones, received their
attention, and the whole was washed down with
{\itshape{vinum bovis}}, as Roland called it, cow's wine, or good
milk.\par

Needless to say, Brawn, whose eyes sparkled like
diamonds, and whose ears were conveniently erect,
came in for a good share.\par

Well, but the ponies, Boz and Coz, had not the
remotest idea of running away.  In fact they soon
drew near to the banqueting-table.  Coz laid his nose
affectionately on his little mistress's shoulder and
heaved an equine sigh, and Boz began to nibble at
Roland's ears in a very winning way.\par

And the nibbling and the sigh brought them cakes
galore.\par

Roland offered Boz a bit of pie.\par

The pony drew back, as if to say, "Vegetarians,
weren't you aware?"\par

But Brawn cocked his bonnie head to one side,
knowingly.\par

"Pitch it this way, master," he said.  "I've got a
crop for any kind of corn, and a bag for peas."\par

A strange little rodent creature, much bigger than
any rat, however, with beautiful sad-looking eyes, came
from the bush, and stood on its hind-legs begging, not
a yard away.  Its breast was as white as snow.\par

Probably it had no experience of the genus {\itshape{homo}},
and all the cruelties he is guilty of, under the title of
sport.\par

Roland pitched several pieces of pie towards the
innocent.  It just tasted a morsel, then back it ran
towards the wood with wondrous speed.\par

If they thought they had seen the last of it, they
were much mistaken, for the innocent returned in
two minutes time, accompanied not only by another
of his own size, but by half a dozen of the funniest
little fairies ever seen inside a forest.\par

"My wife and children," said innocent No. 1.\par

"My services to you," bobbed innocent No. 2.\par

But the young ones squawked and squealed, and
tumbled and leapt over each other as they fed in a
manner so droll that boy and girl had to laugh till
the woods rang.\par

Innocent No. 1 looked on most lovingly, but took
not a morsel to himself.\par

Then all disappeared as suddenly as they had come.\par

Truly the student of Nature who betakes himself
to lonely woods sees many wonders!\par

It was time now to lie back in the moss and enjoy
the {\itshape{dolce far niente}}.\par

The sky was as blue as blue could be, all between
the rifts of slowly-moving clouds.  The whisper of the
wind among the forest trees, and the murmur of the
falling water, came like softest music to Roland's ears.
Small wonder, therefore, that his eyes closed, and he
was soon in the land of sweet forgetfulness.\par

But Peggy had a tiny book, from which she read
passages to Brawn, who seemed all attention, but kept
one eye on the ponies at the same time.\par

It was a copy of the "Song of Hiawatha", a poem
which Peggy thought ineffably lovely.  Hark to her
sweet girl voice as she reads:\par

{\advance\leftskip\parindentamount{}\advance\rightskip\parindentamount{}
\vs{1}
\begin{verse}
{\vl {\noindent}
"These songs so wild and wayward,\par}
{\vl These legends and traditions".\par}
\end{verse}
}


\vs{2}
{\noindent}
They appealed to her simple soul, for dearly did
she love the haunts of Nature.\par

{\advance\leftskip\parindentamount{}\advance\rightskip\parindentamount{}
\vs{1}
\begin{verse}
{\vl {\noindent}
"Loved the sunshine of the meadow,\par}
{\vl Loved the shadow of the forest,\par}
{\vl Loved the wind among the branches,\par}
{\advance\leftskip\parindentamount{}{\vl The rushing of great rivers\par}
}

{\vl Through their palisades of pine-trees."\par}
\end{verse}
}


\vs{2}
{\noindent}
She believed, too:\par

{\advance\leftskip\parindentamount{}\advance\rightskip\parindentamount{}
\vs{1}
\begin{verse}
{\vl {\noindent}
"That even in savage bosoms\par}
{\vl There are longings, yearnings, strivings\par}
{\vl For the good they comprehend not;\par}
{\vl That feeble hands and helpless,\par}
{\vl Groping blindly in the darkness,\par}
{\vl Touch God's right hand...\par}
{\vl And are lifted up and strengthened".\par}
\end{verse}
}

\begin{container}
\vs{1}
{\noindent}
{\centering
――――
\endgraf}
\par
\end{container}

\vs{1}
{\noindent}
Roland slumbered quietly, and the day went on apace.\par

He slept so peacefully that she hardly liked to
arouse him.\par

The little red book dropped from her hand and fell
on the moss, and her thoughts now went far, far away
adown the mighty river that flows so sadly, so
solemnly onwards to the great Atlantic Ocean, fed on
its way by a hundred rapid streams that melt in its
dark bosom and are seen nevermore.\par

But it was not the river itself the little maiden's
thoughts were dwelling on; not the strange wild birds
that sailed along its surface on snow-white wings;
not the birds of prey--the eagle and the hawk--that
hovered high in air, or with eldritch screams darted
on their prey like bolts from the blue, and bore their
bleeding quarries away to the silent forest; not even
the wealth of wild flowers that nodded over the banks
of the mighty stream.\par

Her thoughts were on board a tall and darksome
raft that was slowly making its way seaward to
distant Pará, or in the boats that towed it.  For
there was someone on the raft or in those boats who
even then might be fondly thinking of the
dark-haired maiden he had left behind.\par

But Peggy's awakening from her dream of romance,
and Roland's from his slumber, was indeed a terrible
one.\par

\penalty-300%
\label{chapter-ii-strange-adventures-in-the-forest-lost}%
\hypertarget{chapter-ii-strange-adventures-in-the-forest-lost}{}%
\vspace*{50pt}\thispagestyle{empty}
{\noindent\interlinepenalty \@M\normalfont\Huge\bfseries%
CHAPTER II--STRANGE ADVENTURES IN THE FOREST--LOST!}

\unskip\vskip 40pt\nobreak

{\noindent}
Fierce eyes had been watching the little camp for
an hour and more, glaring out on the sunny
glade from the dark depths of a forest tree not far
off; out from under a cloudland of waving foliage
that rustled in the balmy wind.  Watching, and
watching unwaveringly, Peggy, while she read; watching
the sleeping Roland; the great wolf-hound, Brawn;
and watching the ponies too.\par

Ever and anon these last would come closer to the
tree, as they nibbled grass or moss, then those fierce
eyes burned more fiercely, and the cat-like tail of a
monster jaguar moved uneasily as if the wild beast
meditated a spring.\par

But the ponies, sniffing danger in the air, perhaps--who
can tell?--would toss their manes and retreat to
the shadow of the rocks.\par

Had the dog not been there the beast would have
dared all, and sprung at once on one of those nimble
steeds.\par

But he waited and watched, watched and waited,
and at long last his time came.  With a coughing
roar he now launched himself into the air, the
elasticity of the branch giving greater force to his
spring.\par

Straight on the shoulders or back of poor Boz
he alighted.  His talons were well driven home, his
white teeth were preparing to tear the flesh from the
pony's neck.\par

Both little steeds yelled wildly, and in nightmarish terror.\par

Up sprang Brawn, the wolf-hound, and dashed on to
the rescue.\par

Peggy seized her loaded rifle and hurried after him.\par

Thoroughly awake now, and fully cognizant of the
terrible danger, Roland too was quickly on the scene
of action.\par

To fire at a distance were madness.  He might
have missed the struggling lion and shot poor Boz, or
even faithful Brawn.\par

This enormous dog had seized the beast by one
hock, and with his paws against the pony was
endeavouring to tear the monster off.\par

The noise, the movement, the terror, caused poor
Roland's head to whirl.\par

He felt dazed, and almost stupid.\par

Ah! but Peggy was clear-headed, and a brave and
fearless child was she.\par

Her feet seemed hardly to touch the moss, so
lightly did she spring along.\par

Her little rifle was cocked and ready, and, taking
advantage of a few seconds' lull in the fearful
scrimmage, she fired at five yards' distance.\par

The bullet found billet behind the monster's ear,
his grip relaxed, and now Brawn tore him easily from
his perch and finished him off on the ground, with
awful din and habbering.\par

Then, with blood-dripping jaws he came with his
ears lower, half apologetically, to receive the praise
and caresses of his master and mistress.\par

But though the adventure ended thus happily,
frightened beyond measure, the ponies, Coz and Boz,
had taken to the bush and disappeared.\par

Knowing well the danger of the situation, Roland
and Peggy, with Brawn, tried to follow them.  But
Irish wolf-hounds have but little scent, and so they
searched and searched in vain, and returned at last
to the sun-kissed glade.\par

It was now well on towards three o'clock, and as
they had a long forest stretch of at least ten miles
before them ere they could touch the banks of the
great queen of waters, Roland determined, with the
aid of his compass, to strike at once into the
beast-trodden pathway by which they had come, and make
all haste homewards before the sun should set and
darkness envelop the gloomy forest.\par

"Keep up your heart, Peggy; if your courage and
your feet hold out we shall reach the river before
dusk."\par

"I'm not so frightened now," said Peggy; but her
lips were very tremulous, and tears stood in her eyes.\par

"Come, come," she cried, "let us hurry on!  Come,
Brawn, good dog!"\par

Brawn leapt up to lick her ear, and taking no
thought for the skin of the jaguar, which in more
favourable circumstances would have been borne
away as a trophy, and proof of Peggy's valour, they
now took to the bush in earnest.\par

Roland looked at his watch.\par

"Three hours of light and more.  Ah! we can do
it, if we do not lose our way."\par

So off they set.\par

Roland took the lead, rifle in hand, Peggy came
next, and brave Brawn brought up the rear.\par

They were compelled to walk in single file, for the
pathways were so narrow in places that two could
not have gone abreast.\par

Roland made constant reference to his little
compass, always assuring his companion that they were
still heading directly for the river.\par

They had hurried on for nearly an hour, when
Roland suddenly paused.\par

A huge dark monster had leapt clear and clean
across the pathway some distance ahead, and taken
refuge in a tree.\par

It was, no doubt, another jaguar, and to advance
unannounced might mean certain death to one of the
three.\par

"Are you all loaded, Peggy?" said Roland.\par

"Every chamber!" replied the girl.\par

There was no tremor about her now; and no
backwoods Indian could have acted more coolly and
courageously.\par

"Blaze away at that tree then, Peg."\par

Peggy opened fire, throwing in three or four shots
in rapid succession.\par

The beast, with a terrible cry, darted out of the tree
and came rushing along to meet and fight the little
party.\par

"Down, Brawn, down!  To heel, sir!"\par

Next moment Roland fired, and with a terrible
shriek the jaguar took to the bush, wounded and
bleeding, and was seen no more.\par

But his yells had awakened the echoes of the forest,
and for more than five minutes the din of roaring,
growling, and shrieking was fearful.\par

Wild birds, no doubt, helped to swell the pandemonium.\par

After a time, however, all was still once more, and
the journey was continued in silence.\par

Even Peggy, usually the first to commence a
conversation, felt in no mood for talking now.\par

She was very tired.  Her feet ached, her brow was
hot, and her eyes felt as if boiling in their sockets.\par

Roland had filled his large flask at the little
waterfall before leaving the glade, and he now made her
drink.\par

The draught seemed to renew her strength, and she
struggled on as bravely as ever.\par

\begin{container}
\vs{1}
{\noindent}
{\centering
――――
\endgraf}
\par
\end{container}

\vs{1}
{\noindent}
Just two and a half hours after they had left the
forest clearing, and when Roland was holding out
hopes that they should soon reach the road by the
banks of the river, much to their astonishment they
found themselves in a strange clearing which they
had never seen before.\par

The very pathway ended here, and though the boy
went round and round the circle, he could find no
exit.\par

To retrace his steps and try to find out the right
path was the first thought that occurred to Roland.\par

This plan was tried, but tried in vain, and so--weary
and hopeless now beyond measure--they
returned to the centre of the glade and threw
themselves down on the soft green moss.\par

Lost!  Lost!\par

The words kept repeating themselves in poor
Roland's brain, but Peggy's fatigue was so complete
that she preferred rest even in the midst of danger
to going farther.\par

Brawn, heaving a great sigh, laid himself down
beside them.\par

The warm day wore rapidly to a close, and at last
the sun shimmered red through the forest trees.\par

Then it sank.\par

The briefest of twilight, and the stars shone out.\par

Two hours of starlight, then solemnly uprose the
round moon and flooded all the glade, draping the
whispering trees in a blue glare, beautifully
etherealizing them.\par

Sorrow bringeth sleep.\par

"Good-night, Rolly!  Say your prayers," murmured Peggy.\par

There were stars in the sky.  There were stars too
that flitted from bush to bush, while the winds made
murmuring music among the lofty branches.\par

Peggy was repeating to herself lines that she had
read that very day:\par

{\advance\leftskip\parindentamount{}\advance\rightskip\parindentamount{}
\vs{1}
\begin{verse}
{\vl {\noindent}
..."the firefly Wah-wah-tay-see,\par}
{\vl Flitting through the dusk of evening,\par}
{\vl With the twinkle of its candle,\par}
{\vl Lighting up the brakes and bushes.\par}
{\advance\leftskip\parindentamount{}{\vl *    *    *    *    *\par}
}

{\vl Wah-wah-tay-see, little firefly,\par}
{\vl Little, flitting, white-fire insect,\par}
{\vl Little dancing, white-fire creature,\par}
{\vl Light me with your little candle.\par}
{\vl Ere upon my bed I lay me,\par}
{\vl Ere in sleep I close my eyelids."\par}
\end{verse}
}

\begin{container}
\vs{1}
{\noindent}
{\centering
――――
\endgraf}
\par
\end{container}

\vs{1}
{\noindent}
The forest was unusually silent to-night, but ever
and anon might be heard some distant growl showing
that the woods sheltered the wildest beasts.  Or
an owl with mournful cry would flap its silent wings
as it flew across the clearing.\par

But nothing waked those tired and weary sleepers.\par

So the night wore on and on.  The moon had
reached the zenith, and was shining now with a
lustre that almost rivalled daylight itself.\par

It must have been well on towards two o'clock in
the morning when Brawn emitted a low and threatening growl.\par

This aroused both Roland and Peggy, and the former
at once seized his rifle.\par

Standing there in the pale moonlight, not twenty
yards away, was a tall, dark-skinned, and powerful-looking
Indian.  In his right hand he held a spear or
something resembling one; in his left a huge catapult
or sling.  He was dressed for comfort--certainly not
for ornament.  Leggings or galligaskins covered his
lower extremities, while his body was wrapped in a
blanket.  He had no head-covering, save a matted
mass of hair, in which were stuck a few feathers.\par

Roland took all this in at a glance as he seized his
rifle and prepared for eventualities.  According to the
traditional painter of Indian life and customs the
proper thing for this savage to have said is "Ugh!"
He said nothing of the sort.  Nor did he give vent
to a whoop and yell that would have awakened the
wild birds and beasts of the forest and every echo far
and near.\par

"Who goes there?" cried Roland, raising his gun.\par

"No shootee.  No shootee poor Indian man.  I
friendee you.  Plenty friendee."\par

Probably there was a little romance about Roland,
for, instead of saying: "Come this way then, old chap,
squat down and give us the news," he said sternly:\par

"Advance, friend!"\par

But the Indian stood like a statue.\par

"No undahstandee foh true."\par

And Roland had to climb down and say simply:\par

"Come here, friend, and speak."\par

Brawn rushed forward now, but he looked a terror,
for his hair was all on end like a hyena's, and he
growled low but fiercely.\par

"Down, Brawn!  It's a good man, Brawn."\par

Brawn smelt the Indian's hand, and, seeming
satisfied, went back to the spot where Peggy sat wondering
and frightened.\par

She gathered the great dog to her breast and hugged
and kissed him.\par

"What foh you poh chillun sleepee all in de wood
so?  S'pose wild beas' come eatee you, w'at den you do?"\par

"But, friend," replied Roland, "we are far from
Burnley Hall, our home, and we have lost everything.
We have lost our ponies, lost our way, and lost ourselves."\par

"Poh chillun!" said this strange being.  "But now
go sleepee foh true.  De Indian he lie on blanket.  He
watchee till de big sun rise."\par

"Can we trust him, Peggy?"\par

"Oh yes, yes!" returned Peggy.  "He is a dear,
good man; I know by his voice."\par

In ten minutes more the boy and girl were fast
asleep.\par

The Indian watched.\par

And Brawn watched the Indian.\par

\begin{container}
\vs{1}
{\noindent}
{\centering
――――
\endgraf}
\par
\end{container}

\vs{1}
{\noindent}
When the sun went down on the previous evening,
and there were no signs of the young folks returning,
both Mr. St. Clair and his wife became very uneasy
indeed.\par

Then two long hours of darkness ensued before the
moon sailed up, first reddening, then silvering, the
wavelets and ripples on the great river.\par

"Surely some evil must have befallen them," moaned
Mrs. St. Clair.  "Oh, my Roland! my son!  I may never
see you more.  Is there nothing can be done?  Tell
me!  Tell me!"\par

"We must trust in Providence, Mary; and it is
wrong to mourn.  I doubt not the children are safe,
although perhaps they have lost their way in the
woods."\par

Hours of anxious waiting went by, and it was
nearly midnight.  The house was very quiet and still,
for the servants were asleep.\par

Burly Bill and Jake had mounted strong horses at
moonrise, and gone off to try to find a clue.  But they
knew it was in vain, nay, 'twould have been sheer
madness to enter the forest now.  They coo-eed over
and over again, but their only answer was the echoing
shriek of the wild birds.\par

They were just about to return after giving their
last shrill coo-ee-ee, when out from the moonlit forest,
with a fond whinny, sprang Coz and Boz.\par

Jake sprang out of his saddle, throwing his bridle
to Bill.\par

In the bright moonlight, Jake could see at once
that there was something wrong.  He placed his hand
on Boz's shoulder.  He staggered back as he withdrew it.\par

"Oh, Bill," he cried, "here is blood, and the pony is
torn and bleeding!  Only a jaguar could have done
this.  This is terrible."\par

"Let us return at once," said Bill, who had a right
soft heart of his own behind his burly chest.\par

"But oh!" he added, "how can we break the news
to Roland's parents?"\par

"We'll give them hope.  Mrs. St. Clair must know
nothing yet, but at early dawn all the ranch must be
aroused, and we shall search the forest for miles and
miles."\par

\begin{container}
\vs{1}
{\noindent}
{\centering
――――
\endgraf}
\par
\end{container}

\vs{1}
{\noindent}
Jake, after seeing the ponies safe in their stable,
left Bill to look to Boz's wounds, while with
St. Clair's leave he himself set off at a round gallop to
get assistance from a neighbouring ranch.\par

Day had not yet broken ere forty good men and
true were on the bridle-path and tearing along the
river's banks.  St. Clair himself was at their head.\par

I must leave the reader to imagine the joy of all the
party when soon after sunrise there emerged from
the forest, guided by the strange Indian, Roland,
Peggy, and noble Brawn, all looking as fresh as the
dew on the tender-eyed hibiscus bloom or the wild
flowers that nodded by the river's brim.\par

"Wirr--rr--r--wouff, wouff, wouff!" barked Brawn,
as he bounded forward with joy in every feature of
his noble face, and I declare to you there seemed to
be a lump in his throat, and the sound of his barking
was half-hysterical.\par

St. Clair could not utter a word as he fondly
embraced the children.  He pretended to scold a little,
but this was all bluff, and simply a ruse to keep back
the tears.\par

But soft-hearted Burly Bill was less successful.
He just managed to drop a little to the rear, and it
was not once only that he was fain to draw the sleeve
of his rough jacket across his eyes.\par

\begin{container}
\vs{1}
{\noindent}
{\centering
――――
\endgraf}
\par
\end{container}

\vs{1}
{\noindent}
But now they are mounted, and the horses' heads
are turned homewards.  Peggy is seated in front of
Burly Bill, of whom she is very fond, and Roland is
saddled with Jake.  The Indian and Brawn ran.\par

Poor Mrs. St. Clair, at the big lawn gate, gazing
westward, sees the cavalcade far away on the horizon.\par

Presently, borne along on the morning breeze come
voices raised in a brave and joyous song:\par

{\advance\leftskip\parindentamount{}\advance\rightskip\parindentamount{}
\vs{1}
\begin{verse}
{\vl {\noindent}
"Down with them, down with the lords of the forest".\par}
\end{verse}
}


\vs{2}
{\noindent}
And she knows her boy and Peggy are safe.\par

"Thank God for all his mercies!" she says
fervently, then, woman-like, bursts into tears.\par

\penalty-300%
\label{chapter-iii-burnley-hall-old-and-new}%
\hypertarget{chapter-iii-burnley-hall-old-and-new}{}%
\vspace*{50pt}\thispagestyle{empty}
{\noindent\interlinepenalty \@M\normalfont\Huge\bfseries%
CHAPTER III--BURNLEY HALL, OLD AND NEW}

\unskip\vskip 40pt\nobreak

{\noindent}
I have noticed more than once that although the
life-story of some good old families in England
may run long stagnant, still, when one important
event does take place, strange thing after strange
thing may happen, and the story rushes on with
heedless speed, like rippling brooklets to the sea.\par

The St. Clairs may have been originally a Scottish
family, or branch of some Highland clan, but they
had been settled on a beautiful estate, far away in the
wilds of Cornwall, for over one hundred and fifty years.\par

Stay, though, we are not going back so far as that.
Old history, like old parchment, has a musty odour.
Let us come down to more modern times.\par

When, then, young Roland's grandfather died, and
died intestate, the whole of the large estate devolved
upon his eldest son, with its fat rentals of fully four
thousand a-year.  Peggy St. Clair, our little heroine,
was his only child, and said to be, even in her infancy,
the very image of her dead-and-gone mother.\par

No wonder her father loved her.\par

But soon the first great event happened in the
life-story of the St. Clairs.  For, one sad day Peggy's
father was borne home from the hunting-field
grievously wounded.\par

All hope of recovery was abandoned by the doctor
shortly after he had examined his patient.\par

Were Herbert to die intestate, as his father had
done, his second brother John, according to the old
law, could have stepped into his shoes and become
lord of Burnley Hall and all its broad acres.\par

But, alive to the peril of his situation, which the
surgeon with tears in his eyes pointed out to him, the
dying man sent at once for his solicitor, and a will
was drawn up and placed in this lawyer's hands, and
moreover he was appointed one of the executors.
This will was to be kept in a safe until Peggy should
be seventeen years of age, when it was to be opened
and read.\par

I must tell you that between the brothers Herbert
and John there had long existed a sort of blood-feud,
and it was as well they never met.\par

Thomas, however, was quickly at his wounded
brother's bedside, and never left it until--\par

{\advance\leftskip\parindentamount{}\advance\rightskip\parindentamount{}
\vs{1}
\begin{verse}
{\vl {\noindent}
"Clay-cold Death had closed his eye".\par}
\end{verse}
}


\vs{2}
{\noindent}
The surgeon had never given any hopes, yet during
the week that intervened between the terrible accident
and Herbert's death there were many hours in which
the doomed man appeared as well as ever, though
scarce able to move hand or foot.  His mind was
clear at such times, and he talked much with Thomas
about the dear old times when all were young.\par

Up till now this youngest son and brother, Thomas,
had led rather an uneasy and eventful life.  Nothing
prospered with him, though he had tried most things.\par

He was married, and had the one child, Roland, to
whom the reader has already been introduced.\par

"Now, dear Tom," said Herbert, one evening after
he had lain still with closed eyes for quite a long
time, and he placed a white cold hand in that of his
brother as he spoke, "I am going to leave you.  We
have always been good friends and loved each other
well.  All I need tell you now, and I tell you in
confidence, is that Peggy, at the age of seventeen,
will be my heir, with you, dear Tom, as her
guardian."\par

Tom could not reply for the gathering tears.  He
just pressed Herbert's hand in silence.\par

"Well," continued the latter, "things have not gone
over well with you, I know, but I have often heard
you say you could do capitally if you emigrated to an
almost new land--a land you said figuratively 'flowing
with milk and honey'.  I confess I made no attempt
to assist you to go to the great valley of the Amazon.
It was for a selfish reason I detained you.  My brother
John being nobody to me, my desire was to have you near."\par

He paused, almost exhausted, and Tom held a little
cup of wine to his lips.\par

Presently he spoke again.\par

"My little Peggy!" he moaned.  "Oh, it is hard,
hard to leave my darling!\par

"Tom, listen.  You are to take Peggy to your
home.  You are to care for her as the apple of
your eye.  You must be her father, your wife her
mother."\par

"I will!  I will!  Oh, brother, can you doubt me!"\par

"No, no, Tom.  And now you may emigrate.  I
leave you thirty thousand pounds, all my deposit
account at Messrs. Bullion \& Co.'s bank.  This is for
Peggy and you.  My real will is a secret at present,
and that which will be read after--I go, is a mere
epitome.  But in future it will be found that I have
not forgotten even John."\par

Poor Peggy had run in just then, and perched upon
the bed, wondering much that her father should lie
there so pale and still, and make no attempt to romp
with her.  At this time her hair was as yellow as the
first approach of dawn in the eastern sky.\par

\begin{container}
\vs{1}
{\noindent}
{\centering
――――
\endgraf}
\par
\end{container}

\vs{1}
{\noindent}
That very week poor Squire St. Clair breathed
his last.\par

John came to the funeral with a long face and
a crape-covered hat, looking more like a mute than
anything else.\par

He sipped his wine while the epitomized will was
read; but a wicked light flashed from his eyes, and
he ground out an oath at its conclusion.\par

All the information anyone received was that though
sums varying from five hundred pounds to a thousand
were left as little legacies to distant relations and to
John, as well as {\itshape{douceurs}} to the servants, the whole
of the estates were willed in a way that could not
be divulged for many a long year.\par

John seized his hat, tore from it the crape, and
dashed it on the floor.  The crape on his arm followed
suit.  He trampled on both and strode away slamming
the door behind him.\par

Years had flown away.\par

Tom and his wife had emigrated to the banks of
the Amazon.  They settled but a short time at or near
one of its mouths, and then Tom, who had no lack
of enterprise, determined to journey far, far into the
interior, where the land was not so level, where
mountains nodded to the moon, and giant forests
stretched illimitably to the southward and west.\par

At first Tom and his men, with faithful Bill as
overseer, were mere squatters, but squatters by the
banks of the queen of waters, and in a far more
lovely place than dreams of elfinland.  Labour was
very cheap here, and the Indians soon learned from
the white men how to work.\par

Tom St. Clair had imported carpenters and artificers
of many sorts from the old country, to say nothing
of steam plant and machinery, and that great
resounding steel buzz-saw.\par

Now, although not really extravagant, he had an
eye for the beautiful, and determined to build himself
a house and home that, although not costing a deal,
would be in reality a miniature Burnley Hall.  And
what a truly joyous time Peggy and her cousin, or
adopted brother, had of it while the house was
gradually being built by the busy hands of the trained
Indians and their white brethren!\par

Not they alone, but also a boy called Dick Temple,
whose uncle was Tom St. Clair's nearest neighbour,
That is, he lived a trifle over seven miles higher up
the river.  Dick was about the same age and build as
Roland.\par

There was a good road between Temple's ranch and
Tom St. Clair's place, and when, after a time, Tom
and Peggy had a tutor imported for their own especial
benefit, the two families became very friendly indeed.\par

Dick Temple was a well-set-up and really brave
and good-looking lad.  Little Peggy averred that
there never had been, or never could be, another boy
half so nice as Dick.\par

But I may as well state here at once and be done
with it--Dick was simply a reckless, wild dare-devil.
Nothing else would suffice to describe young Dick's
character even at this early age.  And he soon taught
Roland to be as reckless as himself.\par

\begin{container}
\vs{1}
{\noindent}
{\centering
――――
\endgraf}
\par
\end{container}

\vs{1}
{\noindent}
Time rolled on, and the new Burnley Hall was
a {\itshape{fait accompli}}.\par

The site chosen by Tom for his home by the river
was a rounded and wooded hill about a quarter of
a mile back from the immediate bank of the stream.
But all the land between the hill and the Amazon
was cultivated, and not only this, but up and down
the river as well for over a mile, for St. Clair wanted
to avoid too close contact with unfriendly alligators,
and these scaly reptiles avoid land on which crops are
growing.\par

The tall trees were first and foremost cleared off
the hill; not all though.  Many of the most beautiful
were left for effect, not to say shade, and it was
pleasant indeed to hear the wind whispering through their
foliage, and the bees murmuring in their branches,
in this flowery land of eternal summer.\par

Nor was the undergrowth of splendid shrubs and
bushes and fruit-trees cleared away.  They were
thinned, however, and beautiful broad winding walks
led up through them towards the mansion.\par

The house was one of many gables; altogether
English, built of quartz for the most part, and
having a tower to it of great height.\par

From this tower one could catch glimpses of the
most charming scenery, up and down the river, and
far away on the other shore, where forests swam in
the liquid air and giant hills raised their blue tops
far into the sky.\par

So well had Tom St. Clair flourished since taking
up his quarters here that his capital was returning
him at least one hundred per cent, after allowing for
wear and tear of plant.\par

I could not say for certain how many white men he
had with him.  The number must have been close on
fifty, to say nothing of the scores and scores of
Indians.\par

Jake Solomons and Burly Bill were his overseers,
but they delighted in hard work themselves, as we
have already seen.  So, too, did Roland's father
himself, and as visitors to the district were few, you may
be certain he never wore a London hat nor evening
dress.\par

Like those of Jake and Bill, his sleeves were always
rolled up, and his muscular arms and brave square face
showed that he was fit for anything.  No, a London
hat would have been sadly out of place; but the
broad-brimmed Buffalo Bill he wore became him
admirably.\par

That big buzz-saw was a triumph.  The clearing of
the forest commenced from close under the hill where
stood the mansion, and strong horses and bullocks
were used to drag the gigantic trees towards the mill.\par

Splendid timber it was!\par

No one could have guessed the age of these trees
until they were cut down and sawn into lengths,
when their concentric rings might be counted.\par

The saw-mill itself was a long way from the mansion-house,
with the villages for the whites and Indians
between, but quite separate from each other.\par

The habitations of the whites were raised on piles
well above the somewhat damp ground, and steps led
up to them.  Two-roomed most of them were, but that
of Jake was of a more pretentious character.  So, too,
was Burly Bill's hut.\par

It would have been difficult to say what the Indians
lived on.  Cakes, fruit, fish, and meat of any kind
might form the best answer to the question.  They
ate roasted snakes with great relish, and many of these
were of the deadly-poisonous class.  The heads were
cut off and buried first, however, and thus all danger
was prevented.  Young alligators were frequently
caught, too, and made into a stew.\par

The huts these faithful creatures lived in were chiefly
composed of bamboo, timber, and leaves.  Sometimes
they caught fire.  That did not trouble the savages
much, and certainly did not keep them awake at
night.  For, had the whole village been burned down,
they could have built another in a surprisingly short
time.\par

When our hero and heroine got lost in the great
primeval forest, Burnley Hall was in the most perfect
and beautiful order, and its walks, its flower-garden,
and shrubberies were a most pleasing sight.  All was
under the superintendence of a Scotch gardener, whom
St. Clair had imported for the purpose.\par

By this time, too, a very large portion of the
adjoining forest had been cut down, and the land on
which those lofty trees had grown was under
cultivation.\par

If the country which St. Clair had made his home
was not in reality a land flowing with milk and
honey, it yielded many commodities equally valuable.
Every now and then--especially when the river was
more or less in flood--immense rafts were sent down
stream to distant Pará, where the valuable timber
found ready market.\par

Several white men in boats always went in charge
of these, and the boats served to assist in steering, and
towing as well.\par

These rafts used often to be built close to the river
before an expected rising of the stream, which, when
it did come, floated them off and away.\par

But timber was not the only commodity that St. Clair
sent down from his great estate.  There were
splendid quinine-trees.  There was coca and cocoa,
too.\par

There was a sugar plantation which yielded the best
results, to say nothing of coffee and tobacco, Brazil-nuts
and many other kinds of nuts, and last, but not
least, there was gold.\par

This latter was invariably sent in charge of a
reliable white man, and St. Clair lived in hope that he
would yet manage to position a really paying gold-mine.\par

More than once St. Clair had permitted Roland and
Peggy to journey down to Pará on a great raft.  But
only at the season when no storms blew.  They had
an old Indian servant to cook and "do" for them, and
the centre of the raft was hollowed out into a kind
of cabin roofed over with bamboo and leaves.  Steps
led up from this on to a railed platform, which was
called the deck.\par

Burly Bill would be in charge of boats and all, and
in the evenings he would enter the children's cabin to
sing them songs and tell them strange, weird tales of
forest life.\par

He had a banjo, and right sweetly could he play.
Old Beeboo the Indian, would invariably light his
meerschaum for him, smoking it herself for a good
five minutes first and foremost, under pretence of
getting it well alight.\par

Beeboo, indeed, was altogether a character.  Both
Mr. and Mrs. St. Clair liked her very much, however,
for she had been in the family, and nursed both Peggy
and Roland, from the day they had first come to the
country.  As for her age, she might have been any
age between five-and-twenty and one hundred and ten.
She was dark in skin--oh, no! not black, but more
of copper colour, and showed a few wrinkles at early
morn.  But when Beeboo was figged out in her nicest
white frock and her deep-blue or crimson blouse,
with her hair hanging down in two huge plaits,
then, with the smile that always hovered around
her lips and went dancing away up her face till it
flickered about her eyes, she was very pleasant
indeed.  The wrinkles had all flown up to the moon
or somewhere, and Beeboo was five-and-twenty once again.\par

I must tell you something, however, regarding her,
and that is the worst.  Beeboo came from a race of
cannibals who inhabit one of the wildest and almost
inaccessible regions of Bolivia, and her teeth had been
filed by flints into a triangular shape, the form best
adapted for tearing flesh.  She had been brought
thence, along with a couple of wonderful monkeys
and several parrots, when only sixteen, by an English
traveller who had intended to make her a present
to his wife.\par

Beeboo never got as far as England, however.  She
had watched her chance, and one day escaped to the
woods, taking with her one of the monkeys, who was
an especial favourite with this strange, wild girl.\par

She was frequently seen for many years after this.
It was supposed she had lived on roots and rats--I'm
not joking--and slept at night in trees.  She managed
to clothe herself, too, with the inner rind of the bark
of certain shrubs.  But how she had escaped death
from the talons of jaguars and other wild beasts no
one could imagine.\par

Well, one day, shortly after the arrival of St. Clair,
hunters found the jaguar queen, as they called her,
lying in the jungle at the foot of a tree.\par

There was a jaguar not far off, and a huge piece
of sodden flesh lay near Beeboo's cheek, undoubtedly
placed there by this strange, wild pet, while close
beside her stood a tapir.\par

Beeboo was carried to the nearest village, and the
tapir followed as gently as a lamb.  My informant
does not know what became of the tapir, but Beeboo
was tamed, turned a Christian too, and never evinced
any inclination to return to the woods.\par

Yet, strangely enough, no puma nor jaguar would
ever even growl or snarl at Beeboo.\par

These statements can all be verified.\par

\penalty-300%
\label{chapter-iv-away-down-the-river}%
\hypertarget{chapter-iv-away-down-the-river}{}%
\vspace*{50pt}\thispagestyle{empty}
{\noindent\interlinepenalty \@M\normalfont\Huge\bfseries%
CHAPTER IV--AWAY DOWN THE RIVER}

\unskip\vskip 40pt\nobreak

{\noindent}
Before we start on this adventurous cruise, let
us take a peep at an upland region to the
south of the Amazon.  It was entirely surrounded
by caoutchouc or india-rubber trees, and it was while
wandering through this dense forest with Jake, and
making arrangements for the tapping of those trees,
the juice of which was bound to bring the St. Clairs
much money, that they came upon the rocky
table-land where they found the gold.\par

This was some months after the strange Indian had
found the "babes in the wood", as Jake sometimes
called Roland and Peggy.\par

"I say, sir, do you see the quartz showing white
everywhere through the bloom of those beautiful
flowers?"\par

"Ugh!" cried St. Clair, as a splendidly-coloured
but hideous large snake hissed and glided away
from between his feet.  "Ugh! had I tramped on
that fellow my prospecting would have been all ended."\par

"True, sir," said Jake; "but about the quartz?"\par

"Well, Jake."\par

"Well, Mr. St. Clair, there is gold here.  I do not
say that we've struck an El Dorado, but I am
certain there is something worth digging for in this
region."\par

"Shall we try?  You've been in Australia.  What
say you to a shaft?"\par

"Good!  But a horizontal shaft carried into the
base of this hill or hummock will, I think, do for the
present.  It is only for samples, you know."\par

And these samples had turned out so well that
St. Clair, after claiming the whole hill, determined
to send Jake on a special message to Pará to establish
a company for working it.\par

He could take no more labour on his own head,
for really he had more than enough to do with his
estate.\par

No white men were allowed to work at the shaft.
Only Indians, and these were housed on the spot.
So that the secret was well kept.\par

And now the voyage down the river was to be
undertaken, and a most romantic cruise it turned out
to be.\par

St. Clair had ordered a steamer to be built for him
in England and sent out in pieces.  She was called
{\itshape{The Peggy}}, after our heroine.  Not very large--but
little over the dimensions of a large steam-launch,
in fact--but big enough for the purpose of towing
along the immense raft with the aid of the current.\par

Jake was to go with his samples of golden sand
and his nuggets; Burly Bill, also, who was captain
of the {\itshape{Peggy}}; and Beeboo, to attend to the youngsters
in their raft saloon.  Brawn was not to be denied;
and last, but not least, went wild Dick Temple.\par

The latter was to sleep on board the steamer, but
he would spend most of his time by day on the raft.\par

All was ready at last.  The great raft was floated
and towed out far from the shore.  All the plantation
hands, both whites and Indians, were gathered on the
banks, and gave many a lusty cheer as the steamer
and raft got under way.\par

The last thing that those on shore heard was the
sonorous barking of the great wolf-hound, Brawn.\par

There was a ring of joy in it, however, that brought
hope to the heart of both Tom St. Clair and his
winsome wife.\par

Well, to our two heroes and to Peggy, not to
mention Brawn and Burly Bill, the cruise promised
to be all one joyous picnic, and they set themselves to
make the most of it.\par

But to Jake Solomons it presented a more serious
side.  He was St. Clair's representative and trusted
man, and his business was of the highest importance,
and would need both tact and skill.\par

However, there was a long time to think about all
this, for the river does not run more than three miles
an hour, and although the little steamer could hurry
the raft along at probably thrice that speed, still long
weeks must elapse before they could reach their destination.\par

As far as the raft was concerned, this would not
be Pará.  She would be grounded near to a town far
higher up stream, and the timber, nuts, spices, and
rubber taken seaward by train.\par

In less than two days everyone had settled down to
the voyage.\par

The river was very wide and getting wider, and
soon scarcely could they see the opposite shore, except
as a long low green cloud on the northern horizon.\par

Life on board the raft was for a whole week
a most uneventful dreamy sort of existence.  One
day was remarkably like another.  There was the
blue of the sky above, the blue on the river's great
breast, broken, however, by thousands of lines of
rippling silver.\par

There were strangely beautiful birds flying tack
and half-tack around the steamer and raft, waving
trees flower-bedraped--the flowers trailing and
creeping and climbing everywhere, and even dipping their
sweet faces in the water,--flowers of every hue of the
rainbow.\par

Dreamy though the atmosphere was, I would not
have you believe that our young folks relapsed into
a state of drowsy apathy.  Far from it.  They were
very happy indeed.  Dick told Peggy that their life,
or his, felt just like some beautiful song-waltz, and
that he was altogether so happy and jolly that he
had sometimes to turn out in the middle watch to laugh.\par

Peggy had not to do that.\par

In her little state-room on one side of the cabin, and
in a hammock, she slept as soundly as the traditional
top, and on a grass mat on the deck, with a footstool
for a pillow, slumbered Beeboo.\par

Roland slept on the other side, and Brawn guarded
the doorway at the foot of the steps.\par

Long before Peggy was awake, and every morning
of their aquatic lives, the dinghy boat took the boys
a little way out into mid-stream, and they stripped
and dived, enjoyed a two-minutes' splash, and got
quickly on board again.\par

The men always stood by with rifles to shoot any
alligator that might be seen hovering nigh, and more
than once reckless Dick had a narrow escape.\par

"But," he said one day in his comical way, "one
has only once to die, you know, and you might as
well die doing a good turn as any other way."\par

"Doing a good turn?" said Roland enquiringly.\par

"Certainly.  Do you not impart infinite joy to a
cayman if you permit him to eat you?"\par

The boys were always delightfully hungry half an
hour before breakfast was served.\par

And it was a breakfast too!\par

Beeboo would be dressed betimes, and have the cloth
laid in the saloon.  The great raft rose and fell with
a gentle motion, but there was nothing to hurt, so
that the dishes stuck on the cloth without any guard.\par

Beeboo could bake the most delicious of scones and
cakes, and these, served up hot in a clean white towel,
were most tempting; the butter was of the best and
sweetest.  Ham there was, and eggs of the gull,
with fresh fried fish every morning, and fragrant
coffee.\par

Was it not quite idyllic?\par

The forenoon would be spent on deck under the
awning; there was plenty to talk about, and books
to read, and there was the ever-varying panorama to
gaze upon, as the raft went smoothly gliding on, and
on, and on.\par

Sometimes they were in very deep water close to
the bank, for men were always in the chains taking
soundings from the steamer's bows.\par

Close enough to admire the flowers that draped
the forest trees; close enough to hear the wild lilt of
birds or the chattering of monkeys and parrots; close
enough to see tapirs moving among the trees, watched,
often enough, by the fierce sly eyes of ghastly
alligators, that flattened themselves against rocks or bits
of clay soil, looking like a portion of the ground,
but warily waiting until they should see a chance to
attack.\par

There cannot be too many tapirs, and there cannot
be too few alligators.  So our young heroes thought
it no crime to shoot these squalid horrors wherever
seen.\par

But one forenoon clouds banked rapidly up in the
southern sky, and soon the sun was hidden in sulphurous
rolling banks of cumulus.\par

No one who has ever witnessed a thunderstorm in
these regions can live long enough to forget it.\par

For some time before it came on the wind had gone
down completely.  In yonder great forest there could
not have been breeze or breath enough to stir the
pollen on the trailing flowers.  The sun, too, seemed
shorn of its beams, the sky was no longer blue, but of
a pale saffron or sulphur colour.\par

It was then that giant clouds, like evil beasts bent
on havoc and destruction, began to show head above
the horizon.  Rapidly they rose, battalion on battalion,
phalanx on phalanx.\par

There were low mutterings even now, and flashes of
fire in the far distance.  But it was not until the sky
was entirely overcast that the storm came on in dread
and fearful earnest.  At this time it was so dark, that
down in the raft saloon an open book was barely
visible.  Then peal after peal, and vivid flash after
flash, of blue and crimson fire lit up forest and stream,
striking our heroes and heroine blind, or causing their
eyes for a time to overrun with purple light.\par

So terrific was the thunder that the raft seemed to
rock and shiver in the sound.\par

This lasted for fully half an hour, the whole world
seeming to be in flames.\par

Peggy stood by Dick on the little deck, and he
held her arm in his; held her hand too, for it was cold
and trembling.\par

"Are you afraid?" he whispered, during a momentary
lull.\par

"No, Dick, not afraid, only cold, so cold; take me below."\par

He did so.\par

He made her lie down on the little sofa, and covered
her with a rug.\par

All just in time, for now down came the awful rain.
It was as if a water-spout had broken over the
seemingly doomed raft, and was sinking it below the dark
waters of the river.\par

Luckily the boys managed to batten down in time,
or the little saloon would have been flooded.\par

They lit the lamp, too.\par

But with the rain the storm seemed to increase in
violence, and a strong wind had arisen and added
greatly to the terror of the situation.  Hail came
down as large as marbles, and the roaring and din
was now deafening and terrible.\par

Then, the wind ceased to blow almost
instantaneously.  It did not die away.  It simply dropped
all of a sudden.  Hail and rain ceased shortly after.\par

Dick ventured to peep on deck.\par

It was still dark, but far away and low down on
the horizon a streak of the brightest blue sky that
ever he had seen had made its appearance.  It
broadened and broadened as the dark canopy of
clouds, curtain-like, was lifted.\par

"Come up, Peggy.  Come up, Rol.  The storm is
going.  The storm has almost gone," cried Dick; and
soon all three stood once more on the deck.\par

Away, far away over the northern woods rolled the
last bank of clouds, still giving voice, however, still
spitting fire.\par

But now the sun was out and shining brightly
down with a heat that was fierce, and the raft was all
enveloped in mist.\par

So dense, indeed, was the fog that rose from the
rain-soaked raft, that all the scenery was entirely
obscured.  It was a hot vapour, too, and far from
pleasant, so no one was sorry when Burly Bill
suddenly appeared from the lower part of the raft.\par

"My dear boys," he said heartily, "why, you'll be
parboiled if you stop here.  Come with me, Miss
Peggy, and you, Brawn; I'll come back for you, lads.
Don't want to upset the dinghy all among the 'gators, see?"\par

Bill was back again in a quarter of an hour, and
the boys were also taken on board the boat.\par

"She's a right smart little boat as ever was," said
Bill; "but if we was agoin' to get 'er lip on to the
water, blow me tight, boys, if the 'gators wouldn't
board us.  They'm mebbe very nice sociable kind o'
animals, but bust my buttons if I'd like to enter the
next world down a 'gator's gullet."\par

Beeboo did not mind the steam a bit, and by two
o'clock she had as nice a dinner laid in the raft saloon
as ever boy or girl sat down to.\par

But by this time the timbers were dry once more,
and although white clouds of fog still lay over the low
woods, all was now bright and cheerful.  Yet not more
so than the hearts of our brave youngsters.\par

Courage and sprightliness are all a matter of
strength of heart, and you cannot make yourself
brave if your system is below par.  The coward is
really more to be pitied than blamed.\par

Well, it was very delightful, indeed, to sit on deck
and talk, build castles in the air, and dream daydreams.\par

The air was cool and bracing now, and the sun felt
warm, but by no means too hot.\par

The awning was prettily lined with green cloth, the
work of Mrs. St. Clair's own hands, assisted by the
indefatigable Beeboo, and there was not anything
worth doing that she could not put willing, artful
hands to.\par

The awning was scalloped, too, if that be the
woman's word for the flaps that hung down a whole
foot all round.  "Vandyked" is perhaps more correct,
but then, you see, the sharp corners of the vandyking
were all rounded off.  So I think scalloped must
stand, though the word reminds me strangely of
oysters.\par

But peeping out from under the scalloped awning,
and gazing northwards across the sea-like river, boats
under steam could be noticed.  Passengers on board
too, both ladies and gentlemen, the former all rigged
out in summer attire.\par

"Would you like to be on board yonder?" said
Dick to Peggy, as the girl handed him back the
lorgnettes.\par

"No, indeed, I shouldn't," she replied, with a saucy
toss of her pretty head.\par

"Well," she added, "if you were there, little Dickie,
I mightn't mind it so much."\par

"Little Dick!  Eh?"  Dick laughed right heartily now.\par

"Yes, little Dickie.  Mind, I am nearly twelve; and
after I'm twelve I'm in my teens, quite an old girl.
A child no longer anyhow.  And after I'm in my
teens I'll soon be sixteen, and then I suppose I shall
marry."\par

"Who will marry you, Peggy?"\par

This was not very good grammar, but Dick was in
downright earnest anyhow, and his young voice had
softened wonderfully.\par

"Me?" he added, as she remained silent, with her
eyes seeming to follow the rolling tide.\par

"You, Dick!  Why, you're only a child!"\par

"Why, Peggy, I'm fifteen--nearly, and if I live I'm
bound to get older and bigger."\par

"No, no, Dick, you can marry Beeboo, and I shall
get spliced, as the sailors call it, to Burly Bill."\par

The afternoon wore away, and Beeboo came up to
summon "the chillun" to tea.\par

Up they started, forgetting all about budding love,
flirtation, and future marriages, and made a rush for
the companion-ladder.\par

"Wowff--wowff!" barked Brawn, and the 'gators
on shore and the tapirs in the woods lifted heads to
listen, while parrots shrieked and monkeys chattered
and scolded among the lordly forest trees.\par

"Wowff--wowff!" he barked.  "Who says cakes
and butter?"\par

The night fell, and Burly Bill came on board with
his banjo, and his great bass voice, which was as
sweet as the tone of a 'cello.\par

Bill was funnier than usual to-night, and when
Beeboo brought him a big tumbler of rosy rum punch,
made by herself and sweetened with honey, he was
merrier still.\par

Then to complete his happiness Beeboo lit his pipe.\par

She puffed away at it for some time as usual, by
way of getting it in working order.\par

"'Spose," she said, "Beeboo not warm de bowl ob de
big pipe plenty proper, den de dear chile Bill take a
chill."\par

"You're a dear old soul, Beeb," said Bill.\par

Then the dear old soul carefully wiped the amber
mouth-piece with her apron, and handed Burly Bill
his comforter.\par

The great raft swayed and swung gently to and fro,
so Bill sang his pet sea-song, "The Rose of Allandale".
He was finishing that bonnie verse--\par

{\advance\leftskip\parindentamount{}\advance\rightskip\parindentamount{}
\vs{1}
\begin{verse}
{\vl {\noindent}
"My life had been a wilderness,\par}
{\advance\leftskip\parindentamount{}{\vl Unblest by fortune's gale,\par}
}

{\vl Had fate not linked my lot to hers,\par}
{\advance\leftskip\parindentamount{}{\vl The Rose of Allandale",\par}
}
\end{verse}
}

\vs{1}
{\noindent}
when all at once an ominous grating was heard
coming from beneath the raft, and motion ceased as
suddenly as did Bill's song.\par

"Save us from evil!" cried Bill.  "The raft is
aground!"\par

\penalty-300%
\label{chapter-v-a-day-in-the-forest-wilds}%
\hypertarget{chapter-v-a-day-in-the-forest-wilds}{}%
\vspace*{50pt}\thispagestyle{empty}
{\noindent\interlinepenalty \@M\normalfont\Huge\bfseries%
CHAPTER V--A DAY IN THE FOREST WILDS}

\unskip\vskip 40pt\nobreak

{\noindent}
Burly Bill laid down his banjo.  Then he pushed
his great extinguisher of a thumb into the bowl
of his big meerschaum, and arose.\par

"De good Lawd ha' mussy on our souls, chillun!"
cried Beeboo, twisting her apron into a calico rope.
"We soon be all at de bottom ob de deep, and de
'gators a-pickin' de bones ob us!"\par

"Keep quiet, Beeb, there's a dear soul!  Never a
'gator'll get near you.  W'y, look 'ow calm Miss Peggy
is.  It be'ant much as'll frighten she."\par

Burly Bill could speak good English when he took
time, but invariably reverted to Berkshire when in the
least degree excited.\par

He was soon on board the little steamer.\par

"What cheer, Jake?" he said.\par

"Not much o' that.  A deuced unlucky business.
May lose the whole voyage if it comes on to blow!"\par

"W'y, Jake, lad, let's 'ope for the best.  No use
givin' up; be there?  I wouldn't let the men go to
prayers yet awhile, Jake.  Not to make a bizness on't
like, I means."\par

Well, the night wore away, but the raft never
budged, unless it was to get a firmer hold of the mud
and sand.\par

A low wind had sprung up too, and if it increased
to a gale she would soon begin to break up.\par

It was a dreary night and a long one, and few on
board the steamer slept a wink.\par

But day broke at last, and the sun's crimson light
changed the ripples on the river from leaden gray to
dazzling ruby.\par

Then the wind fell.\par

"There are plenty of river-boats, Bill," said Jake.
"What say you to intercept one and ask assistance?"\par

"Bust my buttons if I would cringe to ne'er a one
on 'em!  They'd charge salvage, and sponge enormous.
I knows the beggars as sails these puffin' Jimmies
well."\par

"Guess you're about right, Bill, and you know the
river better'n I."\par

"Listen, Jake.  The bloomin' river got low all at
once, like, after the storm, and so you got kind o'
befoozled, and struck.  I'd a-kept further out.  But
Burly Bill ain't the man to bully his mate.  On'y
listen again.  The river'll rise in a day or two, and
if the wind keeps in its sack, w'y we'll float like a
thousand o' bricks on an old Thames lumper!  Bust
my buttons, Jake, if we don't!"\par

"Well, Bill, I don't know anything about the bursting
of your buttons, but you give me hope.  So I'll go
to breakfast.  Tell the engineer to keep the fires
banked."\par

Two days went past, and never a move made the raft.\par

It was a wearisome time for all.  The "chillun", as
Beeboo called them, tried to beguile it in the best way
they could with reading, talking, and deck games.\par

Dick and Roland were "dons" at leap-frog, and it
mattered not which of them was giving the back, but
as soon as the other leapt over Brawn followed suit,
greatly to the delight of Peggy.  He jumped in such
a business-like way that everybody was forced to
laugh, especially when the noble dog took a leap that
would have cleared a five-barred gate.\par

But things were getting slow on the third morning,
when up sprang Burly Bill with his cartridge-belt on
and his rifle under his arm.\par

"Cap'n Jake," he said, touching his cap in Royal
Navy fashion, "presents his compliments to the crew
of this durned old stack o' timber, and begs to say
that Master Rolly and Master Dick can come on shore
with me for a run among the 'gators, but that Miss
Peggy had better stop on board with Beeboo.  Her
life is too precious to risk!"\par

"Precious or not precious," pouted the girl, "Miss
Peggy's going, and Brawn too; so you may tell Captain
Jake that."\par

"Bravo, Miss Peggy! you're a real St. Clair.  Well,
Beeboo, hurry up, and get the nicest bit of cold
luncheon ready for us ever you made in your life."\par

"Beeboo do dat foh true.  Plenty quick, too; but
oh, Massa Bill, 'spose you let any ebil ting befall de
poh chillun, I hopes de 'gators'll eat you up!"\par

"More likely, Beeb, that we'll eat them; and really,
come to think of it, a slice off a young 'gator's tail
aint 'arf bad tackle, Beeboo."\par

An hour after this the boat was dancing over the
rippling river.  It was not the dinghy, but a gig.
Burly Bill himself was stroke, and three Indians
handled the other bits of timber, while Roland took
the tiller.\par

The redskins sang a curious but happy boat-lilt as
they rowed, and Bill joined in with his 'cello voice:\par

{\advance\leftskip\parindentamount{}\advance\rightskip\parindentamount{}
\vs{1}
\begin{verse}
{\vl {\noindent}
"Ober de watter and ober de sea--ee--ee,\par}
{\vl De big black boat am rowing so free,\par}
{\advance\leftskip\parindentamount{}{\vl Eee--Eee--O--ay--O!\par}
}

{\vl De big black boat, is it nuffin' to me--ee--ee,\par}
{\vl We're rowing so free?\par}
\end{verse}

\vs{1}
\begin{verse}
{\vl {\noindent}
"Oh yes, de black boat am some-dings to me\par}
{\vl As she rolls o'er de watter and swings o'er de sea,\par}
{\vl Foh de light ob my life, she sits in de stern,\par}
{\vl An' sweet am de glance o' Peggy's dark e'e,\par}
{\advance\leftskip\parindentamount{}{\vl Ee--ee--O--ay--O--O!"\par}
}
\end{verse}
}


\vs{2}
{\noindent}
"Well steered!" said Burly Bill, as Roland ran the
gig on the sandy beach of a sweet little backwater.\par

Very soon all were landed.  Bill went first as guide,
and the Indians brought up the rear, carrying the
basket and a spare gun or two.\par

Great caution and care were required in venturing
far into this wild, tropical forest, not so much on
account of the beasts that infested it as the fear of
getting lost.\par

It was very still and quiet here, however, and Bill
had taken the precaution to leave a man in the boat,
with orders to keep his weather ear "lifting", and if
he heard four shots fired in rapid succession late in
the afternoon to fire in reply at once.\par

It was now the heat of the day, however, and the
hairy inhabitants of this sylvan wilderness were all
sound asleep, jaguars and pumas among the trees, and
the tapirs in small herds wherever the jungle was
densest.\par

There was no chance, therefore, of getting a shot
at anything.  Nevertheless, the boys and Peggy were
not idle.  They had brought butterfly-nets with them,
and the specimens they caught when about five miles
inland, where the forest opened out into a shrub-clad
moorland, were large and glorious in the extreme.\par

Indeed, some of them would fetch gold galore in the
London markets.\par

But though these butterflies had an immense spread
of quaintly-shaped and exquisitely-coloured wings, the
smaller ones were even more brilliant.\par

Strange it is that Nature paints these creatures in
colours which no sunshine can fade.  All the tints that
man ever invented grow pale in the sun; these never
do, and the same may be said concerning the tropical
birds that they saw so many of to-day.\par

But no one had the heart to shoot any of these.
Why should they soil such beautiful plumage with
blood, and so bring grief and woe into this love-lit
wilderness?\par

This is not a book on natural history, else gladly
would I describe the beauties in shape and colour of
the birds, and their strange manners, the wary ways
adopted in nest-building, and their songs and queer
ways of love-making.\par

Suffice it to say here that the boys were delighted
with all the tropical wonders and all the picturesque
gorgeousness they saw everywhere around them.\par

But their journey was not without a spice of real
danger and at times of discomfort.  The discomfort
we may dismiss at once.  It was borne, as Beeboo
would say, with Christian "forty-tood", and was due
partly to the clouds of mosquitoes they encountered
wherever the soil was damp and marshy, and partly
to the attacks of tiny, almost invisible, insects of the
jigger species that came from the grass and ferns and
heaths to attack their legs.\par

Burly Bill was an old forester, and carried with him
an infallible remedy for mosquito and jigger bites,
which acted like a charm.\par

In the higher ground--where tropical heath and
heather painted the surface with hues of crimson, pink,
and purple--snakes wriggled and darted about everywhere.\par

One cannot help wondering why Nature has taken
the pains to paint many of the most deadly of these in
colours that rival the hues of the humming-birds that
yonder flit from bush to bush, from flower to flower.\par

Perhaps it is that they may the more easily seek
their prey, their gaudy coats matching well with the
shrubs and blossoms that they wriggle amongst, while
gliding on and up to seize helpless birds in their nests
or to devour the eggs.\par

Parrots here, and birds of that ilk, have an easy
way of repelling such invaders, for as soon as they
see them they utter a scream that paralyses the
intruders, and causes them to fall helplessly to the ground.\par

To all creatures Nature grants protection, and
clothes them in a manner that shall enable them to
gain a subsistence; but, moreover, every creature in
the world has received from the same great power the
means of defending or protecting itself against the
attacks of enemies.\par

On both sides, then, is Nature just, for though she
does her best to keep living species extant until
evolved into higher forms of life, she permits each
species to prey on the overgrowth or overplus of
others that it may live.\par

Knocking over a heap of soft dry mould with the
butt end of his rifle, Dick started back in terror to see
crawl out from the heap a score or more of the most
gigantic beetles anyone could imagine.  These were
mostly black, or of a beautiful bronze, with streaks of
metallic blue and crimson.\par

They are called harlequins, and live on carrion.
Nothing that dies comes wrong to these monsters,
and a few of them will seize and carry away a dead
snake five or six hundred times their own weight.
My readers will see by this that it is not so much
muscle that is needed for feats of strength as indomitable
will and nerve force.  But health must be at the
bottom of all.  Were a man, comparatively speaking,
as strong as one of these beetles, he could lift on his
back and walk off with a weight of thirty tons!\par

Our heroes had to stop every now and then to
marvel at the huge working ants, and all the wondrous
proofs of reason they evinced.\par

It was well to stand off, however, if, with snapping
horizontal mandibles and on business intent, any of
these fellows approached.  For their bites are as
poisonous as those of the green scorpions or
centipedes themselves.\par

What with one thing or another, all hands were
attacked by healthy hunger at last, and sought the
shade of a great spreading tree to satisfy Nature's
demands.\par

When the big basket was opened it was found that
Beeboo had quite excelled herself.  So glorious a
luncheon made every eye sparkle to look at it.  And
the odour thereof caused Brawn's mouth to water and
his eyes to sparkle with expectancy.\par

The Indians had disappeared for a time.  They
were only just round the shoulder of a hill, however,
where they, too, were enjoying a good feed.\par

But just as Burly Bill was having a taste from a
clear bottle, which, as far as the look of it went,
would have passed for cold tea, two Indian boys
appeared, bringing with them the most delicious of
fruits as well as fresh ripe nuts.\par

The luncheon after that merged into a banquet.\par

Burly Bill took many sips of his cold tea.  When I
come to think over it, however, I conclude there was
more rum than cold tea in that brown mixture, or
Bill would hardly have smacked his lips and sighed
with such satisfaction after every taste.\par

The fruit done, and even Brawn satisfied, the whole
crew gave themselves up to rest and meditation.  The
boys talked low, because Peggy's meditations had led
to gentle slumber.  An Indian very thoughtfully
brought a huge plantain leaf which quite covered her,
and protected her from the chequered rays of sunshine
that found their way through the tree.  Brawn edged
in below the leaf also, and enjoyed a good sleep beside
his little mistress.\par

Not a gun had been fired all day long, yet a more
enjoyable picnic in a tropical forest it would be difficult
to imagine.\par

Perhaps the number of the Indians scared the
jaguars away, for none appeared.\par

Yet the day was not to end without an adventure.\par

Darkness in this country follows the short twilight
so speedily, that Burly Bill did well to get clear of the
forest's gloom while the sun was still well above the
horizon.\par

He trusted to the compass and his own good sense
as a forester to come out close to the spot where he
had left the boat.  But he was deceived.  He struck
the river a good mile and a half above the place
where the steamer lay at anchor and the raft aground
on the shoals.\par

Lower and lower sank the sun.  The ground was
wet and marshy, and the 'gators very much in evidence
indeed.\par

Now the tapirs--and droll pig-bodied creatures they
look, though in South America nearly as big as donkeys--are
of a very retiring disposition, but not really
solitary animals as cheap books on natural history
would have us believe.  They frequent low woods,
where their long snouts enable them to pull down the
tender twigs and foliage on which, with roots, which
they can speedily unearth, they manage to exist--yes,
and to wax fat and happy.\par

But they are strict believers in the doctrine of
cleanliness, and are never found very far from water.
They bathe every night.\par

Just when the returning picnic was within about
half a mile of the boat, Burly Bill carrying Peggy on
his shoulder because the ground was damp, a terrible
scrimmage suddenly took place a few yards round a
backwater.\par

There was grunting, squeaking, the splashing of
water, and cries of pain.\par

"Hurry on, boys; hurry on; two of you are enough!
It's your show, lads."\par

The boys needed no second bidding, and no sooner
had they opened out the curve than a strange sight
met their gaze.\par

\penalty-300%
\label{chapter-vi-not-one-single-drop-of-blood-shed}%
\hypertarget{chapter-vi-not-one-single-drop-of-blood-shed}{}%
\vspace*{50pt}\thispagestyle{empty}
{\noindent\interlinepenalty \@M\normalfont\Huge\bfseries%
CHAPTER VI--"NOT ONE SINGLE DROP OF BLOOD SHED"}

\unskip\vskip 40pt\nobreak

{\noindent}
A gigantic and horribly fierce alligator had
seized upon a strong young tapir, and was
trying to drag it into the water.\par

The poor creature had both its feet set well in front,
and was resisting with all its might, while two other
larger animals, probably the parents, were clawing the
cayman desperately with their fore-feet.\par

But ill, indeed, would it have fared with all three
had not our heroes appeared just in the nick of
time.\par

For several more of these scaly and fearsome
reptiles were hurrying to the scene of action.\par

Dick's first shot was a splendid one.  It struck the
offending cayman in the eye, and went crashing
through his brain.\par

The brute gasped, the blood flowed freely, and as he
fell on his side, turning up his yellow belly, the young
tapir got free, and was hurried speedily away to the
woods.\par

Volley after volley was poured in on the enraged
'gators, but the boys had to retreat as they fought.
Had they not done so, my story would have stopped
short just here.\par

It was not altogether the sun's parting rays that so
encrimsoned the water, but the blood of those
old-world caymans.\par

Three in all were killed in addition to the one first
shot.  So that it is no wonder the boys felt elated.\par

Beeboo had supper waiting and there was nothing
talked about that evening except their strange
adventures in the beautiful forest.\par

\begin{container}
\vs{1}
{\noindent}
{\centering
――――
\endgraf}
\par
\end{container}

\vs{1}
{\noindent}
Probably no one could sleep more soundly than did
our heroes and heroine that night.\par

Next day, and next, they went on shore again, and
on the third a huge jaguar, who fancied he would like
to dine off Brawn's shoulder, fell a victim to Dick
Temple's unerring aim.\par

But the raft never stirred nor moved for a whole week.\par

Said Bill to Jake one morning, as he took his meerschaum
from his mouth:\par

"I think, Jake, and w'at I thinks be's this like.
There ain't ne'er a morsel o' good smokin' and on'y
just lookin' at that fine and valuable pile o' timber.
It strikes me conclusive like that something 'ad better
be done."\par

"And what would you propose, Bill?" said Jake.\par

"Well, Jake, you're captain like, and my proposition
is subject to your disposition as it were.  But I'd
lighten her, and lighten her till she floats; then tow
her off, and build up the odd timbers again."\par

"Good!  You have a better head than I have, Bill;
and it's you that should have been skipper, not me."\par

Nothing was done that day, however, except making
a few more attempts with the steamer at full speed to
tow her off.  She did shift and slue round a little, but
that was all.\par

Next morning dawned as beautifully as any that
had gone before it.\par

There were fleecy clouds, however, hurrying across
the sky as if on business bent, and the blue between
them was bluer than ever our young folks had seen it.\par

Dick Temple, with Roland and Peggy, had made up
their minds to go on shore for another day while the
work of dismantling the raft went on.\par

But a fierce south wind began to blow, driving
heavy black clouds before it, and lashing the river
into foam.\par

One of those terrible tropic storms was evidently
on the cards, and come it did right soon.\par

The darkest blackness was away to the west, and
here, though no thunder could be heard, the lightning
was very vivid.  It was evident that this was the
vortex of the hurricane, for only a few drops of rain
fell around the raft.\par

The picnic scheme was of course abandoned, and all
waited anxiously enough for something to come.\par

That something did come in less than an hour--the
descent of the mighty Amazon in flood.  Its tributaries
had no doubt been swollen by the awful rain
and water-spouts, and poured into the great queen of
rivers double their usual discharge.\par

A bore is a curling wave like a shore breaker that
rushes down the smaller rivers, and is terribly
destructive to boating or to shipping.\par

The Amazon, however, did not rise like this.  It
came rushing almost silently down in a broad tall
wave that appeared to stretch right across it, from the
forest-clad bank where the raft lay to the far-off
green horizon in the north.\par

But Burly Bill was quite prepared for eventualities.\par

Steam had been got up, the vessel's bows were
headed for up stream, and the hawser betwixt raft
and boat tautened.\par

On and on rushed the huge wave.  It towered
above the raft, even when fifty yards away, in the
most threatening manner, as if about to sweep all
things to destruction.\par

But on its nearer approach it glided in under the
raft, and steamer as well--like some huge submarine
monster such as we read of in fairy books of the
long-long-ago--glided in under them, and seemed to lift
them sky-high.\par

"Go ahead at full speed!"\par

It was the sonorous voice of Burly Bill shouting to
the engineer.\par

"Ay, ay, sir!" came the cheery reply.\par

The screw went round with a rush.\par

It churned up a wake of foaming water as the
{\itshape{Peggy}} began to forge ahead, and next minute, driven
along on the breeze, the monster raft began to follow
and was soon out and away beyond danger from rock
or shoal.\par

Then arose to heaven a prayer of thankfulness, and
a cheer so loud and long that even the parrots and
monkeys in the forest depths heard it, and yelled and
chattered till they frightened both 'gators and jaguars.\par

Just two weeks after these adventures, the little
{\itshape{Peggy}} was at anchor, and the great raft safely beached.\par

Burly Bill was left in charge with his white men
and his Indians, with Dick Temple to act as
supercargo, and Jake Solomons with Roland and Peggy,
not to mention the dog, started off for Pará.\par

In due course, but after many discomforts, they
arrived there, and Jake, after taking rooms in a
hotel, hurried off to secure his despatches from the
post-office.\par

"No letters!" cried Jake, as his big brown fist came
down with a bang on the counter.  "Why, I see the
very documents I came for in the pigeon-hole behind you!"\par

The clerk, somewhat alarmed at the attitude of
this tall Yankee backwoodsman, pulled them out and
looked at them.\par

"They cannot be delivered," he said.\par

"And why?" thundered Jake, "Inasmuch as to
wherefore, you greasy-faced little whipper-snapper!"\par

"Not sufficient postage."\par

Jake thrust one hand into a front pocket, and one
behind him.  Then on the counter he dashed down a
bag of cash and a six-chambered revolver.\par

"I'm Jake Solomons," he said.  "There before you
lies peace or war.  Hand over the letters, and you'll
have the rhino.  Refuse, and I guess and calculate I'll
blow the whole top of your head off."\par

The clerk preferred peace, and Jake strode away
triumphant.\par

When he returned to the hotel and told the boys
the story, they laughed heartily.  In their eyes, Jake
was more a hero than ever.\par

"Ah!" said the giant quietly, "there's nothing brings
these long-shore chaps sooner to their senses than
letting 'em have a squint down the barrel of a six-shooter."\par

The letters were all from Mr. St. Clair, and had
been lying at the post-office for over a week.  They
all related to business, to the sale of the timber and
the other commodities, the best markets, and so on
and so forth, with hints as to the gold-mine.\par

But the last one was much more bulky than the
others, and so soon as he had glanced at the first
lines, Jake lit his meerschaum, then threw himself
back in his rocker to quietly discuss it.\par

It was a plain, outspoken letter, such as one man of
the world writes to another.  Here is one extract:--\par


\vs{1}
{\noindent}
{\itshape{Our business is increasing at a rapid rate, Jake
Solomon.  I have too much to do and so have you;
therefore, although I did not think it necessary to
inform you before, I have been in communication
with my brother John, and he is sending me out a
shrewd, splendid man of business.  He will have
arrived before your return.}}\par

{\itshape{I can trust John thoroughly, and this Don Pedro
Salvador, over and above his excellent business
capabilities, can talk Spanish, French, and Portuguese.}}\par

{\itshape{I do not quite like the name, Jake, so he must be
content to be called plain Mr. Peter.}}\par

\begin{container}
\vs{1}
{\noindent}
{\centering
――――
\endgraf}
\par
\end{container}

\vs{1}
{\noindent}
About the very time that Jake Solomons was reading
this letter, there sat close to the sky-light of an
outward-bound steamer at Liverpool, two men holding
low but earnest conversation.  Their faces were partly
obscured, for it was night, and the only light a
glimmer from the ship's lamp.\par

Steam was up and roaring through the pipes.\par

A casual observer might have noted that one was a
slim, swarthy, but wiry, smart-looking man of about
thirty.  His companion was a man considerably over forty.\par

"I shall go now," said the latter.  "You have my
instructions, and I believe I can trust you."\par

"Have I not already given you reason to?" was the
rejoinder.  "At the risk of penal servitude did I not
steal my employer's keys, break into his room at
night, and copy that will for you?  It was but a copy
of a copy, it is true, and I could not discover the
original, else the quickest and simplest plan would
have been--fire:"\par

"True, you did so, but"--the older man laughed
lightly--"you were well paid for the duty you performed."\par

"Duty, eh?" sneered the other.  "Well," he added,
"thank God nothing has been discovered.  My
employer has bidden me an almost affectionate farewell,
and given me excellent certificates."\par

The other started up as a loud voice hailed the deck:\par

"Any more for the shore!"\par

"I am going now," he said.  "Good-bye, old man,
and remember my last words: not one single drop of
blood shed!"\par

"I understand, and will obey to the letter.  Obedience pays."\par

"True; and you shall find it so.  Good-bye!"\par

"{\itshape{A Dios!}}" said the other.\par

The last bell was struck, and the gangway was
hauled on shore.\par

The great ship {\itshape{Benedict}} was that night rolling and
tossing about on the waves of the Irish Channel.\par

\begin{container}
\vs{1}
{\noindent}
{\centering
――――
\endgraf}
\par
\end{container}

\vs{1}
{\noindent}
Jake Solomons acquainted Roland and Peggy with
the contents of this last letter, and greatly did the
latter wonder what the new overseer would be like,
and if she should love him or not.\par

For Peggy had a soft little heart of her own, and
was always prepared to be friendly with anyone who,
according to her idea, was nice.\par

Jake took his charges all round the city next
day and showed them the sights of what is now one
of the most beautiful towns in South America.\par

The gardens, the fountains, the churches and palaces,
the flowers and fruit, and feathery palm-trees, all
things indeed spoke of delightfulness, and calm, and
peace.\par

And far beyond and behind all this was the
boundless forest primeval.\par

This was not their last drive through the city, and
this good fellow Jake, though his business took him
from home most of the day, delighted to take the
children to every place of amusement he could think
of.  But despite all this, these children of the forest
wilds began to long for home, and very much rejoiced
were they when one evening, after dinner, Jake told
them they should start on the morrow for Bona Vista,
near to which town the little steamer lay, and so up
the great river and home.\par

Jake had done all his business, and done it satisfactorily,
and could return to the old plantation and
Burnley Hall with a light and cheerful heart.\par

He had even sold the mine, although it was not to
be worked for some time to come.\par

\penalty-300%
\label{chapter-vii-a-cold-hand-seemed-to-clutch-her-heart}%
\hypertarget{chapter-vii-a-cold-hand-seemed-to-clutch-her-heart}{}%
\vspace*{50pt}\thispagestyle{empty}
{\noindent\interlinepenalty \@M\normalfont\Huge\bfseries%
CHAPTER VII--"A COLD HAND SEEMED TO CLUTCH HER HEART"}

\unskip\vskip 40pt\nobreak

{\noindent}
Many months passed away pleasantly and happily
enough on the old plantation.  The children--Roland,
by the way, would hardly have liked to be
called a child now--were, of course, under the able
tuition of Mr. Simons, but in addition Peggy had a
governess, imported directly from Pará.\par

This was a dark-eyed Spanish girl, very piquant
and pretty, who talked French well, and played on
both the guitar and piano.\par

Tom St. Clair had not only his boy's welfare, but
his niece's, or adopted daughter's, also at heart.\par

It would be some years yet before she arrived at
the age of sweet seventeen, but when she did, her
uncle determined to sell off or realize on his plantation,
his goods and chattels, and sail across the seas once
more to dear old Cornwall and the real Burnley Hall.\par

He looked forward to that time as the weary
worker in stuffy towns or cities does to a summer
holiday.\par

There is excitement enough in money-making, it is
like an exhilarating game of billiards or whist, but it
is apt to become tiresome.\par

And Tom St. Clair was often overtired and weary.
He was always glad when he reached home at night
to his rocking-chair and a good dinner, after toiling
all day in the recently-started india-rubber-forest works.\par

But Mr. Peter took a vast deal of labour off his hands.\par

Mr. Peter, or Don Pedro, ingratiated himself with
nearly everyone from the first, and seemed to take to
the work as if to the manner born.\par

There were three individuals, however, who could
not like him, strange to say; these were Peggy herself,
Benee the Indian who had guided them through the
forest when lost, and who had remained on the estate
ever since, while the third was Brawn, the Irish wolf-hound.\par

The dog showed his teeth if Peter tried even to
caress him.\par

Both Roland and Dick--the latter was a very
frequent visitor--got on very well with Peter--trusted
him thoroughly.\par

"How is it, Benee," said Roland one day to the
Indian, "that you do not love Don Pedro?"\par

Benee spat on the ground and stamped his foot.\par

"I watch he eye," the semi-savage replied.  "He
one very bad man.  Some day you know plenty
moochee foh true."\par

"Well," said Tom one evening as he and his wife
sat alone in the verandah together, "I do long to get
back to England.  I am tired, dear wife--my heart is
weak why should we remain here over two years
more?  We are wealthy enough, and I promise myself
and you, dear, many long years of health and
happiness yet in the old country."\par

He paused and smoked a little; then, after watching
for a few moments the fireflies that flitted from bush
to bush, he stretched his left arm out and rested his
hand on his wife's lap.\par

Some impulse seized her.  She took it and pressed
it to her lips.  But a tear trickled down her cheek as
she did so.\par

Lovers still this couple were, though nearly twenty
years had elapsed since he led her, a bonnie, buxom,
blushing lassie, to the altar.\par

But now in a sweet, low, but somewhat sad voice he
sang a verse of that dear old song--"We have lived
and loved together":--\par

{\advance\leftskip\parindentamount{}\advance\rightskip\parindentamount{}
\vs{1}
\begin{verse}
{\vl {\noindent}
"We have lived and loved together\par}
{\advance\leftskip\parindentamount{}{\vl Through many changing years,\par}
}

{\vl We have shared each other's gladness\par}
{\advance\leftskip\parindentamount{}{\vl And dried each other's tears.\par}
}

{\vl I have never known a sorrow\par}
{\advance\leftskip\parindentamount{}{\vl That was long unsoothed by thee,\par}
}

{\vl For thy smile can make a summer\par}
{\advance\leftskip\parindentamount{}{\vl Where darkness else would be.\par}
}
\end{verse}
}


\vs{2}
{\noindent}
Mrs. St. Clair would never forget that evening on
the star-lit lawn, nor the flitting, little fire-insects, nor
her husband's voice.\par

\begin{container}
\vs{1}
{\noindent}
{\centering
――――
\endgraf}
\par
\end{container}

\vs{1}
{\noindent}
Is it not just when we expect it least that sorrow
sometimes falls suddenly upon us, hiding or eclipsing
all our promised happiness and joy?\par

I have now to write a pitiful part of my too true
story, but it must be done.\par

Next evening St. Clair rode home an hour earlier.\par

He complained of feeling more tired than usual,
and said he would lie down on the drawing-room sofa
until dinner was ready.\par

Peggy went singing along the hall to call him at
the appointed time.\par

She went singing into the room.\par

"Pa, dear," she cried merrily; "Uncle-pa, dinner is
all beautifully ready!"\par

"Come, Unky-pa.  How sound you sleep!"\par

Then a terror crept up from the earth, as it were,
and a cold hand seemed to clutch her heart.\par

She ran out of the room.\par

"Oh, Auntie-ma!" she cried, "come, come quickly,
pa won't wake, nor speak!"\par

Heigho! the summons had come, and dear "Uncle-pa"
would never, never wake again.\par

This is a short chapter, but it is too sad to continue.\par

So falls the curtain on the first act of this life-drama.\par

\penalty-300%
\label{chapter-viii-fiercely-and-wildly-both-sides-fought}%
\hypertarget{chapter-viii-fiercely-and-wildly-both-sides-fought}{}%
\vspace*{50pt}\thispagestyle{empty}
{\noindent\interlinepenalty \@M\normalfont\Huge\bfseries%
CHAPTER VIII--FIERCELY AND WILDLY BOTH SIDES FOUGHT}

\unskip\vskip 40pt\nobreak

{\noindent}
The gloomy event related in last chapter must not
be allowed to cast a damper over our story.\par

Of course death is always and everywhere hovering
near, but why should boys like you and me, reader,
permit that truth to cloud our days or stand between
us and happiness?\par

Two years, then, have elapsed since poor, brave Tom
St. Clair's death.\par

He is buried near the edge of the forest in a
beautiful enclosure where rare shrubs grow, and where
flowers trail and climb far more beautiful than any
we ever see in England.\par

At first Mrs. St. Clair had determined to sell all off
and go back to the old country, but her overseer Jake
Solomons and Mr. Peter persuaded her not to, or it
seemed that it was their advice which kept her from
carrying out her first intentions.  But she had another
reason, she found she could not leave that lonesome
grave yet awhile.\par

So the years passed on.\par

The estate continued to thrive.\par

Roland was now a handsome young fellow in his
eighteenth year, and Peggy, now beautiful beyond
compare, was nearly fifteen.\par

Dick Temple, the bold and reckless huntsman and
horseman, was quieter now in his attentions towards
her.  She was no longer the child that he could lift
on to his broad young shoulders and carry, neighing
and galloping like a frightened colt, round and round
the lawn.\par

And Roland felt himself a man.  He was more
sober and sedate, and had taken over all his father's
work and his father's responsibilities.  But for all that,
lightly enough lay the burden on his heart.\par

For he had youth on his side, and\par

{\advance\leftskip\parindentamount{}\advance\rightskip\parindentamount{}
\vs{1}
\begin{verse}
{\vl {\noindent}
"In the lexicon of youth which fate reserves\par}
{\vl For a bright manhood there is no such word\par}
{\vl As fail".\par}
\end{verse}
}

\begin{container}
\vs{1}
{\noindent}
{\centering
――――
\endgraf}
\par
\end{container}

\vs{1}
{\noindent}
I do not, however, wish to be misunderstood.  It
must not be supposed that Roland had no difficulties
to contend with, that all his business life was
as fair and serene as a bright summer's day.  On
the contrary, he had many losses owing to the
fluctuations of the markets and the failures of great firms,
owing to fearful storms, and more than once owing
to strikes or revolts among his Indians in the great
india-rubber forest.\par

But Roland was light-hearted and young, and difficulties
in life, I have often said, are just like nine-pins,
they are put up to be bowled over.\par

Besides, be it remembered that if it were all plain
sailing with us in this world we should not be able to
appreciate how really happy our lives are.  The sky
is always bluest 'twixt the darkest clouds.\par

On the whole, Roland, who took stock, and, with
honest Bill and Jake Solomons, went over the books
every quarter, had but little reason to complain.
This stock-taking consumed most of their spare
time for the greater part of a week, and when it was
finished Roland invariably gave a dinner-party, at
which I need hardly say his dear friend Dick Temple
was present.  And this was always the happiest of
happy nights to Dick, because the girl he loved more
than all things on earth put together was here, and
looked so innocent and beautiful in her simple dresses
of white and blue.\par

There was no such thing as flirtation here, but Dick
was fully and completely in earnest when he told
himself that if he lived till he was three- or
four-and-twenty he would ask Peggy to be his wife.\par

Ah! there is many a slip 'twixt the cup and the lip.\par

Dick, I might, could, would, or should have told
you before, lived with a bachelor uncle, who, being
rather old and infirm, seldom came out.  He had good
earnest men under him, however, as overseers, and his
plantations were thriving, especially that in which
tobacco was cultivated.\par

The old man was exceedingly fond of Dick, and
Dick would be his heir.\par

Probably it was for his uncle's sake that Dick
stayed in the country--and of course for Peggy's
and Roland's--for, despite its grand field for sport
and adventure, the lad had a strange longing to go to
England and play cricket or football.\par

He had been born in Britain just as Roland was,
and had visited his childhood's home more than once
during his short life.\par

Now just about this time Don Pedro, or Mr. Peter
as all called him, had asked for and obtained a
holiday.  He was going to Pará for a change, he said, and
to meet a friend from England.\par

That he did meet a friend from England there was
little doubt, but their interview was a very short one.
Where he spent the rest of his time was best known
to himself.\par

In three months or a little less he turned up smiling
again, and most effusive.\par

About a fortnight after his arrival he came to Jake
one morning pretty early.\par

Jake was preparing to start on horseback for the
great forest.\par

"I'm on the horns of a dilemma, Mr. Solomons," he
said, laughing his best laugh.  "During the night
about twenty Bolivian Indians have encamped near
to the forest.  They ask for work on the india-rubber
trees.  They are well armed, and all sturdy warriors.
They look as if fighting was more in their line than
honest labour."\par

"Well, Mr. Peter, what is their excuse for being
here anyhow?"\par

"They are bound for the sea-shore at the mouths of
the river, and want to earn a few dollars to help them on."\par

"Well, where is the other horn of the dilemma?"\par

"Oh! if I give them work they may corrupt our fellows."\par

"Then, Mr. Peter, I'd give the whole blessed lot the
boot and the sack."\par

"Ah! now, Mr. Solomons, you've got to the other
horn.  These savages, for they are little else, are
revengeful."\par

"We're not afraid."\par

"No, we needn't be were they to make war openly,
but they are sly, and as dangerous as sly.  They would
in all probability burn us down some dark night."\par

Jake mused for a minute.  Then he said abruptly:\par

"Let the poor devils earn a few dollars, Mr. Peter,
if they are stony-broke, and then send them on their
way rejoicing."\par

"That's what I say, too," said Burly Bill, who had
just come up.  "I've been over yonder in the starlight.
They look deuced uncouth and nasty.  So does a bull-dog,
Jake, but is there a softer-hearted, more kindly
dog in all creation?"\par

So that very day the Indians set to work with the
other squads.\par

The labour connected with the collecting of india-rubber
is by no means very hard, but it requires a
little skill, and is irksome to those not used to such
toil.\par

But labour is scarce and Indians are often lazy, so
on the whole Jake was not sorry to have the new
hands, or "serinqueiros" as they are called.\par

The india-rubber trees are indigenous and grow in
greatest profusion on that great tributary of the
Amazon called the Madeira.  But when poor Tom
St. Clair came to the country he had an eye to business.
He knew that india-rubber would always command a
good market, and so he visited the distant forests,
studied the growth and culture of the trees as
conducted by Nature, and ventured to believe that he
could improve upon her methods.\par

He was successful, and it was not a great many
years before he had a splendid plantation of young
trees in his forest, to say nothing of the older ones
that had stood the brunt of many a wild tropical
storm.\par

It will do no harm if I briefly describe the method
of obtaining the india-rubber.  Tiny pots of tin,
holding about half a pint, are hung under an incision
in the bark of the tree, and these are filled and
emptied every day, the contents being delivered by
the Indian labourers at the house or hut of an
under-overseer.\par

The sap is all emptied into larger utensils, and a
large smoking fire, made of the nuts of a curious kind
of palm called the Motokoo, being built, the operators
dip wooden shovels into the sap, twirling these round
quickly and holding them in the smoke.  Coagulation
takes place very quickly.  Again the shovel is dipped
in the sap, and the same process is repeated until the
coagulated rubber is about two inches thick, when it
is cooled, cut, or sliced off, and is ready for the distant
market.\par

Now, from the very day of their arrival, there was
no love lost between the old and steady hands and
this new band of independent and flighty ones.\par

The latter were willing enough to slice the bark
and to hang up their pannikins, and they would even
empty them when filled, and condescend to carry their
contents to the preparing-house.  But they were lazy
in the extreme at gathering the nuts, and positively
refused to smoke the sap and coagulate it.\par

It made them weep, they explained, and it was
much more comfortable to lie and wait for the sap
while they smoked and talked in their own strange
language.\par

After a few days the permanent hands refused to
work at the same trees, or even in the same part of
the estrados or roads that led through the plantation
of rubber-trees.\par

A storm was brewing, that was evident.  Nor was
it very long before it burst.\par

All unconscious that anything was wrong, Peggy,
with Brawn, was romping about one day enjoying
the busy scene, Peggy often entering into conversation
with some of her old favourites, when one of the
strange Indians, returning from the tub with an
empty tin, happened to tread on Brawn's tail.\par

The dog snarled, but made no attempt to bite.
Afraid, however, that he would spring upon the fellow,
Peggy threw herself on the ground, encircling her
arms around Brawn's shoulders, and it was she who
received the blow that was meant for the dog.\par

It cut her across the arm, and she fainted with pain.\par

Brawn sprang at once upon his man and brought
him down.\par{}

\begin{figure}[h!tbp]
\label{figure-73}%
\hypertarget{figure-73}{}%
\label{brawn-sprang-at-once-upon-his-man}%
\hypertarget{brawn-sprang-at-once-upon-his-man}{}%
\noindent\hfill{}\begin{minipage}{0.740\textwidth}
{\hbox to \hsize{\hfill\includegraphics[width=1.000\textwidth,keepaspectratio=true]{images/img-090.jpg}\hfill}}
\vs{1}
{\noindent}
{\centerleft{{\itshape{"BRAWN SPRANG AT ONCE UPON HIS MAN"}}
}}
\end{minipage}
\hfill{}
\end{figure}

He shook the wretch as if he had been but a rat,
and blood flowed freely.\par

Burly Bill was not far off, and just as the great
hound had all but fixed the savage by the windpipe,
which he would undoubtedly have torn out, Bill pulled
him off by the collar and pacified him.\par

The blood-stained Indian started to his legs to
make good his retreat, but as his back was turned in
flight, Bill rushed after him and dealt him a kick that
laid him prone on his face.\par

This was the signal for a general mêlée, and a
terrible one it was!\par

Bill got Peggy pulled to one side, and gave her in
charge to Dick, who had come thundering across on
his huge horse towards the scene of conflict.\par

Under the shelter of a spreading tree Dick lifted
his precious charge.  But she speedily revived when
he laid her flat on the ground.  She smiled feebly
and held out her hand, which Dick took and kissed,
the tears positively trickling over his cheeks.\par

Perhaps it was a kind of boyish impulse that caused
him to say what he now said:\par

"Oh, Peggy, my darling, how I love you!  Whereever
you are, dear, wherever I am--oh, always think
of me a little!"\par

That was all.\par

A faint colour suffused Peggy's cheek for just a
moment.  Then she sat up, and the noble hound
anxiously licked her face.\par

But she had made no reply.\par

Meanwhile the mêlée went merrily on, as a Donnybrook
Irishman might remark.\par

Fiercely and wildly both sides fought, using as
weapons whatsoever came handiest.\par

But soon the savages were beaten and discomfited
with, sad to tell, the loss of one life--that of a
savage.\par

Not only Jake himself, but Roland and Mr. Peter
were now on the scene of the recent conflict.  Close
to Peter's side, watching every movement of his lips
and eyes, stood Benee, the Indian who had saved the
children.\par

Several times Peter looked as if he felt uneasy,
and once he turned towards Benee as if about to speak.\par

He said nothing, and the man continued his watchful
scrutiny.\par

After consulting for a short time together, Jake and
Roland, with Burly Bill, determined to hold a court of
inquiry on the spot.\par

But, strange to say, Peter kept aloof.  He continued
to walk to and fro, and Benee still hung in his rear.
But this ex-savage was soon called upon to act as
interpreter if his services should be needed, which
they presently were.\par

Every one of the civilized Indians had the same
story to tell of the laziness and insolence of the
Bolivians, and now Jake ordered the chief of the
other party to come forward.\par

They sulked for a short time.\par

But Jake drew his pistols, and, one in each hand,
stepped out and ordered all to the front.\par

They made no verbal response to the questions put
to them through Benee.  Their only reply was scowling.\par

"Well, Mr. St. Clair," said Jake, "my advice is to
pay these rascals and send them off."\par

"Good!" said Roland.  "I have money."\par

The chief was ordered to draw nearer, and the
dollars were counted into his claw-like fist.\par

The fellow drew up his men in a line and gave to
each his pay, reserving his own.\par

Then at a signal, given by the chief, there was
raised a terrible war-whoop and howl.\par

The chief spat on his dollars and dashed them into
a neighbouring pool.  Every man did the same.\par

Roland was looking curiously on.  He was wondering
what would happen next.\par

He had not very long to wait, for with his foot the
chief turned the dead man on his back, and the blood
from his death-stab poured out afresh.\par

He dipped his palm in the red stream and held it
up on high.  His men followed his example.\par

Then all turned to the sun, and in one voice uttered
just one word, which, being interpreted by Benee, was
understood to mean--REVENGE!\par

They licked the blood from their hands, and, turning
round, marched in silence and in single file out
and away from the forest and were seen no more.\par

\penalty-300%
\label{chapter-ix-that-tree-in-the-forest-glade}%
\hypertarget{chapter-ix-that-tree-in-the-forest-glade}{}%
\vspace*{50pt}\thispagestyle{empty}
{\noindent\interlinepenalty \@M\normalfont\Huge\bfseries%
CHAPTER IX--THAT TREE IN THE FOREST GLADE}

\unskip\vskip 40pt\nobreak

{\noindent}
The things, the happenings, I have now to tell you
of in this chapter form the turning-point in our
story.\par

Weeks passed by after the departure of that
mysterious band of savages, and things went on in the
same old groove on the plantation.\par

Whence the savages had come, or whither they had
gone, none could tell.  But all were relieved at their
exit, dramatic and threatening though it had been.\par

The hands were all very busy now everywhere, and
one day, it being the quarter's end, after taking stock
Roland gave his usual dinner-party, and a ball to his
natives.  These were all dressed out as gaily as gaily
could be.  The ladies wore the most tawdry of finery,
most of which they had bought, or rather had had
brought them by their brothers and lovers from Pará,
and nothing but the most pronounced evening dress
did any "lady of colour" deign to wear.\par

Why should they not ape the quality, and "poh
deah Miss Peggy".\par

Peggy was very happy that evening, and so I need
hardly say was Dick Temple.  Though he never had
dared to speak of love again, no one could have looked
at those dark daring eyes of his and said it was not
there.\par

It must have been about eleven by the clock and a
bright moonlight night when Dick started to ride
home.  He knew the track well, he said, and could
not be prevailed upon to stay all night.  Besides, his
uncle expected him.\par

The dinner and ball given to the plantation hands
had commenced at sunset, or six o'clock, and after
singing hymns--a queer finish to a most hilarious
dance--all retired, and by twelve of the clock not a
sound was to be heard over all the plantation save
now and then the mournful cry of the shriek-owl or a
plash in the river, showing that the 'gators preferred
a moonshiny night to daylight itself.\par

The night wore on, one o'clock, two o'clock chimed
from the turret on Burnley Hall, and soon after this,
had anyone been in the vicinity he would have seen
a tall figure, wrapped in cloak and hood, steal away
from the house adown the walks that led from the
flowery lawns.  The face was quite hidden, but several
times the figure paused, as if to listen and glance
around, then hurried on once more, and finally
disappeared in the direction of the forest.\par

Peggy's bedroom was probably the most tastefully-arranged
and daintily-draped in the house, and when
she lay down to-night and fell gently asleep, very
sweet indeed were the dreams that visited her pillow.
The room was on a level with the river lawn, on
to which it opened by a French or casement window.
Three o'clock!\par

The moon shone on the bed, and even on the girl's
face, but did not awaken her.\par

A few minutes after this, and the casement window
was quietly opened, and the same cloaked figure,
which stole away from the mansion an hour before,
softly entered.\par

It stood for more than half a minute erect and
listening, then, bending low beside the bed, listened a
moment there.\par

Did no spectral dream cross the sleeping girl's vision
to warn her of the dreadful fate in store for her?\par

Had she shrieked even now, assistance would have
been speedily forthcoming, and she might have been
saved!\par

But she quietly slumbered on.\par

Then the dark figure retreated as it had come, and
presently another and more terrible took its place--a
burly savage carrying a blanket or rug.\par

First the girl's clothing and shoes, her watch and
all her trinkets, were gathered up and handed to
someone on the lawn.\par

Then the savage, approaching the bed with stealthy
footsteps, at once enveloped poor Peggy in the rug
and bore her off.\par

For a moment she uttered a muffled moan or two,
like a nightmare scream, then all was still as the
grave.\par

\begin{container}
\vs{1}
{\noindent}
{\centering
――――
\endgraf}
\par
\end{container}

\vs{1}
{\noindent}
"Missie Peggy!  Missie Peggy," cried Beeboo next
morning at eight as she entered the room.  "What for
you sleep so long?  Ah!" she added sympathizingly,
still holding the door-knob in her hand.  "Ah! but
den the poh chile very tired.  Dance plenty mooch las'
night, and--"\par

She stopped suddenly.\par

Something unusual in the appearance of the bed
attire attracted her attention and she speedily rushed
towards it.\par

She gave vent at once to a loud yell, and Roland
himself, who was passing near, ran in immediately.\par

He stood like one in a state of catalepsy, with his
eyes fixed on the empty bed.  But he recovered
shortly.\par

"Oh, this is a fearful day!" he cried, and hastened
out to acquaint Jake and Bill, both of whom, as well
as Mr. Peter, slept in the east wing of the mansion.\par

He ran from door to door knocking very loud and
shouting: "Awake, awake, Peggy has gone!  She has
been kidnapped, and the accursed savages have had
their revenge!"\par

In their pyjamas only, Jake and Bill appeared, and
after a while Mr. Peter, fully dressed.\par

He looked sleepy.\par

"I had too much wine last night," he said, with a
yawn, "and slept very heavily all night.  But what
is the matter?"\par

He was quietly and quickly informed.\par

"This is indeed a fearful blow, but surely we can
trace the scoundrels!"\par

"Boys, hurry through with your breakfast," said
Roland.  "Jake, I will be back in a few minutes."\par

He whistled shrilly and Brawn came rushing to his side.\par

"Follow me, Brawn."\par

His object was to find out in which direction the
savages had gone.\par

Had Brawn been a blood-hound he could soon have
picked up the scent.\par

As it was, however, his keen eyes discovered the
trail on the lawn, and led him to the gate.  He howled
impatiently to have it opened, then bounded out and
away towards the forest in a westerly and southerly
direction, which, if pursued far enough, would lead
towards Bolivia, along the wild rocky banks of the
Madeira River.\par

It was a whole hour before Brawn returned.  He
carried something in his mouth.  He soon found his
master, and laid the something gently down at his
feet, stretching himself--grief-stricken--beside it.\par

It was one of Peggy's boots, with a white silk
stocking in it, drenched in blood.\par

The white men and Indians were now fully aroused,
and, leaving Jake in charge of the estate, Roland
picked out thirty of the best men, armed them with
guns, and placed them under the command of Burly
Bill.  Then they started off in silence, Roland and
Burly mounted, the armed whites and Indians on foot.\par

Brawn went galloping on in front in a very excited
manner, often returning and barking wildly at the
horses as if to hurry them on.\par

Throughout that forenoon they journeyed by the
trail, which was now distinct enough, and led through
the jungle and forest.\par

They came out on to a clearing about one o'clock.
Here was water in abundance, and as they were all
thoroughly exhausted, they threw themselves down
by the spring to quench their thirst and rest.\par

Bill made haste now to deal out the provisions, and
after an hour, during which time most of them slept,
they resumed their journey.\par

A mile or two farther on they came to a sight
which almost froze their blood.\par

In the middle of a clearing or glade stood a great
tree.  It was hollowed out at one side, and against
this was still a heap of half-charred wood, evidently
the remains of a fierce fire, though every ember had
died black out.\par

Here was poor Peggy's other shoe.  That too was
bloody.\par

And here was a pool of coagulated blood, with
huge rhinoceros beetles busy at their work of
excavation.  Portions or rags of dress also!\par

It was truly an awful sight!\par

Roland reined up his horse, and placed his right
hand over his eyes.\par

"Bill," he managed to articulate, "can you have
the branches removed, and let us know the fearful
worst?"\par

Burly Bill gave the order, and the Indians tossed
the half-burned wood aside.\par

Then they pulled out bone after bone of limbs,
of arms, of ribs.  But all were charred almost into
cinders!\par

Roland now seemed to rise to the occasion.\par

He held his right arm on high.\par

"Bill," he cried; "here, under the blazing sun and
above the remains, the dust of my dead sister, I
register a vow to follow up these fiends to their
distant homes, if Providence shall but lead us aright,
and to slay and burn every wretch who has aided or
abetted this terrible deed!"\par

"I too register that vow," said Bill solemnly.\par

"And I, and I!" shouted the white men, and even
the Indians.\par

They went on again once more, after burying the
charred bones and dust.\par

But the trail took them to a ford, and beyond the
stream there was not the imprint of even a single
footstep.\par

The retiring savages must either have doubled back
on their tracks or waded for miles up or down the
rocky stream before landing.\par

Nothing more could be done to-day, for the sun was
already declining, and they must find their way out
of the gloom of the forest before darkness.  So the
return journey was made, and just as the sun's red
beams were crimsoning the waters of the western
river, they arrived once more at the plantation and
Burnley Hall.\par

The first to meet them was Peter himself.  He
seemed all anxiety.\par

"What have you found?" he gasped.\par

It was a moment or two before Roland could reply.\par

"Only the charred remains of my poor sister!" he
said at last, then compressed his mouth in an effort
to keep back the tears.\par

The Indian who took so lively an interest in
Mr. Peter was not far away, and was watching his man
as usual.\par

None noticed, save Benee himself, that Mr. Peter
heaved something very like a sigh of relief as Roland's
words fell on his ears.\par

Burnley Hall was now indeed a castle of gloom;
but although poor Mrs. St. Clair was greatly cast
down, the eager way in which Roland and Dick were
making their preparations to follow up the savage
Indians, even to the confines or interior, if necessary,
of their own domains, gave her hope.\par

Luckily they had already found a clue to their
whereabouts, for one of the civilized Bolivians knew
that very chief, and indeed had come from the same
far-off country.  He described the people as a race
of implacable savages and cannibals, into whose territory
no white man had ever ventured and returned alive.\par

Were they a large tribe?  No, not large, not over
three or four thousand, counting women and children.
Their arms?  These were spears and broad
two-bladed knives, with great slings, from which they
could hurl large stones and pieces of flint with
unerring accuracy, and bows and arrows.  And no
number of white men could stand against these unless
they sheltered themselves in trenches or behind rocks
and trees.\par

This ex-cannibal told them also that the land of
this terrible tribe abounded in mineral wealth, in silver
ore and even in gold.\par

For this information Roland cared little; all he
wished to do was to avenge poor Peggy's death.  If
his men, after the fighting, chose to lay out claims he
would permit a certain number of them to do so,
their names to be drawn by ballot.  The rest must
accompany the expedition back.\par

Dick's uncle needed but little persuasion to give
forty white men, fully armed and equipped, to swell
Roland's little army of sixty whites.  Besides these,
they would have with them carriers and
ammunition-bearers--Indians from the plantations.\par

Dick was all life and fire.  If they were successful,
he himself, he said, would shoot the murderous chief,
or stab him to the heart.\par

A brave show indeed did the little army make, when
all mustered and drilled, and every man there was
most enthusiastic, for all had loved poor lost Peggy.\par

"I shall remain at my post here, I suppose," said
Mr. Peter.\par

"If I do not alter my mind I shall leave you and
Jake, with Mr. Roberts, the tutor, to manage the
estate in my absence," said Roland.\par

He did alter his mind, and, as the following will
show, he had good occasion to do so.\par

One evening the strange Indian Benee, between
whom and Peter there existed so much hatred, sought
Roland out when alone.\par

"Can I speakee you, all quiet foh true?"\par

"Certainly, my good fellow.  Come into my study.
Now, what is it you would say?"\par

"Dat Don Pedro no true man!  I tinkee much, and
I tinkee dat."\par

"Well, I know you don't love each other, Benee;
but can you give me any proofs of his villainy?"\par

"You letee me go to-night all myse'f alone to de
bush.  I tinkee I bring you someding strange.  Some
good news.  Ha! it may be so!"\par

"I give you leave, and believe you to be a faithful
fellow."\par

Benee seized his master's hand and bent down his
head till his brow touched it.\par

Next moment he was gone.\par

Next morning he was missed.\par

"Your pretty Indian," said Mr. Peter, with an
ill-concealed sneer, "is a traitor, then, after all, and a
spy, and it was no doubt he who instigated the
abduction and the murder, for the sake of revenge, of
your poor little sister."\par

"That remains to be seen, Mr. Peter.  If he, or anyone
else on the plantation, is a traitor, he shall hang
as high as Haman."\par

Peter cowered visibly, but smiled his agitation off.\par

And that same night about twelve, while Roland
sat smoking on the lawn with Dick, all in the
moonlight, everyone else having retired--smoking and
talking of the happy past--suddenly the gate hinges
creaked, and with a low growl Brawn sprang forward.
But he returned almost immediately, wagging his tail
and being caressed by Benee himself.\par

Silently stood the Indian before them, silently as a
statue, but in his left hand he carried a small bundle
bound up in grass.  It was not his place to speak
first, and both young men were a little startled at his
sudden appearance.\par

"What, Benee! and back so soon from the forest?"\par

"Benee did run plenty quickee.  Plenty jaguar
want eat Benee, but no can catchee."\par

"Well?"\par

"I would speekee you bof boys in de room."\par

The two started up together.\par

Here was some mystery that must be unravelled.\par

\penalty-300%
\label{chapter-x-benee-makes-a-strange-discovery}%
\hypertarget{chapter-x-benee-makes-a-strange-discovery}{}%
\vspace*{50pt}\thispagestyle{empty}
{\noindent\interlinepenalty \@M\normalfont\Huge\bfseries%
CHAPTER X--BENEE MAKES A STRANGE DISCOVERY}

\unskip\vskip 40pt\nobreak

{\noindent}
Benee followed them into Roland's quiet study,
and placed his strange grass-girt bundle on a
cane chair.\par

Roland gave him a goblet of wine-and-water, which
he drank eagerly, for he was faint and tired.\par

"Now, let us hear quickly what you have to say, Benee."\par

The Indian came forward, and his words, though
uttered with some vehemence, and accompanied by
much gesticulation, were delivered in almost a whisper.\par

It would have been impossible for any eavesdropper
in the hall to have heard.\par

"Wat I tellee you 'bout dat Peter?" he began.\par

"My good friend," said Roland, "Peter accuses you
of being a spy and traitor."\par

"I killee he!"\par

"No, you will not; if Peter is guilty, I will see
that justice overtakes him."\par

"Well, 'fore I go, sah, I speakee you and say I
bringee you de good news."\par

"Tell us quickly!" said Dick in a state of great
excitement.\par

"Dis, den, is de good news: Missie Peggy not dead!
No, no!"\par

"Explain, Benee, and do not raise false hopes in
our breasts."\par

"De cannibals make believe she murder; dat all is."\par

"But have we not found portions of her raiment,
her blood-dripping stockings, and also her charred
remains?"\par

"Listen, sah.  Dese cannibals not fools.  Dey beat
you plenty of trail, so you can easily find de clearing
where de fire was.  Dey wis' you to go to dat tree to
see de blood, de shoe, and all.  But when you seekee
de trail after, where is she?  Tellee me dat.  Missie
Peggy no murder.  No, no.  She am carried away,
far away, as one prisint to de queen ob de cannibals."\par

"What were the bones, my good Benee?"\par

Then Benee opened his strange bundle, and there
fell on the floor the half-burned skull and jaws of a
gigantic baboon.\par

"I find dat hid beside de tree.  Ha, ha!"\par

"It is all clear now," said Roland.  "My dear,
faithful Benee," he continued, "can you guide us to
the country of the cannibals?  You will meet your
reward, both here and hereafter."\par

"I not care.  I lub Missie Peggy.  Ah, she come
backee once moh, foh true!"\par

And now Dick Temple, the impulsive, must step
forward and seize Benee by the hand.  "God bless
you!" he said; and indeed it was all he could say.\par

When the Indian had gone, Roland and Dick drew
closer together.\par

"The mystery," said the former, "seems to me,
Dick, to be as dark and intricate as ever.  I can
understand the savages carrying poor Peggy away,
but why the tricky deceit, the dropped shoe that
poor, noble Brawn picked up, the pool of blood, the
rent and torn garments, and the half-charred bones?"\par

"Well, I think I can see through that, Roland.  I
believe it was done to prevent your further pursuit;
for, as Benee observes, the trail is left plainly enough
for even a white man to see as far as the 'fire-tree'
and on to the brook.  But farther there is none."\par

"Well, granting all this; think you, Dick, that no
one instigated them, probably even suggested the
crime and the infernal deceit they have practised?"\par

"Now you are thinking of, if not actually accusing,
Mr. Peter?"\par

"I am, Dick.  I have had my suspicions of him ever
since a month after he came.  It was strange how
Benee hated him from the beginning, to say nothing
of Brawn, the dog, and our dear lost Peggy."\par

"Cheer up!" said Dick.  "Give Peter a show, though
things look dark against him."\par

"Yes," said Roland sternly, "and with us and our
expedition he must and shall go.  We can watch his
every move, and if I find that he is a villain, may God
have mercy on his soul!  His body shall feed the eagles."\par

Dick Temple was a wild and reckless boy, it is true,
and always first, if possible, in any adventure which
included a spice of danger, but he had a good deal of
common sense notwithstanding.\par

He mused a little, and rolled himself a fresh
cigarette before he replied.\par

"Your Mr. Peter," he said, "may or may not be
guilty of duplicity, though I do not see the {\itshape{raison
d'être}} for any such conduct, and I confess to you that
I look upon lynching as a wild kind of justice.  At
the same time I must again beg of you, Roland, to
give the man a decent show."\par

"Here is my hand on that, Dick.  He shall have
justice, even should that just finish with his dangling
at a rope's end."\par

The two shortly after this parted for the night,
each going to his own room, but I do not think that
either of them slept till long past midnight.\par

They were up in good time, however, for the bath,
and felt invigorated and hungry after the dip.\par

They were not over-merry certainly, but Mrs. St. Clair
was quite changed, and just a little hysterically
hilarious.  For as soon as he had tubbed, Roland had
gone to her bedroom and broken the news to her
which Benee had brought.\par

That same forenoon Dick and Roland rode out to
the forest.\par

They could hear the boom and shriek and roar of
the great buzz-saw long before they came near the
white-men's quarters.\par

They saw Jake,--and busy enough he was too,--and
told him that they had some reason to doubt the
honesty or sincerity of Mr. Peter, and that they would
take him along with them.\par

"Thank God!" said Jake most fervently.  "I myself
cannot trust a man whom a dog like Brawn and a
savage like Benee have come to hate."\par

By themselves that day the young fellows
completed their plans, and all would now be ready to
advance in a week's time.\par

That same day, however, on parade and in presence
of Mr. Peter, Roland made a little speech.\par

"We are going," he said, "my good fellows, on a
very long and adventurous journey.  Poor Miss Peggy
is, as we all know" (this was surely a fib that would
be forgiven) "dead and gone, but we mean to follow
these savages up to their own country, and deal them
such a blow as will paralyse them for years.  Yellow
Charlie yonder is himself one of their number, but he
has proved himself faithful, and has offered to be our
guide as soon as we enter unknown regions.\par

"I have," he added, "perfect faith in my white men,
faith in Mr. Peter, whom I am taking with me--"\par

Peter took a step forward as if to speak, but Roland
waved him back.\par

"And I know my working Indians will prove
themselves good men and true.\par

"After saying this, it is hardly necessary to add
that if anyone is found attempting to desert our
column, even should it be Burly Bill himself" (Burly
Bill laughed outright), "he will be shot down as we
would shoot a puma or alligator."\par

There was a wild cheer after Roland stepped down
from the balcony, and in this Mr. Peter seemed to join
so heartily that Roland's heart smote him.\par

For perhaps, after all, he had been unkind in
thought to this man.\par

Time alone would tell.\par

The boys determined to leave nothing to chance,
but ammunition was of even more importance than
food.  They hoped to find water everywhere, and the
biscuits carried, with the roots they should dig, would
serve to keep the expedition alive and healthy, with
the aid of their good guns.\par

Medicine was not forgotten, nor medical comforts.\par

For three whole days Roland trained fast-running
Indians to pick up a trail.  A man would be allowed
to have three miles' start, and then, when he was
quite invisible, those human sleuth-hounds would be
let loose, and they never failed to bring back their
prisoner after a time.\par

One man at least was much impressed by these
trials of skill.\par

Just a week before the start, and late in the evening,
Benee once more presented himself before our young
heroes.\par

"I would speakee you!"\par

"Well, Benee, say what you please, but all have not
yet retired.  Dick, get out into the hall, and warn us
if anyone approaches."\par

Dick jumped up, threw his cigarette away, and did
as he was told.\par

"Thus I speakee you and say," said Benee.  "You
trustee I?"\par

"Assuredly!"\par

"Den you let me go?"\par

"How and where?"\par

"I go fast as de wind, fleeter dan de rain-squall, far
ober de mountains ob Madeira, far froo' de wild, dark
forest.  I heed noting, I fear noting.  No wil' beas'
makee Benee 'fraid.  I follow de cannibals.  I reach
de country longee time 'foh you.  I creepee like one
snake to de hut ob poh deah Peggy.  She no can fly
wid me, but I 'sure her dat you come soon, in two
moon p'laps, or free.  I make de chile happy.  Den I
creep and glide away again all samee one black snake,
and come back to find you.  I go?"\par

Roland took the man's hand.  Savage though he
was, there was kindness and there was undoubted
sincerity in those dark, expressive eyes, and our hero
at once gave the permission asked.\par

"But," he said, "the way is long and dangerous, my
good Benee, so here I give you two long-range
six-shooters, a repeating-rifle, and a box of cartridges.
May God speed your journey, and bring you safely
back with news that shall inspire our hearts!  Go!"\par

Benee glided away as silently as he had come, and
next morning his place was found empty.  But would
their trust in this man reap its reward, or--awful
doubt--was Benee false?\par

Next night but one something very strange happened.\par

All was silent in and around Burnley Hall, and the
silvery tones of the great tower clock had chimed the
hour of three, when the window of Mr. Peter's room
was silently opened, and out into the moonlight glided
the man himself.\par

He carried in his hand a heavy grip-sack, and
commenced at once taking the path that led downwards
to the river.\par

Here lay the dinghy boat drawn up on the beach.
She was secured with padlock and chain, but all
Roland's officers carried keys.\par

It was about a quarter of a mile to the river-side,
and Peter was proceeding at a fairly rapid rate,
considering the weight of his grip-sack.\par

He had a habit of talking to himself.  He was doing
so now.\par

"I have only to drop well down the river and
intercept a steamer.  It is this very day they pass,
and--"\par

Two figures suddenly glided from the bush and
stood before him.\par

One sprang up behind, whom he could not see.\par

"Good-morning, Mr. Peter!  Going for a walk early,
aren't you?  It's going to turn out a delightful day, I
think."\par

They were white men.\par

"Here!" cried Peter, "advance but one step, or dare
to impede my progress, and you are both dead men!
I am a good shot, and happen, as you see, to have the
draw on you."\par

Next moment his right arm was seized from behind,
the men in front ducked, and the first shot went off in
the air.\par

"Here, none o' that, guv'nor!" said a set, determined
voice.\par

The revolver was wrenched from his grasp, and he
found himself on his back in the pathway.\par

"It is murder you'd be after!  Eh?"\par

"Not so, my good fellow," said Peter.  "I will explain."\par

"Explain, then."\par

"My duties are ended with Mr. Roland St. Clair.
He owes me one month's wages.  I have forfeited that
and given warning, and am going.  That is all."\par

"You are going, are you?  Well, we shall see about that."\par

"Yes, you may, and now let me pass on my peaceful way."\par

"He! he! he!  But tell us, Mr. Peter, why this
speedy departure?  Hast aught upon thy conscience,
or hast got a conscience?"\par

Peter had risen to his feet.\par

"Merely this.  I claim the privilege of every working
man, that of giving leave.  I am not strong, and I dread
the long journey Mr. St. Clair and his little band are
to take."\par

"But," said the other, "you came in such a questionable
shape, and we were here to watch for stragglers,
not of course thinking for a moment, Mr. Peter, that
your French window would be opened, and that you
yourself would attempt to take French leave.\par

"Now you really must get back to your bedroom,
guv'nor, and see Mr. St. Clair in the morning.  My
mates will do sentry-go at your window, and I shall
be by your door in case you need anything.  It is a
mere matter of form, Mr. Peter, but of course we have
to obey orders.  Got ere a drop of brandy in your
flask?"\par

Peter quickly produced quite a large bottle.  He
drank heavily himself first, and then passed it
round.\par

But the men took but little, and Mr. Peter,
half-intoxicated, allowed himself to be conducted to bed.\par

When these sentries gave in their report next
morning to Roland, Mr. Peter did not rise a deal in
the young fellow's estimation.\par

"It only proves one thing," he said to Dick.  "If
Peter is so anxious to give us the slip, we must watch
him well until we are far on the road towards the
cannibals' land."\par

"That's so," returned Dick Temple.\par

Not a word was said to Peter regarding his
attempted flight when he sat down to breakfast with
the boys, and naturally enough he believed it had not
been reported.  Indeed he had some hazy remembrance
of having offered the sentries a bribe to keep dark.\par

Mr. Peter ate very sparingly, and looked sadly fishy
about the eyes.\par

But he made no more attempts to escape just then.\par

\penalty-300%
\label{chapter-xi-all-alone-in-the-wilderness}%
\hypertarget{chapter-xi-all-alone-in-the-wilderness}{}%
\vspace*{50pt}\thispagestyle{empty}
{\noindent\interlinepenalty \@M\normalfont\Huge\bfseries%
CHAPTER XI--ALL ALONE IN THE WILDERNESS}

\unskip\vskip 40pt\nobreak

{\noindent}
That Benee was a good man and true we have
little reason to doubt, up to the present time at
all events.\par

Yet Dick Temple was, curiously enough, loth to
believe that Mr. Peter was other than a friend.  And
nothing yet had been proved against him.\par

"Is it not natural enough," said he to Roland, "that
he should funk--to put it in fine English--the terrible
expedition you and I are about to embark upon?  And
knowing that you have commanded him to accompany
us would, in my opinion, be sufficient to account for
his attempt to escape and drop down the river to Pará,
and so home to his own country.  Roland, I repeat, we
must give the man a show."\par

"True," said Roland, "and poor Benee is having his
show.  Time alone can prove who the traitor is.  If it
be Benee he will not return.  On the contrary, he will
join the savage captors of poor Peggy, and do all in
his power to frustrate our schemes."\par

No more was said.\par

But the preparations were soon almost completed,
and in a day or two after this, farewells being said,
the brave little army began by forced marches to find
its way across country and through dense forests
and damp marshes, and over rocks and plains, to the
Madeira river, high above its junction with the great
Amazon.\par

\begin{container}
\vs{1}
{\noindent}
{\centering
――――
\endgraf}
\par
\end{container}

\vs{1}
{\noindent}
Meanwhile let us follow the lonely Indian in his
terrible journey to the distant and unexplored lands
of Bolivia.\par

Like all true savages, he despised the ordinary
routes of traffic or trade; his track must be a
bee-line, guiding himself by the sun by day, but more
particularly by the stars by night.\par

Benee knew the difference betwixt stars and planets.
The latter were always shifting, but certain stars--most
to him were like lighthouses to mariners who
are approaching land--shone over the country of the
cannibals, and he could tell from their very altitude
how much progress he was making night after night.\par

So lonesome, so long, was his thrice dreary journey,
that had it been undertaken by a white man, in all
probability he would soon have been a raving maniac.\par

But Benee had all the cunning, all the daring, and
all the wisdom of a true savage, and for weeks he felt
a proud exhilaration, a glorious sense of freedom
and happiness, at being once more his own master, no
work to do, and hope ever pointing him onwards to
his goal.\par

What was that goal? it may well be asked.  Was
Benee disinterested?  Did he really feel love for the
white man and the white man's children?  Can aught
save selfishness dwell in the breast of a savage?  In
brief, was it he who had been the spy, he who was
the guilty man; or was it Peter who was the villain?
Look at it in any light we please, one thing is
certain, this strange Indian was making his way back
to his own country and to his own friends, and Indians
are surely not less fond of each other than are the
wild beasts who herd together in the forest, on the
mountain-side, or on the ice in the far-off land of the
frozen north.  And well we know that these creatures
will die for each other.\par

If there was a mystery about Peter, there was
something approaching to one about Benee also.\par

But then it must be remembered that since his
residence on the St. Clair plantation, Benee had been
taught the truths of that glorious religion of ours, the
religion of love that smoothes the rugged paths of life
for us, that gives a silver lining to every cloud of
grief and sorrow, and gilds even the dark portals of
death itself.\par

Benee believed even as little children do.  And
little Peggy in her quiet moods used to tell him the
story of life by redemption in her almost infantile way.\par

For all that, it is hard and difficult to vanquish
old superstitions, and this man was only a savage at
heart after all, though, nevertheless, there seemed to
be much good in his rough, rude nature, and you
may ofttimes see the sweetest and most lovely little
flowers growing on the blackest and ruggedest of rocks.\par

Well, this journey of Benee's was certainly no
sinecure.  Apart even from all the dangers attached
to it, from wild beasts and wilder men, it was one that
would have tried the hardest constitution, if only for
the simple reason that it was all a series of forced
marches.\par

There was something in him that was hurrying him
on and encouraging him to greater and greater
exertions every hour.  His daily record depended to a
great extent on the kind of country he had to
negotiate.  He began with forty miles, but after a time,
when he grew harder, he increased this to fifty and
often to sixty.  It was at times difficult for him to
force his way through deep, dark forest and jungle,
along the winding wild-beast tracks, past the beasts
themselves, who hid in trees ready to spring had he
paused but a second; through marshes and bogs, with
here and there a reedy lake, on which aquatic birds of
brightest colours slept as they floated in the sunshine,
but among the long reeds of which lay the
ever-watchful and awful cayman.\par

In such places as these, I think Benee owed his
safety to his utter fearlessness and sang-froid, and to
the speed at which he travelled.\par

It was not a walk by any means, but a strange kind
of swinging trot.  Such a gait may still be seen in
far-off outlying districts of the Scottish Highlands,
where it is adopted by postal "runners", who consider
it not only faster but less tiresome than walking.\par

For the first hundred miles, or more, the lonely
traveller found himself in a comparatively civilized
country.  This was not very much to his liking, and
as a rule he endeavoured to give towns and villages,
and even rubber forests, where Indians worked under
white men overseers, a wide berth.\par

Yet sometimes, hidden in a tree, he would watch
the work going on; watch the men walking hither
and thither with their pannikins, or deftly whirling
the shovels they had dipped in the sap-tub and
holding them in the dark smoke of the palm-tree nuts, or
he would listen to their songs.  But it was with no
feeling of envy; it was quite the reverse.\par

For Benee was free!  Oh what a halo of happiness
and glory surrounds that one little word "Free"!\par

Then this lonely wanderer would hug himself, as it
were, and, dropping down from his perch, start off
once more at his swinging trot.\par

Even as the crow flies, or the bee wings its flight,
the length of Benee's journey would be over six
hundred miles.  But it was impossible for anyone to
keep a bee-line, owing to the roughness of the country
and the difficulties of every kind to be overcome, so
that it is indeed impossible to estimate the magnitude
of this lone Indian's exploit.\par

His way, roughly speaking, lay between the Madeira
River and the Great Snake River called Puras ({\itshape{vide}}
map); latterly it would lead him to the lofty regions
and plateaux of the head-waters of Maya-tata, called
by the Peruvians the Madre de Dios, or Holy Virgin
River.\par

But hardly a day now passed that he had not a
stream of some kind to cross, and wandering by its
banks seeking for a ford delayed him considerably.\par

He was journeying thus one morning when the
sound of human voices not far off made him creep
quickly into the jungle.\par

The men did not take long to put in an appearance.\par

A portion of some wandering, hunting, or looting
tribe they were, and cut-throat looking scoundrels
everyone of them--five in all.\par

They were armed with bows and arrows and with
spears.  Their arrows, Benee could see, were tipped
with flint, and the flint was doubtless poisoned.  They
carried also slings and broad knives in their belts of
skin.  The slings are used in warfare, but they are also
used by shepherds--monsters who, like many in this
country, know not the meaning of the words "mercy
to dumb animals"--on their poor sheep.\par

These fellows, who now lay down to rest and to eat,
much to Benee's disgust, not to say dismay, were
probably a party of llama (pronounced yahmah)
herds or shepherds who had, after cutting their
master's throat, banded together and taken to this
roving life.\par

So thought Benee, at all events, for he could see
many articles of European dress, such as dainty
scarves of silk, lace handkerchiefs, \&c., as well as
brooches, huddled over their own clothing, and one
fierce-looking fellow pulled out a gold watch and
pretended to look at the time.\par

So angry was Benee that his savage nature got
uppermost, and he handled his huge revolvers in a
nervous way that showed his anxiety to open fire
and spoil the cut-throats' dinner.  But he restrained
himself for the time being.\par

In addition to the two revolvers, Benee carried the
repeating rifle.  It was the fear of spoiling his
ammunition that led to his being in this dreadful fix.  But
for his cartridges he could have swum the river with
the speed of a gar-fish.\par

What a long, long time they stayed, and how very
leisurely they munched and fed!\par

A slight sound on his left flank caused Benee to
gaze hastily round.  To his horror, he found himself
face to face with a puma.\par

Here was indeed a dilemma!\par

If he fired he would make his presence known, and
small mercy could he expect from the cut-throats.
At all hazards he determined to keep still.\par

The yellow eyes of this American lion flared and
glanced in a streak of sunshine shot downwards
through the bush, and it was this probably which
dimmed his vision, for he made no attempt to spring
forward.\par

Benee dared scarcely to breathe; he could hear
the beating of his own heart, and could not help
wondering if the puma heard it too.\par

At last the brute backed slowly astern, with a
wriggling motion.\par

But Benee gained courage now.\par

During the long hours that followed, several great
snakes passed him so closely that he could have
touched their scaly backs.  Some of these were lithe
and long, others very thick and slow in motion, but
nearly all were beautifully coloured in metallic tints
of crimson, orange, green, and bronze, and all were
poisonous.\par

The true Bolivian, however, has but little fear of
snakes, knowing that unless trodden upon, or
otherwise actively interfered with, they care not to waste
their venom by striking.\par

At long, long last the cut-throats got up to leave.
They would before midnight no doubt reach some
lonely outpost and demand entertainment at the
point of the knife, and if strange travellers were
there, sad indeed would be their fate.\par

Benee now crawled, stiff and cramped, out from his
damp and dangerous hiding-place.  He found a ford
not far off, and after crossing, he set off once more at
his swinging trot, and was soon supple and happy enough.\par

On and on he went all that day, to make up for lost
time, and far into the starry night.\par

The hills were getting higher now, the valleys
deeper and damper between, and stream after stream
had to be forded.\par

It must have been long past eight o'clock when,
just as Benee was beginning to long for food and rest,
his eyes fell on a glimmering light at the foot of a
high and dark precipice.\par

He warily ventured forward and found it proceeded
from a shepherd's hut; inside sat the man himself,
quietly eating a kind of thick soup, the basin flanked
by a huge flagon of milk, with roasted yams.  Great,
indeed, was the innocent fellow's surprise when Benee
presented himself in the doorway.  A few words in
Bolivian, kindly uttered by our wayfarer, immediately
put the man at ease, however, and before long Benee
was enjoying a hearty supper, followed by a brew of
excellent maté.\par

He was a very simple son of the desert, this
shepherd, but a desultory kind of conversation was
maintained, nevertheless, until far into the night.\par

For months and months, he told Benee, he had
lived all alone with his sheep in these grassy uplands,
having only the companionship of his half-wild, but
faithful dog.  But he was contented and happy, and
had plenty to eat and drink.\par

It was just sunrise when Benee awoke from a long
refreshing sleep on his bed of skins.  There was the
odour of smoke all about, and presently the shepherd
himself bustled in and bade him "Good-morning!", or
"Heaven's blessing!" which is much the same.\par

A breakfast of rough, black cake, with butter, fried
fish, and maté, made Benee as happy as a king and as
fresh as a mountain trout, and soon after he said
farewell and started once more on his weary road.
The only regret he experienced rose from the fact that
he had nothing wherewith to reward this kindly
shepherd for his hospitality.\par

Much against his will, our wanderer had now to
make a long detour, for not even a goat could have
scaled the ramparts of rock in front of him.\par

In another week he found himself in one of the
bleakest and barrenest stretches of country that it
is possible to imagine.  It was a high plateau, and
covered for the most part with stunted bushes and
with crimson heath and heather.\par

Benee climbed a high hill that rose near him, and
as he stood on the top thereof, just as the sun in a
glory of orange clouds and crimson rose slowly and
majestically over the far-off eastern forest, a scene
presented itself to him that, savage though he was,
caused him for a time to stand mute with admiration
and wonder.\par

Then he remembered what little Peggy told him
once in her sweet and serious voice: "Always pray at
sunrise".\par

{\advance\leftskip\parindentamount{}\advance\rightskip\parindentamount{}
\vs{1}
\begin{verse}
{\vl {\noindent}
"Always pray at sunrise,\par}
{\advance\leftskip\parindentamount{}{\vl For 'tis God who makes the day;\par}
}

{\vl When shades of evening gather round\par}
{\advance\leftskip\parindentamount{}{\vl Kneel down again and pray.\par}
}

{\vl And He, who loves His children dear,\par}
{\advance\leftskip\parindentamount{}{\vl Will send some angel bright\par}
}

{\vl To guard you while you're sleeping sound\par}
{\advance\leftskip\parindentamount{}{\vl And watch you all the night."\par}
}
\end{verse}
}


\vs{2}
{\noindent}
And on this lonely hill-top Benee did kneel down
to pray a simple prayer, while golden clouds were
changing to bronze and snowy white, and far off on
the forest lands hazy vapours were still stretched
across glens and valleys.\par

As he rose from his knees he could hear, away down
beneath him, a wild shout, and gazing in the direction
from which it came, he saw seven semi-nude savages
hurrying towards the mountain with the evident
intention of making him prisoner.\par

It was terrible odds; but as there was no escape,
Benee determined to fight.\par

As usual, they were armed with bow and arrow and sling.\par

Indeed, they commenced throwing stones with great
precision before they reached the hill-foot, and one of
these fell at Benee's feet.\par

Glad, indeed, was he next minute to find himself in
a kind of natural trench which could have been held
by twenty men against a hundred.\par

On and up, crawling on hands and knees, came the
savages.\par

But Benee stood firm, rifle in hand, and waiting
his chance.\par

\penalty-300%
\label{chapter-xii-benee-entrenched-savage-revels-in-the-forest}%
\hypertarget{chapter-xii-benee-entrenched-savage-revels-in-the-forest}{}%
\vspace*{50pt}\thispagestyle{empty}
{\noindent\interlinepenalty \@M\normalfont\Huge\bfseries%
CHAPTER XII--BENEE ENTRENCHED--SAVAGE REVELS IN THE FOREST}

\unskip\vskip 40pt\nobreak

{\noindent}
The trench in which he found himself was far
higher than was necessary, and fronted by huge
stones.  It was evidently the work of human hands,
but by what class of people erected Benee could not
imagine.\par

He could spare a few boulders anyhow, so, while
the enemy was still far below, he started first one,
then another, and still another, on a cruise down the
mountain-side and on a mission of death.\par

These boulders broke into scores of large fragments
long before they reached the savages, two of whom
were struck, one being killed outright.\par

And Benee knew his advantage right well, and,
taking careful aim now with his repeating-rifle--a
sixteen-shooter it was,--he fired.\par

He saw the bullet raise the dust some yards ahead
of the foe, who paused to gaze upwards in great
amazement.\par

But next shot went home, for Benee had got the
range, and one of the five threw up his hands with
a shriek, and fell on his face, to rise no more.\par

Rendered wild by the loss of their companions, the
others drew their knives and made a brave start for
Benee's trench.\par

But what could poor savages do against the deadly
fire of civilized warfare.  When another of their
number paid the penalty of his rashness, the other
three took fright and went racing and tumbling down
the hill so quickly that no more of Benee's shots took
effect.\par

Roland had given Benee a field-glass before he
started, and through this he watched the flying figures
for many a mile, noting exactly the way they took,
and determining in his own mind to choose a somewhat
different route, even though he should have to
make a wide detour.\par

He started downhill almost immediately, well-knowing
that these dark-skinned devils would return
reinforced to seek revenge.\par

He knew, moreover, that they could follow up a
trail, so he did all in his power to pick out the hardest
parts of this great moorland on which to walk.\par

He came at last to a stream.  It was very shallow,
and he plunged in at once.\par

This was indeed good luck, and Benee thought now
that Peggy's God, who paints the sky at sunrise,
was really looking after him.  He could baulk his
pursuers now, or, at least, delay them.  For they
would not be able to tell in which direction he had
gone.\par

So Benee walked in the water for three miles.
This walk was really a leaping run.  He would have
gone farther, but all at once the stream became very
rapid indeed, and on his ears fell the boom of a
waterfall.\par

So he got on shore with all haste.\par

But for five miles on from the foot of the leaping,
dashing, foaming linn, the stream was flanked by
acres of round, smooth boulders.\par

These could tell no tale.  On these Benee would
leave no trail.  He leapt from one to the other, and
was rejoiced at last to find that they led him to a
forest.\par

This was indeed a grateful surprise, so he entered
the shade at once.\par

Benee, after his exciting fight and his very long
run, greatly needed rest, so he gathered some splendid
fruit and nuts, despite the chattering and threatened
attacks of a whole band of hideous baboons, and then
threw himself down under the shade of a tree in
a small glade and made a hearty meal.\par

He felt thirsty now.  But as soon as there was
silence once more in the forest, and even the parrots
had gone to sleep in the drowsy noontide heat, he
could hear the rush of water some distance ahead.\par

He got up immediately and marched in the direction
from which the sound came, and was soon on the
pebbled shore of another burn.\par

He drank a long, sweet draught of the cool,
delicious water, and felt wondrously refreshed.\par

And now a happy thought occurred to him.\par

Sooner or later he felt certain the savages would
find his trail.  They would track him to this stream
and believe he had once again tried to break the
pursuit by wading either up or down stream.\par

His plan was, therefore, to go carefully back on his
tracks and rest hidden all day until, foiled in their
attempt to make him prisoner, they should return
homeward.\par

This plan he carried into immediate execution, and
in a thicket, quite screened from all observation, he
laid him down.\par

He was soon fast asleep.\par

But in probably a couple of hours' time he sat
cautiously up, and, gently lifting a branch, looked
forth.\par

For voices had fallen on his ear, and next minute
there went filing past on his trail no fewer than fifteen
well-armed warriors.\par

They stopped dancing and shouting at the tree
where Benee had sat down to feed, then, brandishing
their broad knives, dashed forward to the stream.\par

They had evidently gone up the river for miles,
but finding no trail on the other bank returned to
search the down-stream.\par

In his hiding-place Benee could hear their wild
shouts of vengeance-deferred, and though he feared
not death, right well he knew that neither his rifle
nor revolvers could long protect him against such
desperate odds as this.\par

There was now peace once more, and the shades of
evening--the short tropical gloaming--were falling
when he heard the savages returning.\par

He knew their language well.\par

It was soon evident that they did not mean to go
any farther that night, for they were quite tired out.\par

They were not unprovided with food and drink
such as it was, and evidently meant to make
themselves happy.\par

A fire was soon lit in the glade, and by its glare
poor Benee, lying low there and hardly daring to
move a limb, could see the sort of savages he would
have to deal with if they found him.\par

They were fierce-looking beyond conception.  Most
of them had long matted hair, and the ears of some
carried the hideous pelele.  The lobe of each ear is
pierced when the individual is but a boy, and is
gradually stretched until it is a mere strip of skin
capable of supporting a bone or wooden, grooved little
wheel twice as large as a dollar.  The stretched lobe
of the ear fits round this like the tyre round a bicycle
wheel.\par

The faces of these men, although wild-looking, were
not positively ill-favoured, though the mouths were
large and sensual.  But if ever devil lurked in human
eyes it lurked in theirs.\par

They wore blankets, and some had huge chains of
gold and silver nuggets round their necks.\par

Their arms were now piled, or, more correctly
speaking, they were trundled down in a heap by the
tree.\par

While most of them lay with their feet to the now
roaring fire, a space was left for the cook, who
cleverly arranged a kind of gipsy double-trident over
the clear embers and commenced to get ready the meal.\par

The uprights carried cross pieces of wood, and on
these both fish and flesh were laid to broil, while large
yams and sweet-potatoes were placed in the ashes to
roast.\par

By the time dinner was cooked the night was dark
enough, but the glimmer of the firelight lit up the
savages' faces and cast Rembrandtesque shadows far
behind.\par

It was a weird and terrible scene, but it had little
effect on Benee, who had often witnessed tableaux far
more terrifying than this.\par

Then the orgie commenced.  They helped themselves
with their fingers and tore the fish and flesh off
with their splendid teeth.\par

Huge chattees of chicaga, a most filthy but
intoxicating beer, now made their appearance.  It was
evident enough that these men were used to being on
the war-path and hunting-field.\par

The wine or beer is made in a very disgusting
manner, but its manufacture, strangely enough, is
not confined to Bolivia.  I have seen much the same
liquor in tropical Africa, made by the Somali Indians,
and in precisely the same way.\par

The old women or hags of the village are assembled
at, say, a chief's house, and large quantities of
cocoanuts and various other fruits are heaped together in
the centre of a hut, as well as large, tub-like vessels
and chattees of water.\par

Down the old and almost toothless hags squat,
and, helping themselves to lumps of cocoa-nut, \&c.,
they commence to mumble and chew these, now and
then moistening their mouths with a little water, the
juice is spit out into calabashes, and when these are
full of the awful mess they are emptied into the big bin.\par

It is a great gala-day with these hideous old hags,
a meeting that they take advantage of not only for
making wine but for abusing their neighbours.\par

How they cackle and grin, to be sure, as their
mouths work to and fro!  How they talk and chatter,
and how they chew!  It is chatter and chew, chew
and chatter, all the time, and the din they make with
teeth and tongues would deafen a miller.\par

When all is finished, the bins are left to settle
and ferment, and in three days' time, the
supernatant liquor is poured off and forms the wine
called chicaga.\par

Had anyone doubted the intoxicating power of
this vilest of all vile drinks, a glance at the scene
which soon ensued around the fire would speedily
have convinced him.\par

Benee lay there watching these fiends as they
gradually merged from one phase of drunkenness to
another, and fain would he have sent half a dozen
revolver bullets into the centre of the group, but his
life depended on his keeping still.\par

The savages first confined themselves to merry
talking, with coarse jokes and ribaldry, and frequent
outbursts of laughter.  But when they had quaffed
still more, they must seize their knives and get up to
dance.  Round and round the blazing fire they whirled
and staggered through the smoke and through it
again, with demoniacal shouts and awful yells, that
awakened echoes among the forest wild beasts far
and near.\par

Then they pricked their bodies with their knives
till the blood ran, and with this they splashed each
other in hideous wantonness till faces and clothes were
smeared in gore.\par

All this could but have one ending--a fight.\par

Benee saw one savage stabbed to the heart, and then
the orgie became a fierce battle.\par

Now was Benee's time to escape.\par

Yet well he knew how acute the power of hearing
is among the Bolivian savages.  One strange noise,
even the crackle of a bush, and the fighting would
end in a hunt, and he would undoubtedly lose his life.\par

But he wriggled and crawled like a snake in the
grass until twenty yards away, and now he moved
cautiously, slowly off.\par

Soon the glare of the fire among the high trees
was seen no more, and the yelling and cries were far
behind and getting more and more indistinct every
minute.\par

Benee refreshed himself at the stream, pulled some
food from his pocket, and ate it while he ran.\par

He knew, however, that after fighting would come
drowsiness, and that his late entertainers would soon
be fast asleep, some of their heads pillowed, perhaps,
on the dead body of their murdered comrade.\par

If there be in all this world a more demonish wretch
than man is in a state of nature, or when--even among
Christians--demoralized by drink, I wish to get hold
of a specimen for my private menagerie.  But the
creature should be kept in a cage by itself.  I would
not insult my monkeys with the companionship of
such a wretch, should it be man or beast.\par

\penalty-300%
\label{chapter-xiii-the-march-to-the-loveless-land}%
\hypertarget{chapter-xiii-the-march-to-the-loveless-land}{}%
\vspace*{50pt}\thispagestyle{empty}
{\noindent\interlinepenalty \@M\normalfont\Huge\bfseries%
CHAPTER XIII--THE MARCH TO THE LOVELESS LAND}

\unskip\vskip 40pt\nobreak

{\noindent}
On and on hurried Benee now, at his old swinging trot.\par

On and on beneath the splendid stars, his only
companions, that looked so calmly sweet and appeared so
near.  God's angels surely they, speaking, as they
gazed down, words from their home on high, peace
and good-will to men, and happiness to all that lived
and breathed.\par

On and on over plains, through moor and marsh,
by lake and stream, by forest dark and jungle wild.
It was evident that Benee meant to put leagues
between himself and the camp of his recent enemies
before each star grew beautiful and died; before the
fiery sun leapt red above the eastern hills, and turned
the darkness into day.\par

Benee had come onwards with such a rush that
even the slimy alligators, by pond or brown lake, left
their lairs among the tall nodding reeds and dashed in
terror into the water.\par

Prowling wild beasts, the jaguar and puma, also
hurried off at his approach, and many a scared bird
flew screaming up into the darkling air.\par

But Benee heeded nothing.  His way lay yonder.
That bright particular star away down on the
southwestern horizon shone over the great unexplored
region of Bolivia.\par

Morning after morning it would be higher and
higher above him, and when it shone at an angle of
forty-five degrees he would be approaching the land
of the cannibals.\par

Yes, but it was still a far cry to that country.  By
the time the sun did rise, and the mists gathered
themselves off the valleys and glens that lay low beneath
him, Benee felt sadly in want of rest.\par

He found a tree that would make him a good sleeping
place, for the country he was now traversing abounded
in hideous snakes and gigantic lizards, and he courted
not the companionship of either.\par

The tree was an Abies of some undefined species.\par

Up and up crawled Benee, somewhat encumbered
by his arms.\par

He got through a kind of "lubbers' hole" at last,
though with much difficulty, and, safe enough here,
he curled up with his face to the stem, and was soon
so fast asleep that cannons could not have awakened him.\par

But satisfied Nature got uneasy at last, and far on
towards evening he opened his eyes and wondered
where he was.\par

Still only half-awake, he staggered to his feet and
made a step forward.  It was only to fall over the
end of a huge matted branch, but this branch lowered
him gently on to the one immediately beneath it, and
this down to the next, and so on.  A strange mode of
progression certainly, but Benee found himself sitting
on the ground at last, as safe and sound as if he had
come down in a parachute.\par

Then his recollection came back to him.  He sought
out some fruit-trees now and made a hearty meal,
quenched his thirst at a spring, and once more
resumed his journey.\par

For three days he marched onwards, but always by
night.  The country was not safe by day, and he
preferred the companionship of wild beasts to that of
wilder men.  In this Benee was wise.\par

But awaking somewhat earlier one afternoon, he
saw far beneath him, a town, and in Benee's eyes it
was a very large one.\par

And now a happy idea struck him.  He had money,
and here was civilization.  By and by he would be in
the wilds once more, and among savages who knew
nothing of cash.  Why should he not descend, mix
with the giddy throng, and make purchases of red
cloth, of curios, and of beads.  He determined to do so.\par

But it would not do to go armed.  So he hid his
rifle and pistols in the bush, covering them carefully
up with dried grass.  Then he commenced the descent.
Yes, the little town, the greater part of which was
built of mud hovels, was full, and the streets crowded,
many in the throng being Spaniards, Peruvians, and
Portuguese.\par

Benee sauntered carelessly on and presently came to
the bazaar.\par

Many of the police eyed him curiously, and one or
two followed him.\par

But he had no intention of being baulked in his purpose.\par

So he entered a likely shop, and quickly made his
purchases.\par

Wrapping these carefully up, he slung the bundle
over his shoulder and left.\par

He stumbled over a lanky Portuguese policeman a
few yards off.\par

The man would have fallen had not Benee seized
him in his iron grasp and brought him again to his
equilibrium.\par

Then he spoke a few words in Bolivian, and made
signs that he wished to eat and drink.\par

"Aguardiente!" said the officer, his eyes sparkling
with joy.\par

He had really harboured some intentions of throwing
Benee into the tumble-down old prison, but a
drink would be a far better solution of the difficulty,
and he cheerfully led the way to a sort of hotel.\par

And in twenty minutes' time this truly intelligent
member of the force and Benee were lying on skin
mats with apparently all the good things in this life
spread out before them.\par

The officer was curious, as all such men are, whether
heathens or not, to know all about Benee, and put to
him a score of questions at least, part of which Benee
replied to with a delicate and forgivable fib.\par

So the policeman was but little wiser at the end of
the conversation than he was at the beginning.\par

About half an hour before sunset, Benee was once
more far up on the moorlands, and making straight
for the place where he had hidden his guns and
ammunition.\par

But he stopped short and stared with astonishment
when, before rounding the corner of the wood, a pistol
shot rang out in the quiet air, followed by the most
terrible shrieking and howling he had ever listened to.\par

He hurried on quickly enough now, and as he did
so, a whole herd of huge monkeys, apparently scared
out of their senses, rushed madly past him.\par

Close to the jungle he found one of his revolvers.
One chamber had been emptied, and not far off lay a
baboon in the agonies of death.  Benee, who, savage
though he was, evidently felt for the creature,
mercifully expended another shot on it, and placed it
beyond the reach of woe.\par

He was glad to find his rifle and other revolver
intact, but the cartridges from his belt were scattered
about in all directions, and strenuous efforts had
evidently been made to tear open his leathern
ammunition-box.\par

It took some time to make everything straight again.\par

Now down went the sun, and very soon, after a
short twilight, out came the stars once more.\par

Benee now resumed his journey as straight as he
could across the plateau.\par

He had not travelled many hours, however, before
clouds began to bank up and obscure the sky, and it
became very dark.\par

A storm was brewing, and, ushered in by low muttering
thunder in the far distance, it soon came on in earnest.\par

As the big drops of rain began to fall, shining in the
flashes of the lightning like a shower of molten gold,
Benee sought the shelter of a rocky cave which was
near to him.\par

He laid him down on the rough dry grass to wait
until the storm should clear away.\par

He felt drowsy, however.  Perhaps the unusually
good fare he had partaken of in the village had
something to do with this; but of late his hardships had
been very great indeed, so it is no wonder that now
exhausted Nature claimed repose.\par

The last thing he was conscious of was a long, low,
mournful cry that seemed to come from the far interior
of the cave.\par

It was broad daylight when he again awoke, and
such an awakening!\par

Great snowy-breasted owls sat blinking at the
light, but all the rocks around, or the shelves thereof,
were alive with coiling, wriggling snakes of huge size.\par

One had twined round his leg, and he knew that if
he but moved a muscle, it would send its terrible
fangs deep into his flesh, and his journey would be at
an end.\par

Gradually, however, the awful creature unwound
itself and wriggled away.\par

The sight of this snake-haunted cave was too much
for even Benee's nerves, and he sprang up and speedily
dashed, all intact, into the open air.\par

\begin{container}
\vs{1}
{\noindent}
{\centering
――――
\endgraf}
\par
\end{container}

\vs{1}
{\noindent}
Notwithstanding his extraordinary adventure in
the cave of serpents, the wandering Indian felt in
fine form that day.\par

The air was now much cooler after the storm, all
the more so, no doubt, that Benee was now travelling
on a high table-land which stretched southwards and
west in one long, dreary expanse till bounded on the
horizon by ridges of lofty serrated mountains, in the
hollow of which, high in air, patches of snow rested,
and probably had so rested for millions of years.\par

The sky was very bright.  The trees at this elevation,
as well as the fruit, the flowers, and stunted
shrubs, were just such as one finds at the Cape of Good
Hope and other semi-tropical regions.  The ground
on which he walked or trotted along was a mass of
beauty and perfume, rich pink or crimson heaths,
heather and geraniums everywhere, with patches of
pine-wood having little or no undergrowth.  Many
rare and beautiful birds lilted and sang their songs
of love on every side, strange larks were high in air,
some lighting every now and then on the ground, the
music of their voices drawn out as they glided
downwards into one long and beautiful cadence.\par

There seemed to be a sadness in these last notes, as
if the birds would fain have warbled for ever and for
aye at heaven's high gate, though duty drew them
back to this dull earth of ours.\par

But dangers to these feathered wildlings hovered
even in the sunlit sky, and sometimes turned the songs
of those speckled-breasted laverocks into wails of
despair.\par

Behold yonder hawk silently darting from the
pine-wood!  High, high he darts into the air; he has
positioned his quarry, and downwards now he swoops
like Indian arrow from a bow, and the lark's bright
and happy song is hushed for ever.  His beautiful mate
sitting on her cosy nest with its five brown eggs looks
up astonished and frightened.  Down fall a few drops
of red blood, as if the sky had wept them.  Down
flutter a few feathers, and her dream of happiness is
a thing of the past.\par

And that poor widowed lark will forsake her eggs
now, and wander through the heath and the scrub till
she dies.\par

\begin{container}
\vs{1}
{\noindent}
{\centering
――――
\endgraf}
\par
\end{container}

\vs{1}
{\noindent}
Benee had no adventures to-day, but, seeing far off
a band of travellers, he hid himself in the afternoon.
For our Indian wanted no company.\par

He watched them as they came rapidly on towards
his hiding-place, but they struck off to the east long
before reaching it, and made for the plains and
village far below.\par

Then Benee had his dinner and slept soundly
enough till moonrise, for bracing and clear was
heaven's ozonic breath in these almost Alpine regions.\par

Only a scimitar of a moon.  Not more than three
days old was it, yet somehow it gave hope and heart
to the lonely traveller.  He remembered when a boy
he had been taught to look upon the moon as a good
angel, but Christianity had banished superstition, and
he was indeed a new man.\par

After once more refreshing himself, he started on
his night march, hoping to put forty miles behind
him ere the sun rose.\par

Low lay the white haze over the woods a sheer
seven thousand feet beneath him.\par

It looked like snow-drifts on the darkling green.\par

Yet here and there, near to places where the river
glistened in the young moon's rays were bunches of
lights, and Benee knew he was not far from towns
and civilization.  Much too near to be agreeable.\par

He knew, however, that a few days more of his
long weary march would bring him far away from
these to regions unknown to the pale-face, to a land
on which Christian feet had never trodden, a loveless
land, a country that reeked with murder, a country
that seemed unblessed by heaven, where all was moral
darkness, as if indeed it were ruled by demons and
fiends, who rejoiced only in the spilling of blood.\par

But, nevertheless, it was Benee's own land, and he
could smile while he gazed upwards at the now
descending moon.\par

Benee never felt stronger or happier than he did
this evening, and he sang a strange wild song to
himself, as he journeyed onwards, a kind of chant to
which he kept step.\par

A huge snake, black as a winter's night, uncoiled
itself, hissed, and darted into the heath to hide.  Benee
heeded it not.  A wild beast of some sort sprang past
him with furious growl.  Benee never even raised
his rifle.  And when he came to the banks of a
reed-girt lake, and saw his chance of shooting a huge
cayman, he cared not to draw a bead thereon.  He
just went on with his chant and on with his walk.
Benee was truly happy and hopeful for once in his life.\par

And amid such scenery, beneath such a galaxy of
resplendent stars, who could have been aught else?\par

{\advance\leftskip\parindentamount{}\advance\rightskip\parindentamount{}
\vs{1}
\begin{verse}
{\advance\leftskip\parindentamount{}{\advance\leftskip\parindentamount{}{\vl {\noindent}
"How beautiful is night!\par}
}}

{\vl A dewy freshness fills the silent air;\par}
{\vl No mist obscures, nor cloud, nor speck, nor stain,\par}
{\advance\leftskip\parindentamount{}{\advance\leftskip\parindentamount{}{\vl Breaks the serene of heaven.\par}
}}

{\vl In glory yonder moon divine\par}
{\advance\leftskip\parindentamount{}{\vl Rolls through the dark-blue depths,\par}
}

{\vl Beneath her steely ray\par}
{\advance\leftskip\parindentamount{}{\vl The desert circle spreads,\par}
}

{\vl Like the round ocean girdled with the sky.\par}
{\advance\leftskip\parindentamount{}{\advance\leftskip\parindentamount{}{\vl How beautiful the night!"\par}
}}
\end{verse}
}


\vs{2}
{\noindent}
But almost before he could have believed it possible,
so quickly do health and happiness cause time to fly, a
long line of crimson cloud, high in the east, betokened
the return of another day.\par

The night-owls and the great flitting vampire bats
saw it and retreated to darksome caves.  There was
heard no longer far over the plain the melancholy
howl of the tiger-cat or snarl of puma or jaguar.\par

Day was coming!\par

Day was come!\par

\penalty-300%
\label{chapter-xiv-the-home-of-the-cannibal-benee-s-romance}%
\hypertarget{chapter-xiv-the-home-of-the-cannibal-benee-s-romance}{}%
\vspace*{50pt}\thispagestyle{empty}
{\noindent\interlinepenalty \@M\normalfont\Huge\bfseries%
CHAPTER XIV--THE HOME OF THE CANNIBAL--BENEE'S ROMANCE}

\unskip\vskip 40pt\nobreak

{\noindent}
Like the bats and the night-birds Benee now crept
into concealment.\par

He sought once more the shelter of a tall pine-tree
of the spruce species.  Here he could be safe and here
he could sleep.\par

But after a hearty meal he took the precaution to
lash himself to the stem, high, high up.\par

His descent from the last tree had been accomplished
with safety certainly, but it was of rather a
peculiar nature, and Benee had no desire to risk his
neck again.\par

The wind softly sighed in the branches.\par

A bird of the thrush species alighted about a yard
above him, and burst into shrill sweet melody to
welcome the rising sun.\par

With half-closed eyes Benee could see from under
the branches a deep-orange horizon, fading into pure
sea-green zenithwards, then to deepest purple and
blue where rested the crimson clouds.\par

And now there was a glare of brighter and more
silvery light, and the red streaks were turned into
wreaths of snow.\par

The sun was up, and Benee slept.  But he carried
that sweet bird's song into dreamland.\par

\begin{container}
\vs{1}
{\noindent}
{\centering
――――
\endgraf}
\par
\end{container}

\vs{1}
{\noindent}
About three days after this Benee was rejoiced to
find himself in a new land, but it was a land he knew
well--too well.\par

Though very high above the sea-level it was in
reality a\par

{\advance\leftskip\parindentamount{}\advance\rightskip\parindentamount{}
\vs{1}
\begin{verse}
{\vl {\noindent}
"Land of the mountain and the flood".\par}
\end{verse}
}


\vs{2}
{\noindent}
Hills on hills rose on all sides of him.  There were
straths or valleys of such exceeding beauty that they
gladdened the eye to behold.  The grass grew green
here by the banks of many a brown roaring stream,
and here, too, cattle roamed wild and free, knee-deep
in flowery verdure, and many a beautiful guanaco
and herds of llamas everywhere.  The streams that
meandered through these highland straths were
sometimes very tortuous, but perhaps a mile distant they
would seem to lose all control of themselves and go
madly rushing over their pebbly beds, till they dashed
over high cliffs at last, forming splendid cascades that
fell into deep, dark, agitated pools, the mist that rose
above forming rainbows which were never absent
when the sun shone.\par

And the hillsides that bounded these valleys were
clad in Alpine verdure, with Alpine trees and flowers,
strangely intermingled with beautiful heaths, and in
the open glades with gorgeous geraniums, and many
a lovely flower never seen even in greenhouses in our
"tame domestic England".\par

These were valleys, but there were glens and narrow
gorges also, where dark beetling rocks frowned over
the brown waters of streams that rushed fiercely
onwards round rocks and boulders, against which they
lashed themselves into foam.\par

On these rocks strange fantastic trees clung,
sometimes attached but by the rootlets, sometimes with
their heads hanging almost sheer downwards; trees
that the next storm of wind would hurl, with crash
and roar, into the water far beneath.\par

Yet such rivers or big burns were the home {\itshape{par
excellence}} of fish of the salmon tribe, and gazing below
you might see here and there some huge otter, warily
watching to spring on his finny prey.\par

Nor were the otters alone on the {\itshape{qui vive}}, for,
strange as it may seem, even pumas and tiger-cats
often made a sullen dive into dark-brown pools, and
emerged bearing on high some lordly red-bellied fish.
With this they would "speel" the flowery, ferny rocks,
and dart silently away into the depths of the forest.\par

And this wild and beautiful country, at present
inhabited by as wild a race of Indians as ever twanged
the bow, but bound at no very distant date to come
under the influence of Christianity and civilization,
was Benee's real home.  'Twas here he roamed when
a boy, for he had been a wanderer all his life, a nomad,
and an inhabitant of the woods and wilds.\par

Not a scene was unfamiliar to him.  He could
name every mountain and hill he gazed upon in his
own strangely musical Indian tongue.  Every bird,
every creature that crept, or glided, or walked, all
were his old friends; yes, and every tree and every
flower, from the splendid parasitic plants that wound
around the trees wherever the sun shone the brightest,
and draped them in such a wealth of beauty as would
have made all the richness and gaudiness of white
kings and queens seem but a caricature.\par

There was something of romance even in Benee.
As he stood with folded arms on the brink of a
cliff, and gazed downward into a charming glen,
something very like tears stood in his eyes.\par

He loved his country.  It was his own, his native
land.  But the savages therein he had ceased to love.
Because when but a boy--ah, how well he remembered
that day,--he was sent one day by his father
and mother to gather the berries of a deadly kind of
thorn-bush, with the juice of which the flints in the
points of the arrows were poisoned.  Coming back
to his parents' hut in the evening, as happy as boys
only can be, he found the place in flames, and saw
his father, mother, and a sister whom he loved, being
hurried away by the savages, because the queen had
need of them.  The lot of death had fallen on them.
Their flesh was wanted to make part of a great feast
her majesty was about to give to a neighbouring
potentate.  Benee, who had ever been used to hunt
for his food as a boy, or fish in the lakes and the
brown roaring streams, that he and his parents might
live, had always abhorred human sacrifice and human
flesh.  The latter he had seldom been prevailed upon
even to taste.\par

So from that terrible day he resolved to be a
wanderer, and he registered a vow--if I may speak so
concerning the thoughts of a poor boy-Indian--to take
revenge when he became a man on this very tribe
that had brought such grief and woe on him and his.\par

Benee was still a young man, but little over
two-and-twenty, and as he stood there thoughts came into
his mind about a little sweetheart he had when a boy.\par

Wee Weenah was she called; only a child of six when
he was good sixteen.  But in all his adventures, in
forest or by the streams, Weenah used to accompany
him.  They used to be away together all day long,
and lived on the nuts and the wild fruit that grew
everywhere so plentifully about them, on trees, on
bushes, or on the flowery banks.\par

Where was Weenah now?  Dead, perhaps, or taken
away to the queen's blood-stained court.  As a child
Weenah was very beautiful, for many of these Indians
are very far indeed from being repulsive.\par

And Benee used to delight to dress his tiny lady-love
in feathers of the wild birds, crimson and green
and blue, and weave her rude garlands of the gaudiest
flowers, to hang around her neck, or entwine in her
long dark hair.\par

He had gone to see Weenah--though he was then
in grief and tears--after he had left his father's burnt
shealing.  He had told her that he was going away
far to the north, that he was to become a hunter of
the wilds, that he might even visit the homes of the
white men, but that some day he would return and
Weenah should be his wife.\par

So they had parted thus, in childish grief and tears,
and he had never seen her since.\par

He might see her nevermore.\par

While musing thus to himself, he stretched his weary
limbs and body on the sweet-scented mossy cliff-top.\par

It was day certainly, but was he not now at home,
in his own, his native land?\par

He seemed to be afraid of nothing, therefore, and
so--he fell asleep.\par

The bank on which he slept adjoined a darkling forest.\par

A forest of strange dark pines, with red-brown
stems, which, owing to the absence of all undergrowth
save heather and moss and fern, looked like the pillars
of some vast cavern.\par

But there was bird music in this forest, and Benee
had gone to sleep with the flute-like and mellow notes
of the soo-soo falling on his ear.\par

The soo-soo's song had accompanied him to the land
of forgetfulness, and was mingling even now with his
dreams--happy dreams of long ago.\par

But list!  Was that really the song of the bronze-necked
soo-soo?\par

He was half-awake now, but apparently dreaming still.\par

He thought he was dreaming at all events, and
would not have opened his eyes and so dispelled the
dream for all the world.\par

It was a sweet girlish voice that seemed to be
singing--singing about him, about Benee the
wanderer in sylvan wilds; the man who for long years
had been alone because he loved being alone, whose
hand--until he reached the white man's home--had
been against everyone, and against every beast as well.\par

And the song was a kind of sweet little ballad,
which I should try in vain to translate.\par

But Benee opened his eyes at last, and his astonishment
knew no bounds as he saw, kneeling by his
mossy couch, the self-same Weenah that he had been
thinking and dreaming about.\par

Though still a girl in years, being but thirteen, she
seemed a woman in all her sympathies.\par

Beautiful?  Yes; scarcely changed as to face from
the child of six he used to roam in the woods with in
the long, long ago.  Her dark hair hung to her waist
and farther in two broad plaits.  Her black eyes
brimmed over with joy, and there was a flush of
excitement on her sun-kissed cheeks.\par

"Weenah!  Oh, Weenah!  Can it be you?" he
exclaimed in the Indian tongue.\par

"It is your own little child-love, your Weenah; and
ah! how I have longed for you, and searched for you
far and near.  See, I am clad in the skins of the
puma and the otter; I have killed the jaguar, too, and
I have been far north and fought with terrible men.
They fell before the poison of my arrows.  They
tried to catch me; but fleet of foot is Weenah, and
they never can see me when I fly.  In trees I have
slept, on the open heather, in caves of rocks, and in
jungle.  But never, never could I find my Benee.
Ah! life of mine, you will never go and leave us again.\par

"Yes," she added, "Mother and Father live, and are
well.  Our home have we enlarged.  'Tis big now,
and there is room in it for Benee.\par

"Come; come--shall we go?  But what strange,
strange war-weapons you carry.  Ah! they are the
fire-spears of the white man."\par

"Yes, Weenah mine! and deadly are they as the
lightning's bolt that flashes downward from the
storm-sky and lays dead the llama and the ox.\par

"See yonder eagle, Weenah?  Benee's aim is unerring;
his hand is the hand of the rock, his eye the
eye of the kron-dah" (a kind of hawk), "yet his touch
on the trigger light as the moss-flax.  Behold!"\par

He raised the rifle as he spoke, and without even
appearing to take aim he fired.\par

Next moment the bird of Jove turned a somersault.
It was a death-spasm.  Down, down he fell earthwards,
his breast-feathers following more slowly, like
a shower of snow sparkling in the sunshine.\par

Weenah was almost paralysed with terror, but
Benee took her gently in his arms, and, kissing her
brow and bonnie raven hair, soothed her and stilled
her alarms.\par

Hand in hand now through the forest, as in the
days of yore!  Both almost too happy to speak, Benee
and his little Indian maiden!  Hand in hand over
the plain, through the crimson heath and the heather,
heeding nothing, seeing nothing, knowing nothing
save their own great happiness!  Hand in hand until
they stood beside Weenah's mother's cottage; and
her parents soon ran out to welcome and to bless them!\par

Theirs was no ordinary hut, for the father had been
far to the east and had dwelt among white men on
the banks of the rapid-rolling Madeira.\par

When he had returned, slaves had come with him--young
men whom he had bought, for the aborigines
barter their children for cloth or schnapps.  And
these slaves brought with them tools of the white
men--axes, saws, adzes, hammers, spades, and shovels.\par

Then Shooks-gee (swift of foot) had cut himself
timber from the forest, and, aided by his slaves, had
set to work; and lo! in three moons this cottage by
the wood arose, and the queen of the cannibals
herself had none better.\par

But Benee was welcomed and food set before him,
milk of the llama, corn-cakes, and eggs of the heron
and treel-ba (a kind of plover).\par

Then warm drinks of coca (not cocoa) were given
him, and the child Weenah's eyes were never turned
away while he ate and drank.\par

He smoked then, the girl sitting close by him on
the bench and watching the strange, curling rings of
reek rolling upwards towards the black and glittering
rafters.\par

"But," said Weenah's mother, "poor Benee has
walked far and is much tired.  Would not Benee like
to cover his feet?"\par

"Yes, our mother, Benee would sleep."\par

"And I will watch and sing," said Weenah.\par

"Sing the song of the forest," murmured Benee.\par

Then Weenah sang low beside him while Benee slept.\par

\penalty-300%
\label{chapter-xv-shooks-gee-s-story-a-cannibal-queen}%
\hypertarget{chapter-xv-shooks-gee-s-story-a-cannibal-queen}{}%
\vspace*{50pt}\thispagestyle{empty}
{\noindent\interlinepenalty \@M\normalfont\Huge\bfseries%
CHAPTER XV--SHOOKS-GEE'S STORY--A CANNIBAL QUEEN}

\unskip\vskip 40pt\nobreak

{\noindent}
What is called "natural curiosity" in our country,
where almost every man is a Paul Pry, is no
trait of the Indian's character.  Or if he ever does feel
such an impulse, it is instantly checked.  Curiosity is
but the attribute of a squaw, a savage would tell you,
but even squaws will try to prevent such a weed from
flourishing in their hearts.\par

That was the reason why neither the father nor the
mother of Benee's little lady-love thought of asking
him a single question concerning his adventures until
he had eaten a hearty meal and had enjoyed a
refreshing sleep.\par

But when Benee sat up at last and quaffed the maté
that Weenah had made haste to get him, and just as
the day was beginning to merge into the twilight of
summer, he began to tell his friends and his love some
portion of his wonderful adventures, even from the
day when he had bidden the child Weenah a tearful
farewell and betaken himself to a wandering life in
the woods.\par

His young life's story was indeed a strange one,\par

{\advance\leftskip\parindentamount{}\advance\rightskip\parindentamount{}
\vs{1}
\begin{verse}
{\advance\leftskip\parindentamount{}{\vl {\noindent}
"Wherein he spake of most disastrous chances,\par}
{\vl Of moving accidents by flood and field;\par}
{\vl ... of antres vast and deserts idle,\par}
}

{\vl Rough quarries, rocks, and hills whose heads touch heaven.\par}
\end{verse}
}

\begin{container}
\vs{1}
{\noindent}
{\centering
――――
\endgraf}
\par
\end{container}

\vs{1}
{\noindent}
The while Weenah\par

{\advance\leftskip\parindentamount{}\advance\rightskip\parindentamount{}
\vs{1}
\begin{verse}
{\vl {\noindent}
"... gave him for his pains a world of sighs.\par}
{\advance\leftskip\parindentamount{}{\vl 'T was strange, 't was passing strange,\par}
}

{\vl 'T was pitiful, 't was wondrous pitiful:\par}
{\vl She wished she had not heard it; yet she wished\par}
{\vl That heaven had made her such a man."\par}
\end{verse}
}

\vs{1}
{\noindent}
Then when Benee came down to that portion of his
long story when first he found the children and their
mighty wolf-hound lost in the forest, Weenah and her
parents listened with greater interest and intensity
than ever.\par

There was a fire on the rude, low hearth--a fire of
wood, of peat, and of moss; for at the great elevation
at which this cannibal land is situated the nights are
chilly.\par

It was a fire that gave fitful light as well as
heat.  It fell on the faces of Benee's listeners, and
cast shadows grotesque behind them.  It beautified
Weenah's face till Benee thought she looked like one
of the angels that poor Peggy used to tell him about.\par

Then he related to them all his suspicions of Peter,
but did not actually accuse him of bringing about the
abduction of Peggy, to serve some vile and unknown
purpose of his own.  Next he spoke, yet spoke but
lightly, of his long, long march, and the incidents and
adventures therewith connected.\par

There was much, therefore, that Benee had to tell,
but there was also much that he had to learn or to
be told; and now that he had finished, it was
Shooks-gee's turn to take up the story.\par

I wish I could do justice to this man's language,
which was grandly figurative, or to his dramatic way
of talking, accompanied as it was with look and gesture
that would have elicited applause on any European
stage.  I cannot do so, therefore shall not try; but
the following is the pith of his story.\par

This Indian's house was on the very outside and
most northerly end of the great wild plateau which
was the home of these savages and cannibals.\par

The queen, a terrible monarch, and bloodthirsty in
the extreme, used to hold her court and lived on a
strange mountain or hill, in the very centre of the
rough tree and bush clad plain.\par

For many, many a long year she had lived here, and
to her court Indians came from afar to do her homage,
bringing with them cloth of crimson, wine and oil,
which they had stolen or captured in warfare from
the white men of Madeira valley.\par

When these presents came, the coca which her
courtiers used to chew all day long, and the maté they
drank, were for a time--for weeks indeed--discarded
for the wine and fire-water of the pale-face.\par

Fearful were the revels then held on that lone
mountain.\par

The queen was dainty, so too were her fierce courtiers.\par

When the revels first began she and they could eat
the raw or half-roasted flesh of calves and baby-llamas,
but when their potations waxed deeper, and appetite
began to fail, then the orgies commenced in earnest.
Nothing would her majesty eat now--horrible to say--but
children, and her courtiers, armed to the teeth,
would be sent to scour the plains, to visit the mud
huts of her people, and drag therefrom the most
beautiful and plump boys or girls procurable.\par

I will not tell of the fearful and awfully unnatural
human sacrifice--the murder of the innocents--that
now took place.\par

Demons could not have been more revolting in their
cruelties than were those savage courtiers as they
obeyed the queen's behests.\par

Let me drop the curtain over this portion of the tale.
Well, this particular cottage or hut, being on the
confines of the country, had not been visited by the
queen's fearsome soldiers.  But even had they come
they would have found that Weenah was far away in
the woods, for her father Shooks-gee loved her much.
But one evening there came up out of the dark
pinewood forest, that lay to the north, a great band of
wandering natives.\par

They were all armed and under the command of one
of her majesty's most bloodthirsty and daring chiefs.\par

Hand to claw this man had fought pumas and
jaguars, and slain them, armed only with his two-edged
knife.\par

This savage Rob Roy M'Gregor despised both bow-and-arrow
and sling.  Only at close quarters would he
fight with man or beast, and although he bore the
scars and slashes of many a fearful encounter, he had
always come off victorious.\par

Six feet four inches in height was this war-Indian
if an inch, and his dress was a picturesque costume of
skins with the tails attached.  A huge mat of hair,
his own, with emu's feathers drooping therefrom, was
his only head-gear, but round his neck he wore a chain
of polished pebbles, with heavy gold rings, in many of
which rubies and diamonds sparkled and shone.\par

But, ghastly to relate, between each pebble and
between the rings of gold and precious stones, was
threaded a tanned human ear.  More than twenty of
these were there.\par

They had been cut from the heads of white men
whom this chief--Kaloomah was his name--had
slain, and the rings had been torn from their dead
fingers.\par

This was the band then that had arrived as the sun
was going down at the hut of Shooks-gee, and this
was their chief.\par

The latter demanded food for his men, and Shooks-gee,
with his trembling wife--Weenah was hidden--made
haste to obey, and a great fire was lit out of doors,
and flesh of the llama hung over it to roast.\par

But the strangest thing was this.  Seated on a
hardy little mule was a sad but beautiful girl--white
she was, and unmistakably English.  Her eyes were
very large and wistful, and she looked at Kaloomah
and his band in evident fear and dread, starting and
shrinking from the chief whenever he came near her
or spoke.\par

But the daintiest portion of the food was handed
to her, and she ate in silence, as one will who eats in
fear.\par

The wild band slept in the bush, a special bed of
dry grass being made for the little white queen, as
Kaloomah called her, and a savage set to watch her
while she slept.\par

Next morning, when the wild chief and his braves
started onwards, Shooks-gee was obliged to march
along with them.\par

Kaloomah had need of him.  That was all the
explanation vouchsafed.\par

But this visit to the queen's home had given
Weenah's father an insight into court life and usages
that he could not otherwise have possessed.\par

Kaloomah's band bore along with them huge bales
of cloth and large boxes of beads.  How they had
become possessed of these Shooks-gee never knew, and
could not guess.\par

The grim and haughty queen, surrounded by her
body-guard of grotesque and hideous warriors with
their slashed and fearful faces, and the peleles hanging
in the lobes of their ears, was seated at the farther
end of a great wall, and on a throne covered with the
skins of wild beasts.\par

All in front the floor was carpeted with crimson,
and her majesty sparkled with gold ornaments.  A
tiara of jewels encircled her brow, and a living snake
of immense size, with gray eyes that never closed,
formed a girdle round her waist.\par

In her hand she held a poisoned spear, and at her
feet crouched a huge jaguar.\par

She was a tyrant queen, reigning over a people
who, though savage, and cannibals to boot, had never
dared to gainsay a word or order she uttered.\par

Passionate in the extreme, too, she was, and if a slave
or subject dared to disobey, a prick from the poisoned
spear was the reward, and he or she was dragged out
into the bush to writhe and die in terrible agony.\par

Probably a more frightful woman never reigned
as queen, even in cannibal lands.\par

Kaloomah, on his arrival, bent himself down--nay,
but threw himself on his knees and face abjectly
before her, as if he were scarcely worthy to be her
footstool.\par

But she greeted his arrival with a smile, and bade
him arise.\par

"Many presents have we brought," he said in the
figurative language of the Indian.  "Many presents
to the beautiful mother of the sun.  Cloth of scarlet,
of blue, and of green, cloth of rainbow colours, jewels
and beads, and the fire-water of the pale-faces."\par

"Produce me the fire-water of the pale-faces," she
returned.  "I would drink."\par

Her voice was husky, hoarse, and horrible.\par

Kaloomah beckoned to a slave, and in a few minutes
a cocoa-nut shell, filled with rum, was held to her
lips.\par

The queen drank, and seemed happier after this.
Kaloomah thought he might now venture to broach
another subject.\par

"We have brought your majesty also a little daughter
of the pale-faces!"\par

Then Peggy--for the reader will have guessed it
was she--was led trembling in before her, and made
to kneel.\par

But the queen's brows had lowered when she beheld
the child's great beauty.  She made her advance, and
seizing her by the hand, held her at arm's-length.\par{}

\begin{figure}[h!tbp]
\label{figure-74}%
\hypertarget{figure-74}{}%
\label{she-held-her-at-arm-s-length}%
\hypertarget{she-held-her-at-arm-s-length}{}%
\noindent\hfill{}\begin{minipage}{0.750\textwidth}
{\hbox to \hsize{\hfill\includegraphics[width=1.000\textwidth,keepaspectratio=true]{images/img-158.jpg}\hfill}}
\vs{1}
{\noindent}
{\centerleft{{\itshape{"SHE ... HELD HER AT ARM'S LENGTH"}}
}}
\end{minipage}
\hfill{}
\end{figure}

"Take her away!" she cried.  "I can love her
not.  Put her in prison below ground!"\par

And the beautiful girl was hurried away.\par

To be put in prison below the ground meant to be
buried alive.  But Kaloomah had no intention of
obeying the queen on this occasion, and the girl
pale-face was conducted to a well-lighted bamboo hut and
placed in charge of a woman slave.\par

This slave looked a heart-broken creature, but
seemed kind and good, and now made haste to spread
the girl's bed of leaves on a bamboo bench, and to
place before her milk of the llama, with much luscious
fruit and nuts.  She needed little pressing to eat, or
drink, or sleep.  The poor child had almost ceased to
wonder, or even to be afraid of anything.\par

But now comes the last act in Shooks-gee's strange
story.\par

Two days after the arrival of the warlike band
from the far north, Kaloomah had once more presented
himself before the queen.  He came unannounced
this time, and with him were seven fierce-looking
soldiers, armed to the teeth with slings and stones,
with bows and arrows, and with spears.\par

The conversation that had ensued was somewhat
as follows, being interpreted into our plain and
humdrum English:--\par

{\itshape{The Queen}}.  "Why advances my general and slave
except on his knees, even as come the frogs?"\par

{\itshape{Kaloomah}}.  "My queen will pardon me.  I will not
so offend again.  Your majesty has reigned long and
happily."\par

{\itshape{Q}}.  "True, slave."\par

She seized the poisoned spear as she spoke, and
would have used it freely; but at a word from
Kaloomah it was wrenched from her grasp.\par

{\itshape{K}}.  "Your majesty's reign has ended!  The old
queen must make room for the beautiful daughter
of the pale-faces.  Yet will your beneficence live in
the person of the new queen, and in our hearts--the
hearts of those who have fought for you.  For we
each and all shall taste of your roasted flesh!"\par

Then, turning quickly to the soldiers, "Seize her
and drag her forth!" he cried, "and do your duty
speedily."\par

I must not be too graphic in my description of the
scene that followed.  But the ex-queen was led to
a darksome hut, and there she was speedily despatched.\par

That night high revelry was held in the royal camp
of the cannibals.  Many prisoners were killed and
roasted, and the feast was a fearful and awful one.\par

But not a chief was there in all that crowd who did
not partake of the flesh of his late queen, while horn
trumpets blared and war tom-toms were wildly beaten.\par

A piece of the fearful flesh was even given to the
pale-face girl's attendant, with orders that she must
make her charge partake thereof.\par

The girl was spared this terrible ordeal, however.\par

But long after midnight the revelry and the wild
music went on, then ceased, and all was still.\par

The unhappy prisoner lay listening till sleep stole
down on a star-ray and wafted her off to the land
of sweet forgetfulness.\par

\begin{container}
\vs{1}
{\noindent}
{\centering
――――
\endgraf}
\par
\end{container}

\vs{1}
{\noindent}
Next day, amidst wild unearthly clamour and music,
she was led from the tent and seated on the throne.
Garments of otter skins and crimson cloth were
cast on the throne and draped over the beautiful
child.  She was encircled with flowers of rarest hue,
and emu's feathers were stuck, plume-like, in her
bonnie hair.\par

Meanwhile the trumpets blared more loudly, and
the tom-toms were struck with treble force, then all
ceased at once, and there was a silence deep as death,
as everyone prostrated himself or herself before the
newly-made young queen.\par

Kaloomah rose at last, and advanced with bended
back and head towards her, and with an intuitive
sense of her new-born dignity she touched him gently
on the shoulder and bade him stand erect.\par

He did so, and then placed in her hand the sceptre
of the dead queen--the poison-tipped spear.\par

Whatever might happen now, the girl knew that
she was safe for a time, and her spirits rose in
consequence.\par

This, then, was the story told by Shooks-gee, the
father of Benee's child-love.\par

\begin{container}
\vs{1}
{\noindent}
{\centering
――――
\endgraf}
\par
\end{container}

\vs{1}
{\noindent}
Had Dick Temple himself been there he could no
longer have doubted the fidelity of poor Benee.\par

But there was much to be done, and it would need
all the tact and skill of this wily Indian to carry
out his plans.\par

He could trust his father and mother, as he called
Weenah's parents, and he now told them that he had
come, if possible, to deliver Peggy, or if that were
impossible, to hand her a letter that should give her
both comfort and hope.\par

Queen Peggy's apartments on the mountain were
cannibalistically regal in their splendour.  The principal
entrance to her private room was approached by a
long avenue of bamboo rails, completely lined with
skulls and bones, and the door thereof was also
surrounded by the same kind of horrors.\par

But every one of her subjects was deferential to
her, and appeared awe-struck with her beauty.\par

And now Benee consulted with his parents as to
what had best be done.\par

\penalty-300%
\label{chapter-xvi-on-the-banks-of-a-beautiful-river}%
\hypertarget{chapter-xvi-on-the-banks-of-a-beautiful-river}{}%
\vspace*{50pt}\thispagestyle{empty}
{\noindent\interlinepenalty \@M\normalfont\Huge\bfseries%
CHAPTER XVI--ON THE BANKS OF A BEAUTIFUL RIVER}

\unskip\vskip 40pt\nobreak

{\noindent}
They would not allow Benee to harbour for a
single moment the idea of stealing the queen
and escaping with her into the forest.\par

Two thousand armed men were stationed within a
mile of the camp, so Benee would speedily be killed,
and in all likelihood Queen Peggy also.\par

No; and he must go no farther into the land of the
cannibals.\par

But he, Shooks-gee, undertook to give the queen
a little note-book, in which a letter was written from
her "brother", stating that all haste was being made
to come to her deliverance.  He would receive back
the note-book, and therein would doubtless be written
poor Peggy's letter.  Meanwhile Benee must wait.\par

Shooks-gee started on his mission next day.\par

He was away for a whole week, but it seemed but
a few hours to Benee.  He had divested himself of
his arms, and given the cloth and beads to Weenah's
mother.  Then all the dear old life of his boyhood
seemed to be renewed.  Weenah and he wandered
wild and free once more in the forest and over the
heath-clad plains; they fished in lake and stream;
they ate and drank together under the shade of the
pine-tree, and listened to the love-song of the sweet
soo-soo.\par

It was all like a happy, happy dream.  And is not
the love-life of the young always a dream of bliss?
Ah! but it is one from which there is ever an
awakening.\par

And with the return of Shooks-gee, Benee's dream
came to an end.\par

Peggy had written her long, sad story in the notebook.\par

Benee knew it was long, but he could not read it.\par

Then farewells were said.\par

The child Weenah clung to Benee's neck and wept.
She thought she could not let him go, and at last he
had to gently tear himself away and disappear speedily
in the forest.\par

Just one glance back at Weenah's sad and wistful
face, then the jungle swallowed him up, and he would
be seen by Weenah, mayhap, never again.\par

\begin{container}
\vs{1}
{\noindent}
{\centering
――――
\endgraf}
\par
\end{container}

\vs{1}
{\noindent}
It was not without considerable misgivings that
Roland and Dick Temple made a start for the
country of the cannibals.\par

The relief party consisted but of one hundred
white men all told, with about double that number
of carriers.  It was, of course, the first real experience
of these boys on the war-path, and difficulty after
difficulty presented itself, but was bravely met and
overcome.\par

"Uneasy lies the head that wears a crown."\par

Probably the general of an army, be it of what
size it may, is more to be pitied than even a king.
The latter has his courtiers and his parliament to
advise him; the general is {\itshape{princeps}}, he is chief, and
has only his own skill and judgment to fall back upon.\par

It had been suggested by Burly Bill that instead
of journeying overland as a first start, and having
to cross the whirling river Purus and many lesser
streams before striking the Madeira some distance
above the Amazon, they should drop down-stream in
steamer-loads, and assemble at the junction of the
former with the latter.\par

Neither Roland nor Dick thought well of the plan,
and herein lay their first mistake.  Not only was it
weeks before they were able to reach the Madeira,
but they had the grief of losing one white man and
one Indian with baggage in the crossing of the Purus.\par

We cannot put old heads on young shoulders;
nevertheless the wise youth never fails to profit by
the experience of his elders.\par

Even when they reached the forest lands on the
west side of the Madeira, another long delay ensued.
For here they had to encamp on somewhat damp and
unwholesome ground until Burly Bill should descend
the stream to hire canoes or boats suitable for passing
the rapids.\par

Don Pedro or Peter was now doing his best to make
himself agreeable.  He was laughing and singing all
day long, but this fact in no way deceived Roland,
and as a special precaution he told off several white
men to act as detectives and to be near him by day
and by night.\par

If Peter were really the blood-guilty wretch that
Roland, if not Dick, believed him to be, he made one
mistake now.  He tried his very utmost to make
friends with Brawn, the great Irish wolf-hound, but
was, of course, unsuccessful.\par

"I sha'n't take bite nor sup from that evil man's
hand," Brawn seemed to say to himself.  "He looks
as if he would poison me.  But," he added, "he shall
have my undivided attention at night."\par

And so this huge hound guarded Peter, never being
ten yards away from the man's sleeping-skin till up
leapt the sun in the gold and crimson east and shone
on the waters of the beautiful river.\par

"That dog is getting very fond of you, I think,"
said Roland one day to Peter, while Brawn was
snuffing his hand.  "You see how well he protects you by
night.  He will never lie near to either Dick or me."\par

Peter replied in words that were hardly audible,
but were understood to mean that he was obliged to
Brawn for his condescension.  But he somewhat marred
the beauty of his reply by adding a swear-word or
two at the end.\par

While they waited in camp here for the return of
Bill and his crews, they went in for sport of several
sorts.\par

The fish in this river are somewhat
remarkable--remarkable alike for their numbers and for their
appearance--but all are not edible.\par

"How are we to know, I wonder, which we should
cook and which we shouldn't?" said Roland to his
friend, Dick Temple.\par

"I think," replied Dick, "that we may safely cook
any of them, but, as to eating, why, I should only eat
those that are nice in flavour."\par

"That's right.  We'll be guided by that rule."\par

The boys fished from canoes which they hired or
requisitioned from the Indian natives of the place.
Clever these fellows are, and the manner in which
they watch for and harpoon or even spear a huge
"boto"--which looks like a long-snouted porpoise or
"sea-pig"--astonished our heroes.\par

This fish is killed by whites only for its oil, but
the Indians did not hesitate to cut huge fourteen-pound
pieces from the back to take home for culinary purposes.\par

The "piraroocoo" is an immense fellow, and calculated
to give good sport for a long summer day if you
do not know how to handle him.\par

This "'roocoo", as some of the natives call him,
likes to hang around in the back reaches of the river,
and is often found ten feet in length.\par

He has the greatest objection in the world to being
caught, and to being killed after being dragged on
shore.  Moreover, he has a neat and very expert way
of lifting a canoe on his back for a few seconds, and
letting it down bottom-upwards.\par

When he does so, you, the sportsman or piscador,
find yourself floundering in the water.  You probably
gulp down about half a gallon of river water, but
you thank your stars you learned to swim when a
boy, and strike out for the bank.  But five to one
you have a race to run with an intelligent 'gator.  If
he is hungry, you may as well think about some short
prayer to say; if he is not very ravenous, you may
win just by a neck.\par

This last was an experience of Dick's one day;
when a 'roocoo capsized his frail canoe and his Indian
and he got spilt.\par

Luckily Roland was on the beach, and just as a
huge 'gator came ploughing up behind poor Dick,
with head and awful jaws above water, Roland took
steady aim and fired.  Then the creature turned on
his back, and the river was dyed with blood.\par

The natives salt the 'roocoo and eat it.  But
Roland's Indian carriers managed to get through as
many as could be caught, without any salt worth
speaking about.\par

Surely the fish in this beautiful river must have
thought it strange, that so many of their number
were constantly disappearing heavenwards at the end
of a line.  But it did not trouble them very much after
all, and they learnt no lesson from what they saw, but
took the bait as readily as ever.\par

There were very many other species of fish, which
not only gave good sport but made a most delicious
{\itshape{addendum}} to the larder.\par

Boats and canoes were now in the river all day
long, and with the fish caught, and the turtle which
were found in great abundance, not to mention the
wild animals killed in the woods, Roland managed to
feed his little army well.\par

There is one fish in this river which is sometimes
called "diabolo".  He is no relation at all, however,
to the real octopus or devil-fish, for this creature is
flat.  It seems a species of ray, and has an immense
mouthful of the very sharpest of teeth.  He is not
at all dainty as to what he eats.  He can make a
meal off fresh-water shell-fish; he can swallow his
smaller brothers of the deep; take a snack from a
dead 'gator, and is quite at home while discussing
a nice tender one-pound steak from a native's leg.\par

The young 'gator is neither fish, flesh, nor good
red-herring.  Yet if you catch one not over a yard long,
and he doesn't catch you--for he has a wicked way of
seizing a man by the hand and holding on till his
mother comes,--his tail, stewed or fried with a morsel
of pork, will tide you over a "hungry hillock" very
pleasantly indeed.\par

If we turn to the pleasant reaches of the River
Madeira, or the quiet back-waters, and, gun on
shoulder, creep warily through the bush and scrub,
we shall be rewarded with a sight that will well
repay our caution.\par

Here of an early morning we shall see water-fowl
innumerable, and of the greatest beauty imaginable.\par

Hidden from view, one is loth indeed to fire a shot
and so disturb Nature's harmony, but prefers, for a time
at all events, to crouch there quietly and watch the
strange antics of the male birds and the meek docility
of the female.\par

Here are teal, black ducks, strange wild geese,
brown ducks, sheldrakes, widgeons, and whatnot.\par

And yonder on the shore, in all sorts of droll
attitudes with their ridiculously long necks and legs, are
storks and herons.  I think they like to perform
their toilet close to the calm pellucid water, because it
serves the same purpose to them as a bedroom mirror
does to us.\par

Young tapirs form a welcome addition to the larder,
and the woods all round abound in game.\par

What a paradise! and yet this country is hardly
yet known to us young Britons.  We hear of ague.
Bah!  Regularity of living, and a dust of quinine,
and camping in the open, can keep fever of all sorts
at bay.\par

Some may be surprised that our heroes should have
settled down, as it were, so enthusiastically to fishing
and sporting, although uncertain all the while as to
the fate of poor kidnapped Peggy.\par

True, but we must remember that activity and
constant employment are the only cure for grief.
So long, then, as Roland and Dick were busy with
gun or fishing-rod, they were free from thought
and care.\par

But after sunset, when the long dark night closed
over the camp; when the fire-flies danced from bush
to bush, and all was still save the wind that sighed
among the trees, or the voices of night-birds and
prowling beasts, and the rush of the river fell on the
ear in drowsy, dreamy monotone, then the boys felt
their anxiety acutely enough, but bravely tried to
give each other courage, and their conversation,
oft-repeated, was somewhat as follows:--\par

{\itshape{Roland}}.  "You're a bit gloomy to-night, Dick, I think?"\par

{\itshape{Dick}}.  "Well, Roll, the night is so pitchy dark, never
a moon, and only a star peeping out now and then.
Besides I am thinking of--"\par

{\itshape{Roland}}.  "Hush! hush! aren't we both always
thinking about her?  Though I won't hesitate to say
it is wrong not to be hopeful and cheerful."\par

{\itshape{Dick}}.  "But do you believe--"\par

{\itshape{Roland}}.  "I believe this, Dick, that if those
kidnapping revengeful Indians had meant murder they
would have slain the dear child in bed and not have
resorted to all that horrible trickery--instigated
without doubt by somebody.  She has been taken to
the country of the cannibals, but not to be tortured.
She is a slave, let us hope, to some Indian princess,
and well-guarded too.  What we have got to do is
to trust in God.  I'm no preacher, but that is so.
And we've got to do our duty and rescue Peggy."\par

{\itshape{Dick}}.  "Dead or alive, Roland."\par

{\itshape{Roland}}.  "Dead or alive, Dick.  But Heaven have
mercy on the souls of those who harm a hair of her
head!"\par

\begin{container}
\vs{1}
{\noindent}
{\centering
――――
\endgraf}
\par
\end{container}

\vs{1}
{\noindent}
Dick did his best to trust in Providence, but often
in the middle watches of the night he would lie in his
tent thinking, thinking, and unable to sleep; then,
after perhaps an uneasy slumber towards morning,
awake somewhat wearily to resume the duties of
the day.\par

\penalty-300%
\label{chapter-xvii-bill-and-his-boats}%
\hypertarget{chapter-xvii-bill-and-his-boats}{}%
\vspace*{50pt}\thispagestyle{empty}
{\noindent\interlinepenalty \@M\normalfont\Huge\bfseries%
CHAPTER XVII--BILL AND HIS BOATS}

\unskip\vskip 40pt\nobreak

{\noindent}
Roland, young and inexperienced as he was,
proved himself a fairly good general.\par

He certainly had not forgotten the salt, nor
anything else that was likely to add to the comfort of
his people in this very long cruise by river and by land.\par

They knew not what was before them, nor what
trouble or dangers they might have to encounter, so
our young heroes were pretty well prepared to fight
or to rough it in every way.\par

Independent of very large quantities of ammunition
for rifles and revolvers, Roland had prepared a
quantity of war-rockets, for nothing strikes greater terror
into the breasts of the ordinary savage than these
fire-devils, as they term them.\par

Roland, Dick, and Bill each had shot-guns, with
sheath-knives, and a sort of a portable bill-hook,
which many of the men carried also, and found
extremely handy for making a clearance among reeds,
rushes, or lighter bush.\par

We have already seen that they had plenty of
fishing-tackle.\par

Oil and pumice-stone were not forgotten, and
Roland had a regular inspection of his men every day,
to make certain that their rifles and revolvers were
clean.\par

But this was not all, for, to the best of their ability,
both Roland and Dick drilled their men to the use
of their arms at short and long distances, and taught
them to advance and retire in skirmishing order,
taking advantage of every morsel of cover which the
ground might afford.\par

Plenty of maize and corn-flour were carried, and
quite a large supply of tinned provisions, from the
plantation and from Burnley Hall.  These included
canned meat, sardines, and salmon.\par

Extra clothing was duly arranged for, because from
the plains they would have to ascend quite into the
regions of cloud and storm, if not snow.\par

Medicine, too, but only a very little of this, Roland
thought, would be needed, although, on the other hand,
he stowed away lint and bandages in abundance, with
a few surgical instruments.\par

Medical comforts?  Yes, and these were not to be
considered as luxuries, though they took the form of
brandy and good wine.\par

Good tea, coffee, cocoa, and coca were, of course,
carried, with sugar to sweeten these luxuries.\par

But a small cask of fire-water--arrack--was
included among the stores, and this was meant as a
treat for native Indians, if they should happen to
meet any civil and obliging enough to hobnob.\par

Money would be of no use in the extreme wilds.
Salt, and cloth of gaudy colours, to say nothing of
beads, would be bartered for articles of necessity.\par

\begin{container}
\vs{1}
{\noindent}
{\centering
――――
\endgraf}
\par
\end{container}

\vs{1}
{\noindent}
Everything was ready for the start, but still there
were no signs of Bill and the boats.\par

It was the first question Roland asked Dick of a
morning, or Dick asked Roland, according to who
happened to be first up:\par

"Any signs of Bill and the boats?"\par

"None!"\par

On the top of a cliff at the bend of the beautiful
river stood a very tall tree, and right on top of this
was an outlook--an Indian boy, who stayed two hours
on watch, and was then relieved.\par

He could command quite an extensive view downstream,
and was frequently hailed during the day and
asked about Bill and his boats, but the answer would
come somewhat dolefully:\par

"Plenty boat, sah, but no Beel."\par

Yes, there were boats of many kinds, and a few
steamers now and then also, but Roland held no
intercourse with any of these.  His little army was
encamped on an open clearing well back in the forest.
He did not wish to know anyone's business, and he
determined that his own should not leak out.\par

But although Roland and Dick had plenty to do,
and there was sport enough to be had, still the time
began to drag wearily on day by day, and both young
fellows were burning for action and movement and "go".\par

Peter, {\itshape{alias}} Don Pedro, seemed as anxious as
anyone else to get forward.\par

He was most quiet and affable to everyone, although
apt to drop into dejected moods at times.\par

He saw that he was not wholly in bad favour with
Dick Temple.\par

One day, when Roland was at the other side of the
river, after smoking in silence for some time by the
banks of the stream, where, in company with Dick
and Brawn, he was sitting, a down-steamer hove in
sight at the bend of the river, and both waved their
caps to those on board, a salute which was cheerfully
returned.\par

The vessel was some distance out in the broad river,
but presently Dick could see a huge black-board held
over the port-quarter.  There was writing in chalk on
it, and Dick speedily put his lorgnettes up, and read
as follows:--\par

{\centering
{\normalsize{ IF GOING UP RIVER--BEWARE!}}
\endgraf}
\par

{\centering
{\normalsize{ KARAPOONA SAVAGES ON WAR-PATH--TREACHERY!}}
\endgraf}
\par


\vs{2}
{\noindent}
"Forewarned is forearmed!" said Dick.\par

"What was the legend exposed to view on the
telegraph board?" asked Peter languidly.\par

"The Karapoona savages on the war-path," replied Dick.\par

"What!  The Karapoonas!  A fearful race, and
cannibals to boot--"\par

"You know them then?"\par

"What, I?  I--I--no--no, only what I have heard."\par

He took three or four whiffs of his cigarette in quick
succession, as if afraid of its going dead.\par

But Dick's eye was on him all the time.\par

He seemed not to care to meet it.\par

"Bound for Pará, no doubt," he said at last.  "I do
wish I were on board."\par

"No doubt, Mr. Peter, and really we seem to be
taking you on this expedition somewhat against your
will?"\par

"True; and I am a man of the world, and have not
failed to notice that I am in some measure under the
ban of suspicion.\par

"Yet, I think you are not unfriendly to me," he added.\par

"No, Mr. Peter, I am unfriendly to no one."\par

"Then, might you not use your influence with your
friend, Mr. St. Clair, to let me catch the first boat back
to Pará?"\par

"I cannot interfere with Mr. Roland St. Clair's
private concerns.  If he suspects you of anything in the
shape of duplicity or treachery and you are innocent,
you have really nothing to fear.  As to letting you off
your engagement, that is his business.  I can only say
that the tenure of your office is not yet complete, and
that you are his head-clerk for still another year."\par

"True, true, but I came as governor of the estate,
and not to accompany a mad-cap expedition like this.
Besides, Mr. Temple, I am far from strong.  I am a
man of peace, too, and have hardly ever fired a revolver
in my life.\par

"But I have another very urgent reason for getting
back to England--"\par

"No doubt, Mr. Peter!"\par

This was almost a sneer.\par

"No doubt--but I interrupt you."\par

"My other reason may appeal to you in more ways
than one.  I am in love, Mr. Temple--"\par

"You!"\par

"I am in love, and engaged to be married to one of
the sweetest girls in Cornwall.  If I am detained here,
and unable to write, she may think me dead--and--and--well,
anything might happen."\par

"Pah, Mr. Peter!  I won't say I don't believe you,
but instead of your little romance appealing to me, it
simply disgusts me.  I tell you straight, sir, you don't
look like a man to fall in love with anything except
gold; but if the young lady is really fond of you, she
will lose neither hope nor heart, even if she does not
hear of you or from you for a year or more."\par

Then, seeing that he seemed to wound this strange
man's feelings:\par

"Pardon my brusqueness, Mr. Peter," he added more
kindly.  "I really do not mean to hurt you.  Come,
cheer up, and if I can help you--I will."\par

Peter held out his hand.\par

Dick simply touched it.\par

He could not get himself even to like the man.\par

\begin{container}
\vs{1}
{\noindent}
{\centering
――――
\endgraf}
\par
\end{container}

\vs{1}
{\noindent}
The signal-tree was but a few yards distant from
the spot where they sat.\par

And now there came a wild, excited hail therefrom.\par

"Golly foh true, Massa Dick!"\par

Brawn jumped up, and barked wildly.\par

His echo came from beyond the stream, and he
barked still more wildly at that.\par

"Well, boy," shouted Dick, "do you see anything?"\par

"Plenty moochee see.  Beel come.  Not very far
off.  Beel and de boats!"\par

This was indeed joyful news for Dick.  He happened
to glance at Peter for a moment, however, and
could not help being struck with the change that
seemed to have come over him.  He appeared to have
aged suddenly.  His face was gray, his lips compressed,
his brows lowered and stern.\par

Dick never forgot that look.\par

Dick Temple was really good-hearted, and he felt
for this man, and something kept telling him he was
innocent and wronged.\par

But he had nothing to fear if innocent.  He would
certainly be put to inconvenience, but for that, if all
went well, Roland would not fail to recompense him
handsomely, and he--Dick--had a duty to perform to
his friend.  So now in the bustle that followed--if
Peter wanted to make a rush for the woods--he might try.\par

Roland had heard the hail, and his canoe was now
coming swiftly on towards the bank.  Dick ran to
meet him.\par

When he half-pulled his friend on shore and turned
back with him, behold!  Peter was gone.\par

\penalty-300%
\label{chapter-xviii-as-if-struck-by-a-dum-dum-bullet}%
\hypertarget{chapter-xviii-as-if-struck-by-a-dum-dum-bullet}{}%
\vspace*{50pt}\thispagestyle{empty}
{\noindent\interlinepenalty \@M\normalfont\Huge\bfseries%
CHAPTER XVIII--AS IF STRUCK BY A DUM-DUM BULLET}

\unskip\vskip 40pt\nobreak

{\noindent}
Roland and Dick walked quickly towards the camp.\par

It was all a scene of bustle and stir indescribable,
for good news as well as bad travels apace.\par

"Bill and the boats are coming!" Englishmen were
shouting.\par

"Beel and de boats!" chorused the Indians.\par

But on the approach of "the young captains", as the
boys were called, comparative peace was restored.\par

"Had anyone seen Mr. Peter?" was the first question
put by our heroes to their white officers.  "No," from all.\par

"He had disappeared for a few moments in his
tent," said an Indian, "then der was no more Massa
Peter."\par

Scouts and armed runners were now speedily got
together, and Roland gave them orders.  They were
to search the bush and forest, making a long detour
or outflanking movement, then closing round a
centre, as if in battue, to allow not a tree to go
unexamined.\par

This was all that could be done.\par

So our heroes retraced their steps towards the river
bank, where, lo! they beheld a whole fleet of strange
canoes, big and small, being rowed swiftly towards them.\par

In the bows of the biggest--a twelve-tonner--stood
Burly Bill himself.\par

He was blacker with the sun than ever, and wildly
waving the broadest kind of Panama hat ever seen on
the Madeira.  But in his left hand he clutched his
meerschaum, and such clouds was he blowing that one
might have mistaken the great canoe for a steam-launch.\par

He jumped on shore as soon as the prow touched
the bank--the water here being deep.\par

Black though Burly Bill was, his smile was so
pleasant, and his face so good-natured, that everybody
who looked at him felt at once on excellent terms with
himself and with all created things.\par

"I suppose I ought to apologize, Mr. Roland, for the
delay--I--"\par

"And I suppose," interrupted Roland, "you ought
to do nothing of the kind.  Dinner is all ready, Bill;
come and eat first.  Put guards in your boats, and
march along.  Your boys will be fed immediately."\par

It was a splendid dinner.\par

Burly Bill, who was more emphatic than choice in
English, called it a tiptopper, and all hands in Roland's
spacious tent did ample justice to it.\par

Roland even spliced the main-brace, as far as Bill
was concerned, by opening a bottle of choice port.\par

The boys themselves merely sipped a little.  What
need have lads under twenty for vinous stimulants?\par

Bill's story was a long one, but I shall not repeat it.
He had encountered the greatest difficulty imaginable
in procuring the sort of boats he needed.\par

"But," he added, "all's well that end's well, I guess,
and we'll start soon now, I suppose, for the rapids of
Antonio."\par

"Yes," said Roland, "we'll strike camp possibly
to-morrow; but we must do as much loading up as
possible to-night."\par

"That's the style," said Bill.  "We've got to make
haste.  Only we've got to think!  'Haste but not
hurry', that's my motto.\par

"But I say," he continued, "I miss two friends--where
is Mr. Peter and where is Brawn?"\par

"Peter has taken French leave, I fear, and Brawn,
where is Brawn, Dick?"\par

"I really did not miss either till now," answered
Dick, "but let us continue to be fair to Mr. Peter--  Listen!"\par

At that moment shouting was heard far down the forest.\par

The noise came nearer and nearer, and our heroes
waited patiently.\par

In five minutes' time into the tent bounded the great
wolf-hound, gasping but laughing all down both sides,
and with about a foot of pink tongue--more or
less--hanging out at one side, over his alabaster teeth.\par

He quickly licked Roland's ears and Dick's, then
uttered one joyous bark and made straight for Burly Bill.\par

Yes, Bill was burly, but Brawn fairly rolled him
over and nearly smothered him with canine caresses.
Then he took a leap back to the boys as much as to say:\par

"Why don't you rejoice too?  Wouff--wouff!  Aren't
you glad that Bill has returned?  Wouff!  What
would life be worth anyhow without Bill?
Wouff--wouff--wow!"\par

But the last wow ended in a low growl, as Peter
himself stood smiling at the opening.\par

"Why, Mr. Peter, we thought you were lost!" cried Dick.\par

Mr. Peter walked up to Bill and shook hands.\par

"Glad indeed to see you back," he said nonchalantly,
"and you're not looking a bit paler.  Any chance of a
morsel to eat?"\par

"Sit down," cried Dick.  "Steward!"\par

"Yes, sah; to be surely, sah.  Dinner foh Massa
Peter?  One moment, sah."\par

Mr. Peter was laughing now, but he had seated
himself on the withered grass as far as possible from
Brawn.\par

"I must say that three hours in a tree-top gives one
the devil's own appetite," he began.  "I had gone to
take a stroll in the forest, you know--"\par

"Yes," said Roland, "we do know."\par

Mr. Peter looked a little crestfallen, but said
pointedly enough: "If you do know, there is no need
for me to tell you."\par

"Oh, yes, go on!" cried Dick.\par

"Well then, I had not gone half a mile, and was just
lighting up a cigarette, when Brawn came down on
me, and I had barely time to spring into the tree
before he reached the foot of it.  There I waited as
patiently as Job would have done--thank you, steward,
what a splendid Irish stew!--till by and by--a
precious long by and by--your boys came to look for
Brawn, and in finding Brawn they found poor famishing
me.  Thank you, Bill, I'll be glad of a little wine."\par

"Looking for Brawn, they found you, eh!" said
Roland.  "I should have put it differ--"\par

But Dick punched Roland's leg, and Roland laughed
and said no more.\par

\begin{container}
\vs{1}
{\noindent}
{\centering
――――
\endgraf}
\par
\end{container}

\vs{1}
{\noindent}
Two days after the arrival of Burly Bill an order
was given for general embarkation.  All under their
several officers were inspected on the river bank, and
to each group was allotted a station in boat or canoe.\par

The head men or captains from whom Bill had hired
the transport were in every instance retained, but a
large number of Roland's own Indians were most
expert rowers, and therefore to take others would only
serve to load the vessels uncomfortably, not to say
dangerously.\par

But peons or paddlers to the number of two or four
to each large canoe their several captains insisted on
having.\par

The inspection on the bank was a kind of "muster
by open list", and Roland was exceedingly pleased
with the result, for not a man or boy was missing.\par

It was a delightful day when the expedition was at
last got under way.\par

Roland and Dick, with Peter, to say nothing of
Brawn, occupied the after-cabin in a canoe of very
light draught, but really a twelve-tonner.  The cabin
was, of course, both dining-room and sleeping berth--the
lounges being skins of buffaloes and of wild beasts,
but all clean and sweet.\par

The cabin itself was built of bamboo and bamboo
leaves lined with very light skins, so overlapping as
to make the cabin perfectly dry.\par

Our heroes had arranged about light, and candles
were brought out as soon as daylight began to fade.\par

Then the canoes were paddled towards the bank or
into some beautiful reach or back-water, and there
made fast for the night with padlock and chain.\par

Roland and Dick had their own reasons for taking
such strict precautions.\par

The first day passed without a single adventure
worth relating.\par

The paddlers or peons, of whom there were seven
on each side of our hero's huge canoe, worked
together well.  They oftentimes sang or chanted a wild
indescribable kind of boat-lilt, to which the sound of
the paddles was an excellent accompaniment, but
now and then the captain would shout: "Choorka--choorka!"
which, from the excitement the words caused,
evidently meant "Sweep her up!" and then the vessel
seemed to fly over the water and dance in the air.\par

Other canoe captains would take up the cry, and
"Choorka--Choorka!" would resound from every side.\par

A sort of race was on at such times, but the {\itshape{Burnley
Hall}}, as Roland's boat was called, nearly always left
the others astern.\par

Dinner was cooked on shore, and nearly everyone
landed at night.  Only our heroes stuck to their boat.\par

There were moon and stars at present, and very
pleasant it was to sit, or rather lie, at their open-sided
cabin, and to watch these mirrored in the calm water,
while fire-flies danced and flitted from bush to bush.\par

But there was always the sorrow and the weight of
grief lying deep down in the hearts of both Roland
and Dick; the ever-abiding anxiety, the one question
they kept asking themselves constantly, and which
could not be answered, "Shall we be in time to save
poor Peggy?"\par

Mr. Peter slept on shore.\par

Brawn kept him company.  Kept untiring watch
over him.  And two faithful and well-armed Indians
lay in the bush at a convenient distance.\par

In a previous chapter I have mentioned an
ex-cannibal Bolivian, whom Roland had made up his
mind to take with him as a guide in the absence of,
or in addition to, faithful Benee.\par

He was called Charlie by the whites.\par

Charlie was as true to his master as the needle to
the pole.\par

On the third evening of the voyage, just as Roland
and Dick, with Bill, were enjoying an after-dinner
lounge in an open glade not far from the river brink,
the moon shining so brightly that the smallest of type
could easily have been read by young eyes, he
suddenly appeared in their midst.\par

"What cheer, Charlie?" said Roland kindly.  "Come,
squat thee down, and we will give you a tiny toothful
of aguardiente."\par

"Touchee me he, no, no!" was the reply.  "He
catchee de bref too muchee.  Smokee me,
notwidstanding," he added.\par

It was one of Charlie's peculiarities that if he could
once get hold of a big word or two, he planted them in
his conversation whenever he thought he had a
favourable opening.\par

An ex-cannibal Charlie was, and he came from the
great western unexplored district of Bolivia.\par

He confessed that although fond of "de pig ob de
forest (tapir), de tail ob de 'gator, and de big
haboo-snake when roast," there was nothing in all the world
so satisfactory as "de fles' ob a small boy.  Yum,
yum! it was goodee, goodee notwidstanding, and make
bof him ear crack and him 'tumack feel wa'm."\par

Charlie lit up his cigarette, and then commenced to
explain the reason of his visit.\par

"What you callee dat?" he said, handing Burly Bill
a few large purple berries of a species of thorny
laurel.\par

"Why," said Bill, "these are the fruit of the
lanton-tree, used for poisoning arrow-tips."\par

"And dis, sah.  What you callee he?  Mind, mind,
no touchee de point!  He poison, notwidstanding."\par

It was a thin bamboo cane tipped with a fine-pointed
nail.\par

Bill waited for him to explain.\par

He condescended to do so at last.\par

"Long time ago I runee away from de cannibal
Indians notwidstanding.  I young den, I fat, I sweet
in flesh.  Sometime my leg look so nice, I like to eat
one little piecee ob myse'f.  But no.  Charlie not one
big fool.  But de chief tink he like me.  He take
me to him tent one day, den all muchee quickee he
slaves run in and take up knife.  Ha, ha!  I catchee
knife too, notwidstanding.  Charlie young and goodee
and plenty mooch blood fly.\par

"I killee dat chief, and killee bof slaves.  Den I
runned away.\par

"Long time I wander in de bush, but one day I
come to de tents ob de white men.  Dey kind to poh
Charlie, and gib me work.  I lub de white man; all
same, I no lub Massa Peter."\par

He paused to puff at a fresh cigarette.\par

"And," he added, "I fine dat poison berry and dat
leetle poison spear in place where Massa Peter sleep."\par

"Ho, ho!" said Bill.\par

Charlie grew a little more excited as he continued:
"As shuah as God madee me, de debbil hisself makee
dat bad man Peter.  He wantee killee poh Brawn.
Dat what for, notwidstanding."\par

Now although there be some human beings--they
are really not worth the name--who hate dogs, every
good-hearted man or woman in the world loves those
noble animals who are, next to man, the best and
bravest that God has created.\par

But there are degrees in the love people bear for
their pets.  If a faithful dog like Brawn is constantly
with one, he so wins one's affection that death alone
can sever the tie.\par

Not only Roland, but Dick also, dearly loved Brawn,
and the bare idea that he was in danger of his life so
angered both that, had Mr. Peter been present when
honest Charlie the Indian made his communication,
one of them would most certainly have gone for him
in true Etonian style, and the man would have been
hardly presentable at court for a fortnight after at
the least.\par

"Dick," said Roland, the red blood mounting to his
brow, the fire seeming to scintillate from his eyes.
"Dick, old man, what do you advise?"\par

"I know what I should like to do," answered Dick,
with clenched fist and lowered brows.\par

"So do I, Dick; but that might only make matters worse.\par

"But Heaven keep me calm, old man," he continued,
"for now I shall send for Peter and have it out with
him.  Not at present, you say?  But, Dick, I am all
on fire.  I must, I shall speak to him.  Charlie, retire;
I would not have Mr. Peter taking revenge on so
good a fellow as you."\par

At Dick's earnest request Roland waited for half an
hour before he sent for Peter.\par

This gentleman advanced from the camp fire
humming an operatic air, and with a cigar in hand.\par

"Oh, Mr. Peter," said Roland, "I was walking near
your sleeping place of last night and picked this up."\par

He held up the little bamboo spear.\par

"What is it?" said Peter.  "An arrow?  I suppose
some of the Indians dropped it.  I never saw it before.
It seems of little consequence," he continued, "though
I dare say it would suffice to pink a rat with."\par

He laughed lightly as he spoke.  "Was this all you
wanted me for, Mr. St. Clair?"\par

He was handling the little spear as he spoke.  Next moment:\par

"Merciful Father!" he suddenly screamed, "I have
pricked myself!  I am poisoned!  I am a dead man!
Brandy--  Oh, quick--  Oh--!"\par

He said never a word more, but dropped on the
moss as if struck by a dum-dum bullet.\par

And there he lay, writhing in torture, foaming at
the mouth, from which blood issued from a bitten
tongue.\par

It was a ghastly and horrible sight.  Roland looked
at Dick.\par

"Dick," he said, "the man knew it was poisoned."\par

"Better he should die than Brawn."\par

"Infinitely," said Roland.\par

\penalty-300%
\label{chapter-xix-struggling-onwards-up-stream}%
\hypertarget{chapter-xix-struggling-onwards-up-stream}{}%
\vspace*{50pt}\thispagestyle{empty}
{\noindent\interlinepenalty \@M\normalfont\Huge\bfseries%
CHAPTER XIX--STRUGGLING ONWARDS UP-STREAM}

\unskip\vskip 40pt\nobreak

{\noindent}
"But," said Roland, "it would be a pity to let even
Peter die, as we may have need of him.  Let us
send for Charlie at once.  Perhaps he can tell us of an
antidote."\par

The Indian was not far off.\par

"Fire-water", was his reply to Dick's question, "and dis."\par

"Dis" was the contents of a tiny bottle, which he
speedily rubbed into the wound in Peter's hand.\par

The steward, as one of the men was called, quickly
brought a whole bottle of rum, the poisoned man's jaws
were forced open, and he was literally drenched with
the hot and fiery spirit.\par

But spasm after spasm took place after this, and
while the body was drawn up with cramp, and the
muscles knotted and hard, the features were fearfully
contorted.\par

By Roland's directions chloroform was now poured
on a handkerchief, and after this was breathed by the
sufferer for a few minutes the muscles became relaxed,
and the face, though still pale as death, became more
sightly.\par

More rum and more rubbing with the antidote, and
Mr. Peter slept in peace.\par

About sunrise he awoke, cold and shivering, but
sensible.\par

After a little more stimulant he began to talk.\par

"Bitten by a snake, have I not been?"\par

"Mr. Peter," said Roland sternly, "you have
narrowly escaped the death you would have meted
out to poor Brawn with your cruel and accursed arrow.\par

"You may not love the dog.  He certainly does not
love you, and dogs are good judges of character.  He
tree'd you, and you sought revenge.  You doubtless
have other reasons to hate Brawn, but his life is far
more to us than yours.  Now confess you meant to do
for him, and then to make your way down-stream by
stealing a canoe."\par

"I do not, will not confess," cried Peter.  "It is a
lie.  I am here against my will.  I am kidnapped.  I
am a prisoner.  The laws of even this country--and
sorry I am ever I saw it--will and shall protect me."\par

Roland was very calm, even to seeming carelessness.\par

"We are on the war-path at present, my friend," he
said very quietly.  "You are suspected of one of the
most horrible crimes that felon ever perpetrated, that
of procuring the abduction of Miss St. Clair and
handing her over to savages."\par

"As Heaven is above us," cried Peter, "I am guiltless
of that!"\par

"Hush!" roared Roland, "why take the sacred name
of Heaven within your vile lips.  Were you not about
to die, I would strike you where you stand."\par

"To die, Mr. Roland?  You--you--you surely don't mean--"\par

Roland placed a whistle to his lips, and its sound
brought six stern men to his side.\par

"Bind that man's hands behind his back and hang
him to yonder tree," was the order.\par

In two minutes' time the man was pinioned and the
noose dangling over his head.\par

As he stood there, arrayed but in shirt and trousers,
pale and trembling, with the cold sweat on his brow,
it would have been difficult even to imagine a more
distressing and pitiable sight.\par

His teeth chattered in his head, and he swayed
about as if every moment about to fall.\par

A man advanced, and was about to place the noose
around his neck when:\par

"A moment, one little moment!" cried Peter.  "Sir--Mr. St. Clair--I
did mean to take your favourite dog's life."\par

"And Miss St. Clair?"\par

"I am innocent.  If--I am to be lynched--for--that--you
have the blood of a guiltless man on your head."\par

Dick Temple had seen enough.  He advanced now
to Peter's side.\par

"Your crime deserves lynching," he said, "but I will
intercede for you if you promise me sacredly you will
never attempt revenge again.  If you do, as sure as
fate you shall swing."\par

"I promise--Oh--I promise!"\par

Dick retired, and after a few minutes' conversation
with Roland, the wretched man was set free.\par

{\itshape{Entre nous}}, reader, Roland had never really meant
to lynch the man.  But so utterly nerveless and
broken-down was Mr. Peter now, that as soon as he
was released he threw himself on the ground, crying
like a child.\par

Even Brawn pitied him, and ran forward and
actually licked the hands of the man who would have
cruelly done him to death.\par

So noble is the nature of our friend the dog.\par

\begin{container}
\vs{1}
{\noindent}
{\centering
――――
\endgraf}
\par
\end{container}

\vs{1}
{\noindent}
The voyage up-stream was now continued.  But
the progress of so many boats and men was necessarily
slow, for all had to be provided for, and this meant
spending about every alternate day in shooting,
fishing, and collecting fruit and nuts.\par

The farther up-stream they got, however, the more
lightsome and cheerful became the hearts of our heroes.\par

They began to look upon Peggy as already safe in
their camp.\par

"I say, you know," said Dick one day, "our passage
up is all toil and trouble, but won't it be delightful
coming back."\par

"Yes, indeed," said Roland, smiling.\par

"We sha'n't hurry, shall we?"\par

"Oh, no! poor Peggy's health must need renovating,
and we must let her see all that is to be seen."\par

"Ye--es, of course!  Certainly, Roll, and it will be
all just too lovely for anything, all one deliciously
delicious picnic."\par

"I hope so."\par

"Don't look quite so gloomy, Roland, old man.  I
tell you it is all plain sailing now.  We have only to
meet Benee when we get as far as the rendezvous,
then strike across country, and off and away to the
land of the cannibals and give them fits."\par

"Oh, I'm not gloomy, you know, Dick, though not
quite so hopeful as you!  We have many difficulties
to encounter, and there may be a lot of fighting after
we get there; and, mind you, that game of giving fits
is one that two can play at."\par

"Choorka!  Choorka!" shouted the captain of the
leading boat, a swarthy son of the river.\par

As he spoke, he pointed towards the western bank,
and thither as quickly as paddles could send him his
boat was hurried.  For they had been well out in the
centre of the river, and had reached a place where the
current was strong and swift.\par

But closer to the bank it was more easy to row.\par

Nevertheless, two of the canoes ran foul of a snag.
One was capsized at once, and the other stuck on top.\par

The 'gators here were in dozens apparently, and
before the canoe could be righted two men had been
dragged below, the brown stream being tinged with
their gushing blood.\par

Both were Indians, but nevertheless their sad death
cast a gloom over the hearts of everyone, which was
not easily dispelled.\par

On again once more, still hugging the shore; but
after dinner it was determined to stay where they
were for the night.\par

They luckily found a fine open back-water, and this
they entered and were soon snug enough.\par

They could not be idle, however.  Food must be
collected, and everything--Roland determined--must
go on like clock-work, without hurry or bustle.\par

Soon, therefore, after the canoes were made fast,
both Indians and whites were scattered far and near
in the forest, on the rocks and hills, and on the rivers.\par

I believe that all loved the "boys", as Roland and
Dick were called by the white men, and so all worked
right cheerfully, laughing and singing as they did so.\par

Ten men besides our heroes and Burly Bill had
remained behind to get the tents up and to prepare
the evening meal, for everybody would return as
hungry as alligators, and these gentry seem to have
a most insatiable appetite.\par

Just before sunset on this particular evening Roland
and Dick had another interview with Mr. Peter.\par

"I should be a fool and a fraud, Mr. Peter," said the
former, "were I to mince matters.  Besides, it is not
my way.  I tell you, then, that during our journey
you will have yonder little tent to yourself to eat and
to sleep in.  I tell you, too, that despite your declarations
of innocence I still suspect you, that nevertheless
no one will be more happy than Mr. Temple here and
myself if you are found not guilty.  But you must
face the music now.  You must be guarded, strictly
guarded, and I wish you to know that you are.  I
wish to impress upon you also that your sentries have
strict orders to shoot you if you are found making
any insane attempt to escape.  In all other respects
you are a free man, and I should be very sorry indeed
to rope or tie you.  Now you may go."\par

"My time will come," said Mr. Peter meaningly.\par

His face was set and determined.\par

"Is this a threat?" cried Roland, fingering his
revolver.\par

But Peter's dark countenance relaxed at once.\par

"A threat!" he said.  "No, no, Mr. Roland.  I am
an unarmed man, you are armed, and everyone is on
your side.  But I repeat, my time will come to clear
my character; that is all.\par

"So be it, Mr. Peter."\par

And the man retired to his tent breathing black
curses deep though not aloud.\par

"I've had enough of this," he told himself.  "And
escape that young cub's tyranny I must and shall,
even should I die in my tracks.  Curse them all!"\par

\begin{container}
\vs{1}
{\noindent}
{\centering
――――
\endgraf}
\par
\end{container}

\vs{1}
{\noindent}
Next day a deal of towing was required, for the
river was running fierce and strong, and swirling in
angry eddies and dangerous maelstroms even close to
the bank.\par

This towing was tiresome work, and although all
hands bent to it, half a mile an hour was their highest
record.\par

But now they neared the terrible rapids of Antonio,
and once more a halt was called for the night, in
order that all might be fresh and strong to negotiate
these torrents.\par

Next day they set to work.\par

All the cargo had to be got on shore, and a few
armed men were left to guard it.  Then the empty
boats were towed up.\par

For three or four miles the river dashed onward
here over its rocky bed, with a noise like distant
thunder, a chafing, boiling, angry stream, which but
to look at caused the eyes to swim and the senses to
reel.\par

There are stretches of comparatively calm water
between the rapids, and glad indeed were Roland's
brave fellows to reach these for a breathing-spell.\par

In the afternoon, before they were half-way through
these torrents, a halt was called for the night in a little
bay, and the baggage was brought up.\par

They fell asleep that night with the roar of the
rapids in their ears, and the dreams of many of them
were far indeed from pleasant.\par

Morning brought renewal of toil and struggle.  But
"stout hearts to stey braes" is an excellent old
Scottish motto.  It was acted on by this gallant expedition,
and so in a day or two they found themselves in a
fresh turmoil of water beneath the splendid waterfalls
of Theotonia.\par

The river was low, and in consequence the cataract
was seen at its best, though not its maddest.  Fancy,
if you can, paddling to keep your way--not to
advance--face to face with a waterfall a mile at least in
breadth, and probably forty feet in height, divided
into three by rocky little islands, pouring in
white-brown sheets sheer down over the rock, and falling
with a steady roar into the awful cauldrons beneath.
It is like a small Niagara, but, with the hills and rocks
and stately woods, and the knowledge that one is in
an uncivilized land, among wild beasts and wilder men,
far more impressive.\par

Our young heroes were astonished to note the
multitudes of fish of various kinds on all sides of
them.  The pools were full.\par

The larger could be easily speared, but bait of any
kind they did not seem to fancy.  They were troubled
and excited, for up the great stream and through the
wild rapids they had made their way in order to
spawn in the head-waters of the Madeira and its
tributaries.  But Nature here had erected a barrier.\par

Yet wild were their attempts to fling themselves
over.  Many succeeded.  The fittest would survive.
Others missed, or, gaining but the rim of the cataract,
were hurled back, many being killed.\par

Another halt, another night of dreaming of all
kinds of wild adventures.  The Indians had told the
whites, the evening before, strange legends about the
deep, almost bottomless, pools beneath the falls.\par

Down there, according to them, devils dwell, and
hold high revelry every time the moon is full.  Dark?
No it is not dark at the bottom, for Indians who have
been dragged down there and afterwards escaped,
have related their adventures, and spoken of the
splendid caverns lit up by crimson fire, whose mouths
open into the water.  Caverns more gorgeous and
beautiful than eyes of men ever alight upon above-ground.
Caverns of crystal, of jasper, onyx, and ruby;
caverns around whose stalactites demons, in the form
of six-legged snakes, writhe and crawl, but are
nevertheless possessed of the power to change their shapes
in the twinkling of an eye from the horrible and
grotesque to the beautiful.\par

Prisoners from the upper world are tortured here,
whether men, women, or children, and the awful rites
performed are too fearful--so say the Indians--to be
even hinted at.\par

The cargo first and the empty canoes next had to
be portaged half a mile on shore and above the
lovely linn.  This was extremely hard work, but it
was safely accomplished at last.\par

Roland was not only a born general, but a
kind-hearted and excellent master.  He never lost his
temper, nor uttered a bad or impatient word, and
thus there was not an Indian there who would not
have died for him and his companion Dick.\par

Moreover, the officer-Indians found that kind words
were more effectual than cuts with the bark whips
they carried, or blows with the hand on naked shoulders.\par

And so the march and voyage was one of peace and
comfort.\par

Accidents, however, were by no means rare, for
there were snags and sunken rocks to be guarded
against, and more than one of the small canoes were
stove and sunk, with the loss of precious lives.\par

\begin{container}
\vs{1}
{\noindent}
{\centering
――――
\endgraf}
\par
\end{container}

\vs{1}
{\noindent}
Roland determined not to overwork his crew.  This
might spoil everything, for many of the swamps in the
neighbourhood of which they bivouacked are
pestilential in the extreme.\par

Mosquitoes were found rather a plague at first, but
our boys had come prepared.\par

They carried sheets of fine muslin--the ordinary
mosquito-nets are useless--for if a "squeeter" gets
one leg through, his body very soon wriggles after,
and then he begins to sing a song of thanksgiving
before piercing the skin of the sleeper with his
poison-laden proboscis.  But mosquitoes cannot get through
the muslin, and have to sing to themselves on the
other side.\par

After a time, however, the muslin was not thought
about, for all hands had received their baptism of
blood, and bites were hardly felt.\par

\penalty-300%
\label{chapter-xx-the-pagan-paynees-were-thirsting-for-blood}%
\hypertarget{chapter-xx-the-pagan-paynees-were-thirsting-for-blood}{}%
\vspace*{50pt}\thispagestyle{empty}
{\noindent\interlinepenalty \@M\normalfont\Huge\bfseries%
CHAPTER XX--THE PAGAN PAYNEES WERE THIRSTING FOR BLOOD}

\unskip\vskip 40pt\nobreak

{\noindent}
A glance at any good map will show the reader
the bearings and flow of this romantic and
beautiful river, the Madeira.  It will show him something
else--the suggestive names of some of the cataracts
or rapids that have to be negotiated by the enterprising
sportsman or traveller in this wild land.\par

The Misericordia Rapids and the Calderano de
Inferno speak for themselves.  The latter signifies
Hell's Cauldron, and the former speaks to us of many
a terrible accident that has occurred here--boats
upset, bodies washed away in the torrent, or men
seized and dragged below by voracious alligators
before the very eyes of despairing friends.\par

The Cauldron of Hell is a terrible place, and consists
of a whole series of rapids each more fierce than the
other.  To attempt to stem currents like these would
of course be madness.  There is nothing for it but
portage for a whole mile and more, and it can easily
be guessed that this is slow and toilsome work indeed.
Nor was the weather always propitious.  Sometimes
storms raged through the woods, with thunder,
lightning, and drenching rain; or even on the brightest of
days, down might sweep a whirlwind, utterly wrecking
acres and acres of forest, tearing gigantic trees up by
the roots, twisting them as if they were ropes, or
tossing them high in air, and after cutting immense gaps
through the jungle, retire, as if satisfied with the
chaos and devastation worked, to the far-off mountain
lands.\par

Once when, with their rifles in hand, Roland and
Dick were watching a small flock of tapirs at a pond
of water, which formed the centre of a green oasis in
the dark forest, they noticed a balloon-shaped cloud
in the south.  It got larger and larger as it advanced
towards them, its great twisted tail seeming to trail
along the earth.\par

Lightning played incessantly around it, and as it
got nearer loud peals of thunder were heard.\par

This startled the tapirs.  They held their heads aloft
and snorted with terror, running a little this way and
that, but huddling together at last in a timid crowd.\par

Down came the awful whirlwind and dashed upon them.\par

Roland and Dick threw themselves on the ground,
face downwards, expecting death every moment.\par

The din, the dust, the crashing and roaring, were
terrific!\par

When the storm had passed not a bush or leaf of
the wood in which our heroes lay had been stirred.
But the glade was now a strange sight.\par

The waters of the pool had been taken up.  The
pond was dry.  Only half-dead alligators lay there,
writhing in agony, but every tapir had been not only
killed but broken up, and mingled with twisted trees,
pieces of rock, and hillocks of sand.\par

Truly, although Nature in these regions may very
often be seen in her most beautiful aspects, fearful
indeed is she when in wrath and rage she comes
riding in storms and whirlwinds from off the great
table-lands, bent on ravaging the country beneath.\par

"What a merciful escape!" said Roland, as he sat
by Dick gazing on the destruction but a few yards
farther off.\par

"I could not have believed it," returned Dick.
"Fancy a whirlwind like that sweeping over our camp,
Roland?"\par

"Yes, Dick, or over our boats on the river; but we
must trust in Providence."\par

Roland now blew his whistle, and a party of his
own Indians soon appeared, headed by a few white men.\par

"Boys," said Roland smiling, "my friend and I
came out to shoot young tapir for you.  Behold!
Dame Nature has saved us the trouble, and flesh is
scattered about in all directions."\par

The Indians soon selected the choicest, and departed,
singing their strange, monotonous chant.\par

Presently Burly Bill himself appeared.\par

He stood there amazed and astonished for fully half
a minute before he could speak, and when he did it
was to revert to his good old-fashioned Berkshire
dialect.\par

"My eye and Elizabeth Martin!" he exclaimed.
"What be all that?  Well, I never!  'Ad an 'urricane, then?"\par

"It looks a trifle like it, Bill; but sit you down.
Got your meerschaum?"\par

"I've got him right enough."\par

And it was not long before he began to blow a kind
of hurricane cloud.  For when Bill smoked furnaces
weren't in it.\par

"Do you think we have many more rapids to get
past, Bill?"\par

"A main lot on 'em, Master Roland.  But we've got
to do 'em.  We haven't got to funk, has we?"\par

"Oh no, Bill! but don't you think that we might
have done better to have kept to the land altogether?"\par

"No," said Bill bluntly, "I do not.  We never could
have got along, lad.  Rivers to cross by fords that we
might have had to travel leagues and leagues to find,
lakes to bend round, marshes and swamps, where
lurks a worse foe than your respectable and gentlemanly
'gators."\par

"What, snakes?"\par

"Oh, plenty of them!  But I was a-loodin' to fever,
what the doctors calls malarial fever, boys.\par

"No, no," he added, "we'll go on now until we meet
poor Benee, if he is still alive.  If anything has
happened to him--"\par

"Or if he is false," interrupted Dick; "false as Peter
would have us believe--"\par

"Never mind wot Mr. Bloomin' Peter says!  I
swears by Benee, and nothing less than death can
prevent his meeting us somewhere about the mouth of
the Maya-tata River.  You can bet your bottom dollar
on that, lads."\par

"Well, that is the rendezvous anyhow."\par

"Oh," cried Dick, "sha'n't we be all rejoiced to see
Benee once more!"\par

"God grant," said Roland, "he may bring us good
news."\par

"He is a good man and will bring good tidings,"
ventured Burly Bill.\par

Then he went on blowing his cloud, and the boys
relapsed into silence.\par

Each was thinking his own thoughts.  But they
started up at last.\par

"I've managed to secure a grand healthy appetite!"
cried Roland.\par

"And so has this pale-faced boy," said Bill, shoving
his great thumb as usual into the bowl of his meerschaum.\par

So back to camp they started.\par

Brawn had been on duty not far from Mr. Peter's
tent, but he bounded up now with a joyful bark, and
rushed forward to meet them.\par

He displayed as much love and joy as if he had not
seen them for a whole month.\par

For ten days longer the expedition struggled onwards.\par

The work was hard enough, but it really strengthened
their hearts and increased the size of their muscles,
till both their calves and biceps were as hard and
tough as the stays of a battle-ship.\par

Some people might think it strange, but it is a fact
nevertheless, that the stronger they grew the happier
and more hopeful were they.  We may try to account
for this physiologically or psychologically as we choose,
but the great truth remains.\par

\begin{container}
\vs{1}
{\noindent}
{\centering
――――
\endgraf}
\par
\end{container}

\vs{1}
{\noindent}
One or two of the men were struck down with
ague-fever, but Roland made them rest while on shore
and lie down while on board.\par

Meanwhile he doctored them with soup made from
the choicest morsels of young tapir, with green fresh
vegetable mixed therein, and for medicine they had
rum and quinine, or rather, quinine in rum.\par

The men liked their soup, but they liked their
physic better.\par

Between the rapids of Arara and the falls of
Madeira was a beautiful sheet of water, and, being
afraid of snags or submerged rocks, the canoes were
kept well out into the stream.\par

They made great progress here.  The day was unusually
fine.  Hot the sun was certainly, but the men
wore broad straw sombreros, and, seated in the shadow
of their bamboo cabin, our heroes were cool and happy
enough.\par

The luscious acid fruits and fruit-drinks they
partook of contributed largely to their comfort.\par

Dick started a song, a river song he had learned on
his uncle's plantation, and as Burly Bill's great canoe
was not far off, he got a splendid bass.\par

The scenery on each bank was very beautiful; rocks,
and hills covered with great trees, the branches of
which near to the stream with their wealth of foliage
and climbing flowers, bent low to kiss the placid
waters that went gliding, lapping, and purling onwards.\par

Who could have believed that aught of danger to
our heroes and their people could lurk anywhere
beneath these sun-gilt trees?\par

But even as they sang, fierce eyes were jealously
watching them from the western bank.\par

Presently first one arrow, and anon a whole shower
of these deadly missiles, whizzed over them.\par

One struck the cabin roof right above Dick's head,
and another tore through the hat of the captain himself.\par

But rifles were carried loaded, and Roland was ready.\par

"Lay in your oars, men!  Up, guns!  Let them
have a volley!  Straight at yonder bush!  Fire low,
lads!  See, yonder is a savage!"\par

Dick took aim at a dark-skinned native who stood
well out from the wood, and fired.  He was close to
the stream and had been about to shoot, but Dick's
rifle took away his breath, and with an agonized
scream he threw up his arms and fell headlong into
the water.\par

Volley after volley rang out now on the still air,
and soon it was evident that the woods were cleared.\par

"Those are the Paynee Indians without a doubt,"
said Dick; "the same sable devils that the skipper
of that steamer warned us about."\par

They saw no more of the enemy then, however, and
the afternoon passed in peace.\par

An hour and a half before sunset they landed at
the mouth of a small but clear river, about ten miles
to the north of the Falls of Woe.\par

Close to the Madeira itself this lovely stream was
thickly banked by forest, but the boats were taken
higher up, and here excellent camping-ground was
found in a country sparsely wooded.\par

Far away to the west rose the everlasting hills, and
our heroes thought they could perceive snow in the
chasms between the rocks.\par

Roland had not forgotten the adventure with the
Indians, so scouts were sent out at once to scour the
woods.  They returned shortly before sunset, having
seen no one.\par

Both Roland and Dick were somewhat uneasy in
their minds, nevertheless, and after dinner, in the wan
and uncertain light of a half-moon, a double row of
sentries was posted, and orders were given that they
should be relieved every two hours, for the night was
close and sultry, just such a night as causes restless
somnolence.  At such times a sentry may drop to
sleep leaning on his gun or against a tree.  He may
slumber for an hour and not be aware he has even
closed an eye.\par

The boys themselves felt a strange drowsiness
stealing away their senses.  They would have rolled
themselves up in their rugs and sought repose at once, but
this would have made the night irksomely long.\par

So they chatted, and even sang, till their usual hour.\par

When they turned in, instead of dressing in a pyjama
suit, they retained the clothes they had worn all day.\par

Dick noticed that Roland was doing so, and followed
his example.  No reason was given by his friend, but
Dick could guess it.  Guess also what he meant by
placing a rifle close beside him and looking to his
revolvers before he lay down.\par

Everyone in camp, except those on duty, was by
this time sound asleep.  Lights and fires were out, and
the stillness was almost painful.\par

Roland would have preferred hearing the wind
sighing among the forest trees, the murmur of the
river, or even the mournful wailing of the great blue
owl.\par

But never a leaf stirred, and as the moon sank
lower and lower towards those strangely rugged and
serrated mountains of the west, the boys themselves
joined the sleepers, and all their care and anxiety was
for the time being forgotten.\par

The night waned and waned.  The sentries had
been changed, and it was now nearly one o'clock.\par

There was a lake about a mile above the camp, that
is, a mile farther westwards.  It was surrounded by
tall waving reeds, at least an acre wide all round.\par

The home {\itshape{par excellence}} of the dreaded 'gator was
this dark and sombre sheet of water, for to it almost
nightly came the tapirs to quench their thirst and
to bathe.\par

Silently a troop of these wonderful creatures came
up out of the forest to-night, all in a string, with the
largest and oldest a little way in front.\par

Every now and then these pioneers would pause
to listen.  They knew the wiliness of the enemy that
might be lying in wait for them.  So acute in hearing
are they said to be that they can distinguish the
sound of a snake gliding over withered leaves at a
distance of a hundred yards.  But their sight also
is a great protection to them.  No 'gator can move
among the reeds without bending them, move he never
so warily.  Above all this, the tapir's sense of smell
is truly marvellous.\par

To-night the old tapirs that led the van seemed
particularly suspicious and cautious.  Their signal for
silence was a kind of snort or cough, and this was
now ofttimes repeated.\par

Suddenly the foremost tapir stamped his foot, and
at once the whole drove turned or wheeled and glided
back as silently as they had come, until the shadows
of the great forest swallowed them up.\par

What had they seen or heard?  They had seen tall,
dark human figures--one, two, three--a score and over,
suddenly raise their heads and shoulders above the
reeds, and after standing for a moment so still that
they seemed part and parcel of the solemn scene, move
out from the jungle and take their way towards the
slumbering camp.\par

Savages all, and on a mission of death.\par

Nobody's dreams could have been a bit more happy
than those of Dick Temple just at this moment.\par

He was sitting once more on the deck of the great
raft, which was slowly gliding down the sunlit
sea-like Amazon.  The near bank was tree-clad, and every
branch was garlanded with flowers of rainbow hues.\par

But Dick looked not on the trees nor the flowers,
nor the waving undulating forest itself--looked not
on the sun-kissed river.  His eyes were fixed on a
brightly-beautiful and happy face.  It was Peggy
who sat beside him, Peggy to whom he was breathing
words of affection and love, Peggy with shy,
half-flushed face and slightly averted head.\par

But suddenly this scene was changed, and he awoke
with a start to grasp his rifle.  A shrill quavering
yell rang through the camp, and awakened every
echo in the forest.\par

The Indians--the dreaded Paynee tribe of cannibals--were
on them.  That yell was a war-cry.  These
pagan Paynees were thirsting for blood.\par

\penalty-300%
\label{chapter-xxi-the-forest-is-sheeted-in-flames}%
\hypertarget{chapter-xxi-the-forest-is-sheeted-in-flames}{}%
\vspace*{50pt}\thispagestyle{empty}
{\noindent\interlinepenalty \@M\normalfont\Huge\bfseries%
CHAPTER XXI--THE FOREST IS SHEETED IN FLAMES}

\unskip\vskip 40pt\nobreak

{\noindent}
For just a few moments Roland was taken aback.
Then, in a steady manly voice that could be
heard all over the camp, he gave the order.\par

"All men down!  The Indians are approaching
from the west.  Fire low, lads--between you and the
light.\par

"Don't waste a shot!" he added.\par{}

\begin{figure}[h!tbp]
\label{figure-75}%
\hypertarget{figure-75}{}%
\label{fire-low-lads-don-t-waste-a-shot}%
\hypertarget{fire-low-lads-don-t-waste-a-shot}{}%
\noindent\hfill{}\begin{minipage}{0.770\textwidth}
{\hbox to \hsize{\hfill\includegraphics[width=1.000\textwidth,keepaspectratio=true]{images/img-211.jpg}\hfill}}
\vs{1}
{\noindent}
{\centerleft{{\itshape{"FIRE LOW, LADS....  DON'T WASTE A SHOT!"}}
}}
\end{minipage}
\hfill{}
\end{figure}

Three Indians bit the dust at the first volley, and
though the rest struggled on to the attack, it was only
to be quickly repulsed.\par

In ten minutes' time all had fled, and the great
forest and woodland was as silent as before.\par

It was Roland's voice that again broke the stillness.\par

"Rally round, boys," he shouted, "and let me know
the worst."\par

The sacrifice of life, however, was confined to three
poor fellows, one white man and two peons; and no
one was wounded.\par

Nobody thought of going to sleep again on this
sad night, and when red clouds were at last seen over
the green-wooded horizon, heralding the approach of
day, a general sense of relief was felt by all in the
little camp.\par

Soon after sunrise breakfast was served, and eaten
with avidity by all hands now in camp, for scouts
were out, and Dick and Roland awaited the news they
would bring with some degree of impatience.\par

The scouting was really a sort of reconnaisance
in force, by picked Indians and whites under the
command of the redoubtable Burly Bill.\par

Suddenly Brawn raised his head and gave vent to
an angry "wouff!" and almost at the same time the
sound of distant rifle-firing fell on the ears of the
little army.\par

Half an hour after this, Bill and two men stepped
out from the bush and advanced.\par

His brow was bound with a blood-stained handkerchief.\par

It was a spear wound, but he would not hear of it
being dressed at present.\par

"What cheer then, Bill?"\par

"Not much of that," he answered, throwing himself
down and lighting that marvellous meerschaum, from
which he appeared to get so much consolation.\par

"Not a vast deal of cheer.  Yes, I'll eat after I gets
a bit cooler like."\par

"Ay, we'll have to fight the Dun-skins.  They
swarm in the forest between us and the Madeira, and
they are about as far from bein' angels as any durned
nigger could be."\par

"And what do you advise, Bill?"\par

"Well," was the reply, "as soon as your boys get
their nose-bags off, my advice is to set to work with
spade and shovel and transform this 'ere camp into a
fortress.\par

"Ay, and it is one we won't be able to abandon for
days and days to come," he added.\par

The men were now speedily told off to duty, and in
a very short time had made the camp all but
impregnable, and quite strong enough to give an
excellent account of any number of Dun-skins.\par

The Paynee Indians are a semi-nomadic tribe
of most implacable savages, who roam over hill and
dell and upland, hunting or fighting as the case may
be, but who have nevertheless a home in the dark
mountain fastnesses of the far interior.\par

They are cannibals, though once, long, long ago, a
band of Jesuits attempted their reclamation.\par

These brave missionaries numbered in all but one
hundred and twenty men, and they went among the
terrible natives with, figuratively speaking, their
prayer-books in one hand, their lives in the other.\par

All went well for a time.  They succeeded in winning
the affections of the savages.  They erected rude
churches, and even to this day crosses of stone are to
be found in this wild land, half-buried among the rank
vegetation.\par

But there came a day, and a sad one it was, when
the cannibals were attacked by a wild hill-tribe.
These highlanders had heard that, owing to the new
religion, their ancient enemies had degenerated into
old wives and squaws.\par

A terrible battle ensued, during which the men
from the uplands found out their mistake, for they
were repulsed with fearful slaughter.\par

All might have gone well with the Jesuits even yet
but for one {\itshape{contretemps}}.\par

At the very moment when the savages returned
wildly exultant from the hills, bearing, horrible to
relate, joints of human flesh on their spears, there
came from the east a party of men who had been
down to the banks of the Madeira, and had attacked
and looted a small steamer that among other things
had much fire-water on board.\par

Oh, that accursed fire-water, how terrible its results
wherever on earth it gains ascendancy!\par

All the fearful passions of these savages were soon
let loose.  The scene was like pandemonium.\par

The poor Jesuits hid themselves in their little church,
barricading the door, and devoting the first part of the
night to prayer and song.  But at midnight the awful
howling of the cannibals coming nearer and nearer
told them that they had been missed, and that their
doom was now sealed.\par

Only one man escaped to tell the terrible tale.\par

And these, or rather their descendants, were the
very cannibals that Roland's little army had now to
do battle with.\par

Both he and Dick, however, kept up a good heart.\par

There was ammunition enough to last for months
of desultory firing, if necessary, and when the attack
was made at last, after Bill's scouts had been driven
in, the savages learned a lesson they were never likely
to forget.\par

Brave indeed they were, and over and over again
they charged, spear in hand, almost into the trenches.
But only to be thrust back wounded, or to die where
they stood, beneath a steady revolver fire.\par

But they retreated almost as quickly as they had
come, and once more sought the shelter of bush and jungle.\par

Not for very long, however.  They were evidently
determined that the little garrison should enjoy no peace.\par

They had changed their tactics now, and instead
of making wild rushes towards the ramparts, they
commenced to bombard the fort with large stones.\par

With their slings the Bolivian Indians can aim
with great precision, for they learn the art when
they are mere infants.\par

As no one showed above the ramparts, there was in
this case no human target for the missiles, but use was
made of larger stones, and these kept falling into the
trenches in all directions, so that much mischief was
done and many men were hurt.\par

A terrible rifle fire was now opened upon that part
of the bush in which the cannibal savages were
supposed to be in force, and from the howling and
shrieking that immediately followed, it was evident
that many bullets were finding their billets.\par

But soon even these sounds died away, and it was
evident enough that the enemy had retired, no doubt
with the intention of inventing some new form of attack.
There was peace now for many hours, and Roland
took advantage of this to order dinner to be got ready.
No men, unless it be the Scotch, can fight well on
empty stomachs.\par

The wounded were attended to and made as
comfortable as possible, and after this there was
apparently very little to do except to wait and watch.\par

Burly Bill brought out his consolatory meerschaum.
But while he puffed away, he was not idle.  He was
thinking.\par

Now thinking was not very much in this honest
fellow's line.  Action was more his {\itshape{forte}}.  But the
present occasion demanded thought.\par

The afternoon was already far spent.  The
sentries--lynx-eyed Indians, rifles in hand--were watching
the bush, and longing for a shot.  Roland and Dick,
with Bill and big Brawn, were seated in the shade of
a green and spreading tree, and all had been silent for
some considerable time.\par

"I say, young fellows!" said Bill at last, "this kind
of lounging doesn't suit me.  What say you to a council
of war?"\par

"Well, you've been thinking, Bill?"\par

"Ay, I've been doin' a smart bit o' that.  Let us
consult Charlie."\par

Charlie the ex-cannibal was now brought forward
and seated on the grass.\par

There was a deal of practical knowledge in this
Indian's head.  His had been a very long experience
of savage warfare and wandering in forests and wilds;
and he was proud now to be consulted.\par

"Charlie," said Bill, "what do you think of the
situation?"\par

"De sit-uation?" was the reply.  "Me not likee he.
Me tinkee we sitee too much.  Byme by, de cannibal
he come much quick.  Ah! dere will soon be muchee
much too much sabage cannibal!  Fust de killee you
and den de eatee you, and make fine bobbery.  Ha! ha!"\par

"Well, Charlie, I don't think that there is a deal to
laugh at.  Howsomever, we've got to do something soon."\par

"So, so," said Charlie, "notwidstanding."\par

"Well, I've been thinking that we should make
tracks for the other side of the river.  You see these
savage rapscallions have no canoes, and they seem to
have no food.  They are not herons or storks, and
can't wade through deep water."\par

"Foh true, sah.  Dey am not stohks and dey am
not herons notwidstanding, but see, sah, ebery man
he am his own canoe!  No stohks, but all same one
frog, notwidstanding foh true!"\par

"And you think they would follow us?"\par

"All same's one eel--two hundred eel.  Dey swim
wid spears in mouf, and bow and arrow held high.
Ha! ha! good soldier, ebery modder's son!"\par

"I'll tell you my plan," said Dick Temple.  "Just
loose off the boats, and make one bold dash for
liberty."\par

"Ha! ha! sah!" cried Charlie.  "I takes de liberty
to laugh notwidstanding, foh true.  You plenty much
all dead men 'fore you get into de big ribber!"\par

"Well, hang it!" said Dick, "we're not going to stay
here with the pretty prospect before us of being all
scuppered and eaten.  What say you, Roll?"\par

"I think," said Roland quietly, "that Charlie there has
come prepared to speak, for his face is just beaming."\par

"See, sah," cried Charlie, evidently pleased, "you
trust all to Charlie.  He makee you free after dark.
Down in de fo'est yondah dere am mebbe two, mebbee
free hunder' sabages.  Now dey not want to fight till
de dark.  Dey will fight all de same when de moon
rise, and de rifle not muchee good.  No hit in de dark,
on'y jes' puff, puff.\par

"See," he continued, "de wind begin to blow a leetle.
De wind get high byme by, den de sun go out, and
Charlie he fiah de forest."\par

"Fire the forest, Charlie?"\par

"Notwidstanding," said Charlie grimly.\par

"When," he added, "you see de flame curl up, be all
ready.  Soon de flame he bus' highah and highah, and
all by de ribber bank one big blaze."\par

"Charlie," cried Bill, "you're a brick!  Give us a
shake of your yellow hand.  Hurrah! boys, Charlie's
going to do it!"\par

Never perhaps was sunset waited for with more
impatience.\par

The great and unanswerable question was this:
Would these savages attack immediately after darkness
fell, or would they take some time to deliberate?\par

But behind the rugged mountains down sank the
sun at last, and after a brief twilight the stars shone
out.\par

Charlie was not going alone.  He had asked for the
assistance of many Indians, and in a whisper he gave
them their orders.\par

Our heroes did not interfere in any way, for fear
of confusing the good fellow's plans.  But they soon
noted that while Charlie himself and two Indians left
in one of the smallest canoes, the others disappeared
like snakes in the grass, creeping northwards over the
plain.\par

And now there was silence, for the wind was hushed;
silence everywhere, that deep, indescribable silence
which nightfall ever brings to a wild and savage land,
in which even the beasts are still and listening in forest
and dell, not knowing from which direction danger
may spring.\par

Within the little camp nothing could be done but
lie still, every man holding his breath with suspense.
Nothing could be done save watch, wait, count the
weary minutes, and marvel at their length.\par

Suddenly, however, the deep silence was broken by
a mournful cry that came from riverwards.  It was
apparently that of an owl seeking for its mate, but it
was taken up and repeated northwards all over the
plain twixt camp and forest, and almost at the same
time tiny tongues of fire sprang up here and there and
everywhere.\par

Higher and higher they leapt, along the ground they
ran, meeting in all directions down the dark river
and across the wild moor by the edge of the
woodland.  The undergrowth was dry, the grass was
withered, and in an amazingly short time the whole
forest by the banks of the Madeira was sheeted in
devastating flames.\par

The savages had been massed in the centre of the
jungle, and just preparing to issue forth and carry
death into the camp of our heroes, when suddenly
the crackling of the flames fell on their ears, and they
knew they were caught in a fire-trap, with scarcely
any means of escape.\par

Charlie had been terribly in earnest, and, hurrying
on in his canoe towards the Madeira, he lit the bank
all along, and even down the side of the great stream
itself.\par

It was evidently his savage intention to roast these
poor cannibals alive.\par

As it was, the only outlet towards salvation that
remained for them was the Madeira's dark brink.\par

"Now, boys, now!" shouted Roland, when he saw
that the fire had gained entire mastery, and, making
its own wind, was sweeping onwards, licking up
everything in its way.\par

"Now, lads, on board!  Let us get off down stream
in all haste.  Hurrah!"\par

\penalty-300%
\label{chapter-xxii-evenings-by-the-camp-fire}%
\hypertarget{chapter-xxii-evenings-by-the-camp-fire}{}%
\vspace*{50pt}\thispagestyle{empty}
{\noindent\interlinepenalty \@M\normalfont\Huge\bfseries%
CHAPTER XXII--EVENINGS BY THE CAMP FIRE}

\unskip\vskip 40pt\nobreak

{\noindent}
The moorings were speedily slipped, and by the
light of the blazing forest the peons bent sturdily
to their paddles, and the canoe went dancing down
stream.\par

They had already taken on board the Indians who
had assisted Charlie, and before long his own boat
hove in sight, and was soon taken in tow by the
largest canoe.\par

That burning forest formed a scene which never
could be forgotten.  From the south side, where the
boats were speedily rushing down the stream on their
way to the Madeira, and from which came the light
wind that was now blowing, the flames leaned over as
it were, instead of ascending high in air, and the smoke
and sparks took the same direction.\par

The sparks were as thick as snow-flakes in a snow-storm,
and the lurid tongues of fire darted high as the
zenith, playing with the clouds of smoke or licking
them up.\par

The noise was indescribable, yet above the roaring
and the crackling could be heard the shouts of the
maddened savages, as they sought exit from the hell
around them.\par

There was no escape except by the Madeira's bank,
and to get even at this they had to dash through the
burning bushes.\par

Alas!  Charlie and his assistants had done their
work all too well, and I fear that one-half of the
cannibals were smothered, dragged down by alligators,
or found a watery grave.\par

As the canoes shot past, the heat was terrible, and
next morning at daybreak, when they were far up the
river, towards the falls, Roland and his friend were
surprised to notice that the palm-leaves which covered
the cabin were brown and scorched.\par

On the whole the experience they had gained of the
ferocity and fighting abilities of these Paynee cannibals
was such as they were not likely to forget.\par

\begin{container}
\vs{1}
{\noindent}
{\centering
――――
\endgraf}
\par
\end{container}

\vs{1}
{\noindent}
During all this period of excitement the suspect
Peter had remained perfectly quiescent.  Indeed he
seemed now quite apathetic, taking very little notice
of anything around him, and eating the food placed
before him in a way that was almost mechanical.
Neither Roland nor Dick had taken much heed of
him till now.  When, however, they observed his
strange demeanour they took council together and
determined that the watch over him should be made
extra strict, lest he should spring overboard and be
drowned.\par

Roland may seem to have been harsh with Mr. Peter.
But he only took proper precautions, and more than
once he assured Dick that if the man's innocence were
proved he would recompense him a hundred-fold.\par

"But," added Dick meaningly, "if he is really guilty
of the terrible crime we impute to him, he cannot be
punished too severely."\par

The expedition had that afternoon to land their
stores once more to avoid rapids, and a little before
sunset they encamped near to the edge of a beautiful
wood well back from the banks of the Madeira.\par

The night passed without adventure of any kind,
and everyone awoke as fresh and full of life and go as
the larks that climb the sky to meet the morning sun.\par

Another hard day's paddling and towing and portage,
and they found themselves high above the Madeira
Falls in smooth water, and at the entrance to a kind
of bay which formed the mouth or confluence of the
two rivers, called Beni and Madro de Dios.  This last
is called the Maya-tata by the Bolivians.\par

It is a beautiful stream, overhung by hill and forest,
and rises fully two hundred miles southward and
west from a thousand little rivulets that drain the
marvellous mountains of Karavaya.\par

The Beni joins this river about ten or twelve miles
above the banks of the Madeira.  It lies farther to the
south and the east, and may be said to rise in the
La Paz district itself, where it is called the Rio de
la Paz.\par

To the north-west of both these big rivers lies the
great unexplored region, the land of the Bolivian and
Peruvian cannibals.\par

Small need have we to continue to hunt and shoot
in Africa, wildly interesting though the country is,
when such a marvellous tract of tens of thousands of
square miles is hidden here, all unvisited as yet by a
single British explorer.\par

And what splendid possibilities for travel and
adventure are here!  A land larger than Great Britain,
France, and Ireland thrown together, which no one
knows anything about; a land rich in forest and prairie;
a land the mineral wealth of which is virtually
inexhaustible; a land of beauty; a land of lake and
stream, of hills and rocks and verdant prairie, and a
veritable land of flowers!\par

A land, it is true, where wild beasts lurk and prowl,
and where unknown tribes of savages wander hither
and thither and hunt and fight, but all as free as the
wind that wantons through their forest trees.\par

\begin{container}
\vs{1}
{\noindent}
{\centering
――――
\endgraf}
\par
\end{container}

\vs{1}
{\noindent}
The boats were paddled several miles up-stream
to a place where the scenery was more open.\par

At every bend and reach of the river Roland
expected to find Benee waiting for them.  Perhaps he
had built a hut and was living by fishing-rod and gun.\par

But no Benee was visible and no hut.\par

Together the two friends, Roland and Dick, accompanied
by Charlie and Brawn, took their way across the
plain and through the scrub, towards a lofty,
cone-shaped hill that seemed to dominate all the scenery in
its immediate neighbourhood.\par

To the very top of this mountain they climbed,
agreed between themselves not to look back until they
had reached the summit, in order that the wild beauty
of this lone lorn land should burst upon them in all its
glory, and at once.\par

They kept to their resolution, and were amply rewarded.\par

As far as eye could reach in any direction was a
vast panorama of mountain, forest, and stream, with
many a beautiful lake glittering silvery in the sunshine.\par

But no smoke, no indication of inhabitants anywhere.\par

"It seems to be quite an untenanted country we
have struck," said Dick.\par

"All the better for us, perhaps, Dick," said Roland,
"for farther we cannot proceed until poor Benee comes.
He ought to have been here before now.  But what
adventures and dangers he may have had to pass
through Heaven and himself only know."\par

"Charlie," he continued, "in the event of Benee not
turning up within the next week or two, remember
the task of guiding us to the very palace gates of the
cannibal king devolves upon you."\par

"You speakee me too muchee fly-high Englese,"
said Charlie.  "But Charlie he thinkee he understand.
You wantee me takee you to de king's gate.  I can do."\par

"That is enough, Charlie, and we can trust you.  You
have hitherto been very faithful, and what we should
do without you I know not."\par

"Now, Dick, I guess we'll get down a little more
speedily than we came up."\par

"We'll try, Roland, old man."\par

All preparations were now made to camp near to
the river, where the canoes were moored.\par

They did not expect any attack by armed Indians,
nevertheless it was deemed well to be on the safe side.\par

Spades and shovels were accordingly brought into
use, and even before sunset a deep trench and
embankment were thrown up around the tents, and at
nightfall sentries were posted at each corner.\par

For a few days the weather was so cold and stormy
that there was little comfort in either shooting or
fishing.  It cleared up after this, however, and at noon
the sun was almost too hot.\par

They found caves in the rocks by the river-side in
which were springs bursting and bubbling up through
limestone rocks, and quartz as white as the driven
snow.  The water was exquisitely cool and refreshing.\par

The days were spent in exploring the country all
around and in shooting, principally for the purpose of
keeping the larder well supplied.\par

Luckily the Indians were very easy to please in the
matter of food, though their captains liked a little
more luxury.\par

But this land was full of game of every sort, and
the river was alive with fish, and so unsophisticated
were these that they sprang at a hook if it were baited
only with a morsel of glittering mica picked off a rock.\par

What with fish and fowl and flesh of small deer,
little wild pigs and the young of the tapir, there would
be very little fear of starvation should they remain
here for a hundred years.\par

Far up the Maya-tata canoe excursions were made,
and at every bend of this strange river the scenery
seemed more delightfully wild, silent, and beautiful.\par

"Heigh-ho!" said Dick one day.  "I think I should
not mind living here for years and years, did I but
know that poor Peggy was safe and well."\par

"Ah! yes, that is the ever-abiding anxiety, but we
are not to lose heart, are we?"\par

"No," said Dick emphatically.  "If the worst
should come to the worst, let us try to look fate
fearlessly in the face, as men should."\par

"Bravo, Dick!"\par

The evenings closed in at an unconscionably
early hour, as they always do in these regions, and
at times the long forenights were somewhat irksome.\par

I have not said much about the captains of the great
canoes.  With one exception, these were half-castes,
and spoke but little.\par

The exception was Don Rodrigo, who in his time
had been a great traveller.\par

He was a man of about fifty, strongly built, but as
wiry withal as an Arab of the desert.\par

Genial was he too, and while yarning or playing
cards--the cigarette for ever in his mouth, sometimes
even two--there was always a pleasant smile playing
around his mouth and eyes.\par

He liked our young heroes, and they trusted him.
Indeed, Brawn had taken to the man, and often as he
squatted in the large tent of an evening, playing cards
or dominoes with the boys, big Brawn would lay his
honest head down on Rodrigo's knee with a sigh of
satisfaction and go off to sleep.\par

Rodrigo could sing a good Spanish song, and had a
sweet melodious voice that would have gone
excellently well with a guitar accompaniment; but guitar
there was none.\par

Versatile and clever, nevertheless, was Rodrigo, and
he had manufactured a kind of musical instrument
composed of pieces of glass and hard wood hung on
tape bands across a board.  While he sang, Rodrigo
used to beat a charming accompaniment with little
pith hammers.\par

Some of his songs were very merry indeed and very
droll, and all hands used to join in the chorus, even
the white men and Indians outside.\par

So the boys' days were for the time being somewhat
of the nature of a long picnic or holiday.\par

The story-telling of an evening helped greatly to
wile the time away.\par

Neither Dick nor Roland had any yarns to spin, but
Charlie had stories of his wild and adventurous life in
the bush, which were listened to with much pleasure.
On the other hand, Rodrigo had been everywhere
apparently, and done everything, so that he was the
chief story-teller.\par

The man's English was fairly good, with just a little
of the Peruvian labial accent, which really added to
its attractiveness, while at times he affected the
Mexican drawl.\par

Around the camp-fire I have seldom or never known
what may be called systematic yarn-spinning.
Everything comes spontaneously, one simple yarn or wild
adventure leading up to the other.  If now and then
a song intervenes, all the better, and all the more
likely is one to spend a pleasant evening either in
camp or in galley on board ship.\par

Don Rodrigo did at times let our heroes have
some tales that made their scalps creep, but they
liked him best when he was giving them simple
narratives of travel, and for this reason: they wanted to
learn all they could about the country in which they
now were.\par

And Rodrigo knew it well, even from Arauco on the
western shore to the great marsh-lands of the
Paraguay or the mountain fastnesses of Albuquerque on
the east.\par

But the range of Rodrigo's travels was not bounded
by Brazil, or the great Pacific Ocean itself.  He had
been a cow-boy in Mexico; he had bolo'd guanacos on
the Pampas; he had wandered among the Patagonians,
or on fleet horses scoured their wondrous plains; he had
dwelt in the cities, or call them "towns", if so minded,
that border the northern shores of the Straits of
Magellan; he had even visited Tierra del Fuego--the
land of fire--and from the black boats of savages had
helped to spear the silken-coated otters of those wild
and stormy seas; and he had sailed for years among
the glorious sunlit islands of the Southern Pacific.\par

"As to far Bolivia," he said one evening, while his
eyes followed the rings of pale-blue smoke he emitted
as they rose to the tent-roof.  "As to far Bolivia, dear
boys, well, you've seen a good slice of the wilder
regions of it, but it is to La Paz you must some
day go, and to the splendid fresh-water ocean called
the Titicaca.\par

"Lads, I never measured it, but, roughly guessing,
I should say that it is over one hundred miles in length,
and in some places fifty wide."\par

"Wait one moment," said Burly Bill, "this is getting
interesting, but my meerschaum wants to be loaded."\par

"Now," he added, a few minutes after, "just fire
away, my friend."\par

\penalty-300%
\label{chapter-xxiii-a-marvellous-lake-in-a-marvellous-land-la-paz}%
\hypertarget{chapter-xxiii-a-marvellous-lake-in-a-marvellous-land-la-paz}{}%
\vspace*{50pt}\thispagestyle{empty}
{\noindent\interlinepenalty \@M\normalfont\Huge\bfseries%
CHAPTER XXIII--A MARVELLOUS LAKE IN A MARVELLOUS LAND--LA PAZ}

\unskip\vskip 40pt\nobreak

{\noindent}
"Mebbe," said Rodrigo, "if you knew the
down-south Bolivians as well as I do, you would not
respect them a great deal.  Fact is, boys, there is little
to respect them for.\par

"Brave?  Well, if you can call slaves brave, then
they're about as bully's they make 'em.\par

"I have mentioned the inland sea called Lake
Titicaca.  Ah, boys, you must see this fresh-water
ocean for yourselves! and if ever you get married,
why, take my advice and go and spend your honeymoon there.\par

"Me married, did you say, Mr. Bill?  It strikes me,
sir, I know a trick worth several of that.  Been in
love as often as I've got toes and fingers, and mebbe
teeth, but no tying up for life, I'm too old a starling
to be tamed.\par

"But think, {\itshape{amigo mio}}, of a lake situated in a
grand mountain-land, the level of its waters just
thirteen thousand feet above the blue Pacific.\par

"Surrounded by the wildest scenery you can
imagine.  The wildest, ay, boys, and the most
romantic.\par

"You have one beautiful lake or loch in your
Britain--and I have travelled all over that land of the
free,--I mean Loch Ness, and the surrounding
mountains and glens are magnificent; but, bless my buttons,
boys, you wouldn't have room in Britain for such a
lake as the mighty Titicaca.  It would occupy all
your English Midlands, and you'd have to give the
farmers a free passage to Australia."\par

"How do you travel on this lake?" said Dick Temple.\par

"Ah!" continued Rodrigo, "I can answer that; and
here lies another marvel.  For at this enormous height
above the ocean-level, steamboats, ply up and down.
No, not built there, but in sections sent from America,
and I believe even from England.  The labour of
dragging these sections over the mountain-chains may
easily be guessed.\par

"The steamers are neither so large nor so fine as
your Clyde boats, but there is a lot of honest comfort
in them after all.\par

"And terrible storms sometimes sweep down from
the lofty Cordilleras, and then the lake is all a chaos
of broken water and waves even houses high.  If
caught in such storms, ordinary boats are speedily
sunk, and lucky are even the steamers if shelter is handy.\par

"Well, what would this world be, I wonder, if it
were always all sunshine.  We should soon get well
tired of it, I guess, and want to go somewhere
else--to murky England, for example."\par

Rodrigo blew volumes of smoke before he continued
his desultory yarn.\par

"Do you know, boys, what I saw when in your
Britain, south of the Tweed?  I saw men calling
themselves sportsmen chasing poor little hares with
harriers, and following unfortunate stags with
buck-hounds.  I saw them hunt the fox too, men and
women in a drove, and I called them in my own mind
cowards all.  Brutality and cowardice in every face,
and there wasn't a farmer in the flock of stag-hunting
Jockies and Jennies who could muster courage enough
to face a puma or even an old baboon with a supple
stick in its hand.  Pah!\par

"But among the hills and forests around this Lake
Titicaca is the paradise of the hunter who has a bit of
sand and grit in his substance, and is not afraid to
walk a whole mile away from a cow's tail.\par

"No, there are no dangerous Indians that ever I
came across among the mountains and glens; but as
you never know what may happen, you've got to keep
your cartridges free from damp.\par

"What kind of game?  Well, I was going to say
pretty much of all sorts.  We haven't got giraffes
nor elephants, it is true, nor do we miss them much.\par

"But there are fish in the lake and beasts on the
shore, and rod and gun will get but little holiday, I
assure you, lads, if you elect to travel in that
strange land.\par

"I hardly know very much about the fish.  They
say that the lake is bottomless, and that not only is it
swarming with fish, wherever there is a bank, but
that terrible animals or beasts have been seen on its
deep-blue surface; creatures so fearful in aspect that
even their sudden appearance has turned gray the
hairs of those who beheld them.\par

"But I calculate that this is all Indian gammon or
superstition.\par

"As for me, I've been always more at home in the
woods and forests, and on the mountain's brow.\par

"I'm not going to boast, boys, but I've climbed the
highest hills of the Cordilleras, where I have had
no companion save the condor.\par

"You Europeans call the eagle the bird of Jove.
If that is so, I want to ask them where the condor
comes in.\par

"Why, your golden eagle of Scottish wilds isn't
a circumstance to the condor of the Andes.  He is no
more to be compared to this great forest vulture than
a spring chicken is to a Christmas turkey.\par

"But the condor is only one of a thousand wild
birds of prey, or of song, found in the Andean regions
or giant Cordilleras.\par

"And at lower altitude we find the llamas, the
guanacos, and herds of wild vicuñas.\par

"You may come across the puma and the jaguar
also, and be sorry you've met.\par

"Then there are goats, foxes, and wild dogs, as
well as the viscacha and the chinchilla, to say nothing
of deer.\par

"But on the great lake itself, apart from all thought
of fish, you need never go without a jolly good dinner
if the rarest of water-fowl will please you.  Ducks
and geese galore, and other species too many to name."\par

"That is a land, and that is a lake," said Dick
musingly, "that I should dearly like to visit.  Yes,
and to dwell in or on for a time.\par

"I suppose labour is cheap?" he added enquiringly.\par

"I guess," returned Rodrigo, "that if you wanted
to erect a wooden hut on some high and healthy
promontory overlooking the lake--and this would be
your best holt--you would have to learn the use of
axe and adze and saw, and learn also how to drive
a nail or two without doubling it over your thumb
and hitting the wrong nail on the head."\par

"Well, anyhow," said Dick, "I shall dream to-night
of your great inland ocean, of your Lake Titicaca,
and in my dreams I shall imagine I am already there.
I suppose the woods are alive with beautiful birds?"\par

"Yes," said Rodrigo, "and with splendid moths and
butterflies also; so let these have a place in your
dreams as well.  Throw in chattering monkeys too,
and beautiful parrots that love to mock every sound
they hear around them.  Let there be evergreen trees
draped in garments of climbing flowers, roaring
torrents, wild foaming rivers, that during storms roll
down before them, from the flooded mountains,
massive tree trunks, and boulders houses high."\par

"You are quite poetic!"\par

"But I am not done yet.  People your paradise
with strangely beautiful lizards that creep and crawl
everywhere, looking like living flowers, and arrayed
in colours that rival the tints of the rainbow.
Lizards--ay, and snakes; but bless you, boys, these are very
innocent, objecting to nothing except to having their
tails trodden on."\par

"Well, no creature cares for treatment like that,"
said Roland.  "If you and I go to this land of beauty,
Dick, we must make a point of not treading on snakes'
tails."\par

"But, boys, there are fortunes in this land of ours
also.  Fortunes to be had for the digging."\par

"Copper?"\par

"Yes, and gold as well!"\par

Rodrigo paused to roll and light another cigarette.
I have never seen anyone do so more deftly.  He
seemed to take an acute delight in the process.  He
held the snow-white tissue-paper lovingly in his
grasp, while with his forefinger and thumb he apportioned
to it just the right quantity of yellow fragrant
Virginia leaf, then twisting it tenderly, gently, he
conveyed it to his lips.\par

Said Dick now, "I have often heard of the wondrous
city of La Paz, and to me it has always seemed a sort
of semi-mythical town--a South American Timbuctoo."\par

"Ah, lad, it is far from being mythical!  On the
contrary, it is very real, and so are everything and
everybody in it.\par

"I could not, however, call it, speaking conscientiously,
a gem of a place, though it might be made
so.  But you see, boys, there is a deal of Spanish or
Portuguese blood in the veins of the real whites
here--though, mind you, three-fourths of the population
are Indians of almost every Bolivian race.  Well, the
motto of the dark-eyed whites seems to be Mañana
(pronounce Mah-nyah-nah), which signifies
'to-morrow', you know.  Consequently, with the very
best intentions in the world, they hardly ever finish
anything they begin.  Some of the streets are decently
paved, but every now and then you come to a slough
of despond.  Many of the houses are almost palatial,
but they stand side by side with, and are jostled by,
the vile mud-huts of the native population.  They
have a cathedral and a bazaar, but neither is finished yet.\par

"Well, La Paz stands at a great altitude above
the ocean.  It is well worthy of a visit.  If you go
there, however, there are two things you must not
forget to take with you, namely, a bottle of
smelling-salts and plenty of eau-de-Cologne."\par

"The place smells--slightly, then, I suppose," ventured Dick.\par

"Ha! ha! ha!"  Rodrigo had a hearty laugh of his
own.  "Yes, it smells slightly.  So do the people, I
may add.\par

"The natives of La Paz, although some of them
boast of a direct descent from the ancient Incas, are
to all intents and purposes slaves.\par

"Well, boys, when I say 'slaves' I calculate I
know pretty well what I am talking about.  The
old feudal system holds sway in what we call the
civilized portions of Bolivia.  Civilization, indeed!
Only in the wilds is there true freedom and
independence.  The servants on ranches and farms are
bought or sold with the land on which they live.  So,
Mr. Bill, if you purchase a farm in Bolivia, it won't
be only the cows and cocks and hens you'll have to
take, but the servants as well, ay, and the children
of these.\par

"Bolivian Indians, who are troubled with families
that they consider a trifle too large for their income,
have a simple and easy method of meeting the difficulty.
They just take what you might call the surplus
children to some white-man farmer and sell them as
they do their cows."\par

"Then these children are just brought up as slaves?"\par

"Yes, their masters treat them fairly well, but they
generally make good use of the whip.  'Spare the
rod and spoil the child' is a motto they play up to
most emphatically, and certainly I have never known
the rod to be spared, nor the child to be spoiled
either.\par

"Oh! by the way, as long as my hand is in I may
tell you about the servants that the gentry-folks of
La Paz keep.  I don't think any European would
be plagued with such a dirty squad, for in a household
of, say, ten, there must be ten slaves at the very least,
to say nothing of the pongo man.\par

"This pongo man is in reality the charwoman of
La Paz.  It is he who does all the dirty work, and
a disagreeable-looking and painfully dirty blackguard
he is himself.  It is not his custom to stay more than
a week with any one family.  He likes to be always
on the move.\par

"He assists the cook; he collects dried llama manure
for firewood, as Paddy might say; he fetches water
from the fountain; he brings home the marketing, in
the shape of meat and vegetables; he cleans and scrubs
everywhere, receiving few pence for his trouble, but
an indefinite number of kicks and cuffs, while his bed
at night is on the cold stones behind the hall door.
Yet with all his ill-usage, he seems just about as
happy as a New Hollander, and you always find him
trotting around trilling a song.\par

"Ah, there is nothing like contentment in this
world, boys!"\par

"Yes, Mr. Bill, I have seen one or two really pretty
girls among the Bolivians, but never lost my heart to
any of them, for between you and me, they don't
either brush or comb their hair, and when walking
with them it is best to keep the weather-gauge.  And
that's a hint worth having, I can assure you."\par

\begin{container}
\vs{1}
{\noindent}
{\centering
――――
\endgraf}
\par
\end{container}

\vs{1}
{\noindent}
On the very next evening after Don Rodrigo spoke
his piece, as he phrased it, about the strange customs
and habits of the Bolivians, all were assembled as
usual in the biggest tent.\par

Burly Bill and his meerschaum were getting on
remarkably well together, the Don was rolling a
cigarette, when suddenly Brawn started up as if from
a dream, and stood with his ears pricked and his head
a little to one side, gazing out into the darkness.\par

He uttered no warning growl, and made no sound
of any sort, but his tail was gently agitated, as if
something pleased him.\par

Then with one impatient "Yap!" he sprang away,
and was seen no more for a few minutes.\par

"What can ail the dog?" said Roland.\par

"What, indeed?" said Dick.\par

And now footsteps soft and slow were heard
approaching the tent, and next minute poor Benee
himself staggered in and almost fell at Roland's feet.\par

The honest hound seemed almost beside himself
with joy, but he had sense enough to know that his
old favourite, Benee, was exhausted and ill, and,
looking up into his young master's face, appeared to
plead for his assistance.\par

Benee's cheeks were hollow, his feet were cut and
bleeding, and yet as he lay there he smiled feebly.\par

"I am happy now," he murmured, and forthwith
fell asleep.\par

Both Roland and Dick trembled.  They thought
that sleep might be the sleep of death, but Don Rodrigo,
after feeling Benee's pulse, assured them that it
was all right, and that the poor fellow only needed
rest and food.\par

In about half an hour the faithful fellow--ah! who
could doubt his fidelity now?--sat painfully up.\par

Dick went hurrying off and soon returned with
soup and with wine, and having swallowed a little,
Benee made signs that he would rest and sleep.\par

"To-morrow," he said, "to-morrow I speak plenty.
To-night no can do."\par

And so they did all they could to make him
comfortable, and great Brawn lay down by his side to
watch him.\par

\penalty-300%
\label{chapter-xxiv-benee-s-story-the-young-cannibal-queen}%
\hypertarget{chapter-xxiv-benee-s-story-the-young-cannibal-queen}{}%
\vspace*{50pt}\thispagestyle{empty}
{\noindent\interlinepenalty \@M\normalfont\Huge\bfseries%
CHAPTER XXIV--BENEE'S STORY--THE YOUNG CANNIBAL QUEEN}

\unskip\vskip 40pt\nobreak

{\noindent}
I cannot help saying that in forbearing to talk
to or to question poor Benee on the evening of
his arrival, our young heroes exhibited a spirit of
true manliness and courage which was greatly to
their credit.\par

That they were burning to get news of the
unfortunate Peggy goes without saying, and to hear at
the same time Benee's own marvellous adventures.\par

Nor did they hurry the poor fellow even next day.\par

It is a good plan to fly from temptation, when you
are not sure you may not fall.  There is nothing
dishonourable about such a course, be the temptation
what it may.\par

Roland and Dick adopted the plan this morning at
all events.  Both were awake long before sunrise;
long before the beautiful stars had ceased to glitter
gem-like high over mountains and forest.\par

The camp was hardly yet astir, although Burly Bill
was looming between the lads and the light as they
stood with honest Brawn in the big tent doorway.
Over his head rose a huge cloud of fragrant smoke,
while ever and anon a gleam from the bowl of his
meerschaum lit up his good-humoured face.\par

It had not taken the lads long to dress, and now
they sauntered out.\par

The first faint light of the dawning day was already
beginning to pale the stars.  Soon the sun himself,
red and rosy, would sail up from his bed behind the
far green forest.\par

"Bill!"\par

"Hillo!  Good-morning to you both!  I've been up
for hours."\par

"And we could not sleep for--thinking.  But I say,
Bill, I think Benee has good news.  I'm burning to
hear it, and so is Dick here, but it would be downright
mean to wake the poor fellow till he is well rested.
So, for fear we should seem too inquisitive, or too
squaw-like, we're off with bold Brawn here for a
walk.  Yes, we are both armed."\par

When the lads came back in about two hours' time,
they found Benee up and dressed and seated on the
grass at breakfast.\par

When I say he was dressed I allude to the fact that
he very much needed dressing, for his garments were
in rags, his blanket in tatters.  But he had taken the
clothes Bill provided for him, and gone straight to the
river for a wash and a swim.\par

He looked quite the old Benee on his return.\par

"Ah!" said Bill, "you're smiling, Benee.  I know
you have good news."\par

"Plenty good, Massa Bill, one leetle bitee bad!"\par

"Well, eat, old man; I'm hungry.  Yes, the boys are
beautiful, and they'll be here in a few minutes."\par

And so they were.\par

Brawn was before them.  He darted in with a rush
and a run, and licked first Benee's ears and then Bill's.
It was a rough but a very kindly salute.\par

In these sky-high regions of Bolivia, a walk or run
across the plains early in the morning makes one
almost painfully hungry.\par

But here was a breakfast fit for a king; eggs of
wild birds, fish, and flesh of deer, with cakes galore,
for the Indians were splendid cooks.\par

Then, after breakfast, Benee told the boys and Bill
all his long and strange story.  It was a thrilling one,
as we know already, and lost none of its effect by
being related in Benee's simple, but often graphic and
figurative language.\par

"Oh!" cried impulsive Dick, when he had finished,
and there were tears in the lad's eyes that he took
small pains to hide, "you have made Roland and me
happy, inexpressibly happy, Benee.  We know now
that dear Peggy is well, and that nothing can harm
her for the present, and something tells me we shall
receive her safe and sound."\par

Benee's face got slightly clouded.\par

"Will it not be so, Benee?"\par

"The Christian God will help us, Massa Dick.  Der
is mooch--plenty mooch--to be done!"\par

"And we're the lads to do it," almost shouted Burly Bill.\par

"Wowff!  Wowff!" barked Brawn in the most emphatic manner.\par

In another hour all were once more on the march
towards the land of the cannibals.\par

\begin{container}
\vs{1}
{\noindent}
{\centering
――――
\endgraf}
\par
\end{container}

\vs{1}
{\noindent}
Life at the court of Queen Leeboo, as her people
called poor Peggy, was not all roses, but well the girl
knew that if she was to harbour any hopes of escape
she must keep cool and play her game well.\par

She had all a woman's wits about her, however, and
all a woman's wiles.  Vain Peggy certainly was not,
but she knew she was beautiful, and determined to
make the best use of the fact.\par

Luckily for her she could speak the language of
this strange wild people as well as anyone, for Charlie
himself had been her teacher.\par

A strangely musical and labial tongue it is, and
figurative, too, as might be expected, for the scenery
of every country has a certain effect upon its language.\par

It was soon evident that Queen Leeboo was expected
to stay in the royal camp almost entirely.\par

This she determined should not be the case.  So
after the royal breakfast one morning--and a very
delightful and natural meal it was, consisting chiefly
of nuts and fruit--Queen Leeboo seized her sceptre,
the poisoned spear, and stepped lightly down from her
throne.\par

"That isn't good enough," she said, "I want a little
fresh air."\par

Her attendants threw themselves on their faces
before her, but she made them get up, and very much
astonished they were to see the beautiful queen march
along the great hall and step out on to the
skull-decorated verandah.\par

The palace was built on a mountain ledge or table-land
of small dimensions.  It was backed by gigantic
and precipitous rocks, now most beautifully draped
with the greenery of bush and fern, and trailed over
by a thousand charming wild flowers.\par

Leeboo, as we may call her for the present, seated
herself languidly on a dais.  She knew better than to
be rash.  Her object was to gain the entire confidence
of her people.  In this alone lay her hopes of escape,
and thoughts of freedom were ever uppermost in her mind.\par

This was the first time she had been beyond the
portals of her royal prison-house, but she determined
it should not be the last.\par

While her attendants partially encircled her she
gazed dreamily at the glorious scenery beyond and
beneath her.\par

From her elevated position she could view the
landscape for leagues and leagues on every side.  Few of
us, in this tame domestic land that we all love so well,
have ever visited so beautiful a country as these
highlands of Bolivia.\par

Fresh from the hands of its Maker did it seem on
this fresh, cool, delightful morning.  The dark green
of its rolling woods and forests, the heath-clad hills,
the streams that meandered through the dales like
threads of silver, the glittering lakes, the plains where
the llamas, and even oxen, roamed in great herds, and
far, far away on the horizon the serrated mountains,
patched and flecked with snow, that hid their summits
in the fleecy clouds; the whole formed as grand and
lovely a panorama as ever human eyes beheld.\par

But it was marred somewhat by the immediate
surroundings of poor Leeboo.\par

Oh, those awful skulls!  "Is everything good and
beautiful in Nature," she could not help asking
herself, "except mankind?"\par

Here was the faint odour of death, and she beheld
on many of these skulls the mark of the axe,
reminding her of murder.  She shuddered.  Her palace
was but a charnel-house.  Those crouching creatures
around her, waiting to do her bidding or obey her
slightest behest, were but slaves of tyrant masters,
and every day she missed one of the youngest and
fairest, and knew what her doom would be.\par

And out beyond the gate yonder were her soldiers,
her guards.  Alas, yes! and they were her keepers also.\par

But behold! yonder comes the great chief Kaloomah,
her prime minister, and walking beside him is Kalamazoo.\par

Kaloomah walks erect and stately, as becomes so
high a functionary.  He is stern in face even to
grimness and ferocity, but as handsome in form as some of
the heroes of Walter Scott.\par

And Kalamazoo is little more than a boy, and one,
too, of somewhat fragile form, with face more delicate
than is becoming in a cannibal Indian.\par

Kalamazoo is the only son of the late queen.  For
some reason or other he wears a necklace of his
mother's red-stained teeth.  Probably they are a charm.\par

Both princes kneel at Leeboo's feet.  Leeboo strikes
both smartly on the shoulders with her sceptre and
bids them stand up.\par

"I would not have you grovel round me," she says
in their own tongue, "like two little pigs of the
forest."  They stand up, looking sheepish and nonplussed, and
Leeboo, placing one on each side of her--a spear-length
distant,--looks first at Kaloomah and then at Kalamazoo
and bursts into a silvery laugh.\par

Why laughs Queen Leeboo?  These two men are
both very natural, both somewhat solemn.  Not even
little pigs of the forest like to be laughed at.\par

But the queen's mistress of the robes--let me call
her so--has told her that she is expected to take unto
herself a husband in three moons, and that it must be
either Kaloomah or Kalamazoo.\par

This is now no state secret.  All the queen's people
know, from her own palace gates to the remotest mud
hut on this cannibalistic territory.  They all know it,
and they look forward to that week of festivity as
children in the rural districts of England look forward
to a fair.\par

There will be a monster carousal that day.\par

The soldiers of the queen will make a raid on a
neighbouring hill tribe, and bring back many heads
and many hams.\par

If Kaloomah is the favourite, then Kalamazoo will
be slain and cooked.\par

If the queen elects to smile on Kalamazoo with his
necklace of the maternal molars and incisors, then
Kaloomah with the best grace he can must submit to
the knife.\par

Yet must I do justice to both and say that it is not
because they fear death that they are so anxious to
curry favour with the young and lovely queen.  Oh
no! for both are over head in love with her.\par

And a happy thought has occurred to Leeboo.  She
will play one against the other, and thus, in some way
to herself at present unknown, endeavour to effect her
escape from this land of murder, blood, and beautiful
scenery.\par

So there they stand silently, a spear-length from her
dais, she glorying in the power she knows she has
over both.  There they stand in silence, for court
etiquette forbids them to speak until spoken to.\par

Very like a couple of champion idiots they are too.
Big Kaloomah doesn't quite know what to do with his
hands, and Kalamazoo is fidgeting nervously with his
necklace, and apparently counting his dead mother's
teeth as monks count their beads.\par

Leeboo rises at last, and, gathering the loose portion
of her skirts around her, says: "Come, I would walk."\par

She is a little way ahead, and she waves her spear
so prettily as she smiles her sweetest and points to the
grimly ornamental gate.\par

And after hesitating for one moment, both Kaloomah
and the young prince follow sheepishly.\par

The guards by the gate, grim, fully armed cut-throats,
seeing that her majesty expects obedience, fall back,
and the trio march through.\par

But I do not think that either of Leeboo's lovers
is prepared for what follows.\par

If they had calculated on a solemn majestic walk
around the plateau, they were soon very much undeceived.\par

Leeboo had no sooner begun to breathe the glorious
mountain air, than she felt as exuberant as a child
again.  Indeed, she was but little else.  But she placed
her spear and sceptre of royalty very unceremoniously
into Kaloomah's hand to hold, while she darted off
after a splendid crimson specimen of dragon-fly.\par

Kaloomah looked at Kalamazoo.  Kalamazoo looked
at Kaloomah.\par

The one didn't love the other, it is true, yet a
fellow-feeling made them wondrous kind.  And the feeling
uppermost in the mind of each was wonder.\par

Kaloomah beckoned to Kalamazoo, and pointed to
the queen.  The words he spoke were somewhat as
follows:\par

"Too much choorka-choorka!  Suppose the queen
we lose--"\par

He pointed with his thumb to his neck by way of
completing the sentence.\par

"Too much choorka-choorka!" repeated the young
prince.  "You old--you stop her."\par

"No, no, you young--you run quick, you stop her!"\par

That dragon-fly gave Leeboo grand sport for over
half an hour.  From bush to bush it flitted, and flew
from flower to flower, over rocks, over cairns, and
finally down the great hill that led to the plain below.\par

Matters looked serious, so both lovers were now in
duty bound to follow their all-too-lively queen.\par

When they reached the bottom of the brae, however,
behold!--but stay, there was no behold about it.
Queen Leeboo was nowhere to be seen!\par

\penalty-300%
\label{chapter-xxv-benee-s-mother-to-the-front}%
\hypertarget{chapter-xxv-benee-s-mother-to-the-front}{}%
\vspace*{50pt}\thispagestyle{empty}
{\noindent\interlinepenalty \@M\normalfont\Huge\bfseries%
CHAPTER XXV--BENEE'S MOTHER TO THE FRONT}

\unskip\vskip 40pt\nobreak

{\noindent}
Here was a difficulty!\par

If they returned without the queen, they
would be torn in pieces and quietly eaten afterwards.\par

They became excited.  They looked here, there, and
everywhere for Leeboo.  Up into the trees, under the
bushes, behind rocks and stones, but all in vain.  The
beautiful girl seemed to have been spirited away, or
the earth had opened and admitted her into fairy-land, or--\par

But see!  To their great joy, yonder comes the
young queen holding aloft the dragon-fly and singing
to herself.\par

Not a whit worse was the lovely thing; not one of
its four gauzy wings was so much as rumpled.\par

Then she whispered something to it, and tossed it
high in air.\par

And away it flew, straight to the north-east, as
if bent upon delivering the message she had entrusted
to its keeping.\par

She stood gazing after it with flushed cheeks and
parted lips until it was no longer visible against the
sky's pale blue, then turned away with a sigh.\par

But Leeboo was not tired yet.  There were beautiful
birds to be seen and their songs listened to.  And
there were garlands of wild flowers to be strung.\par

One she threw over Kaloomah's neck.\par

Kalamazoo looked wretched.\par

She made him even a larger, and he was happy.
This garland quite hid his mother's frightful teeth.\par

But it must be said that these two lovers of Leeboo's
looked--with those garlands of flowers around their
necks--more foolish than ever.\par

She trotted them round for two whole hours.  Then
she resumed her sceptre, and intimated her intention
to return to the palace.\par

For a whole week these rambles were continued
day after day.\par

Then storm-winds blew wild from off the snow-patched
mountains, and Leeboo was confined to her
palace for days.\par

Her maids of honour, however, did all they could
to please and comfort her.  They brought her the
choicest of fruits, and they told her strange weird
tales of strange weird people and mannikins who in
these regions dwell deep down in caves below the
ground, and often steal little children to nurse their
tiny infants.\par

And they sang or chanted to her also, and all night
long in the drapery-hung chamber, where she reposed
on a couch of skins, they lay near her, ready to start
to their feet and obey her slightest command.\par

Leeboo ruled her empire by love.  But she could
be haughty and stern when she pleased, only she
never made use of that terrible spear, one touch of
which meant death.\par

\begin{container}
\vs{1}
{\noindent}
{\centering
――――
\endgraf}
\par
\end{container}

\vs{1}
{\noindent}
In less than six-weeks' time Queen Leeboo had so
thoroughly gained the confidence of her people that
she was trusted to go anywhere, although always
under the eyes of the young prince or Kaloomah.\par

I believe Leeboo would have learned to like the
savages but for their cannibal tastes, and several times,
when men returned from the war-path, she had to
witness the most terrible of orgies.\par

It was always young girls or boys who were the
victims of those fearful feasts.  Her heart bled for
them, but all remonstrance on her part was in vain.\par

Leeboo had got her pony back, and often had a
glorious gallop over the prairie.\par

But something else had happened, which added
greatly to Leeboo's comfort and happiness.  Shooks-gee
himself came to camp and brought with him little
Weenah, his beautiful child-daughter.\par

Leeboo took to her at once, and the two became
constant companions.\par

Weenah could converse in broken English, and so
many a long delightful "confab" they had together.\par

Child-like, Weenah told Leeboo of her love for
Benee, of their early rambles in the forest, too, and of
her own wild wanderings in search of him.  Told her,
too, that Benee was coming back again with a fresh
army of Indians and white men, with Leeboo's own
lover and her brother as their captains; told her of the
fearful fight that was bound to take place, but which
would end in the complete triumph of the good men
and the rescue of Leeboo herself.\par

Yes, Weenah had her prophecy all cut and dry, and
her story ended with a good "curtain", as all good
stories should.\par

Whether Weenah's prophecy would be fulfilled or
not we have to read on to see, for, alas! it was a dark
and gloomy race of savages that would have to be dealt
with, and rather than lose their queen, Kaloomah and
his people would--but there!  I have no wish to
paint my chapters red.\par

\begin{container}
\vs{1}
{\noindent}
{\centering
――――
\endgraf}
\par
\end{container}

\vs{1}
{\noindent}
Leeboo was not slow to perceive that her chief
chance of escape lay in the skill with which she might
play her two lovers against each other.\par

Whoever married her would be king.  He would
rank with, but after, the queen herself, for, to the
credit of these cannibals be it said, they always prefer
female government.\par

In civilized society Leeboo might have been accused
of acting mischievously; for she would take first one
into favour and then the other, giving, that is, each
of them a taste of the seventh heaven time about.
When Kalamazoo's star was in the ascendant, then
Kaloomah was deep down in a pit of despair; but
anon, he would be up and out again, and then it was
Kalamazoo's turn to weep and wail and gnash his
triangular red-stained teeth.\par

It is needless to say that the game she was playing
was a sad strain upon our poor young heroine.  No
wonder her eyes grew bright with that brightness
which denotes loss of strength, and weariness, and that
her cheeks were often far too flushed.\par

Hope deferred makes the heart sick, and but for
little Weenah I think that Leeboo would have given
up heart altogether and lain down to die.\par

But Weenah was always bright, cheerful, and
happy.  She was laughing all day long.  Benee was
coming for her; of that she was very certain and
sure, so she sang about her absent lover even as
birds in the woodlands sing, and with just as sweet
a voice.\par

The plot was thickening and thickening, and Leeboo
managed matters now so that only one of her
guardians at a time accompanied herself and Weenah in
their rides or rambles.\par

Dixie--as the pony was named--was a very faithful
little horse, and though when Weenah had to trot
beside him he never was allowed to go the pace, he
was exceedingly strong, and could scour the plain
or prairie as fleet as the wind whenever his young
mistress put him on his mettle.  On such occasions,
no matter which of Leeboo's admirers was with her,
he dropped far astern, and after running for a mile
or so, had to sit down to pant.\par

But the young queen always returned, and so she
was trusted implicitly.\par

So too was Weenah, but then Weenah was one of
themselves.\par

\begin{container}
\vs{1}
{\noindent}
{\centering
――――
\endgraf}
\par
\end{container}

\vs{1}
{\noindent}
In their very long and toilsome march, up the Mayatata,
well was it indeed for Roland and Dick that they
had guides so faithful and clever as Benee and Charlie.
But for them, indeed, the expedition would have been
foredoomed to failure.\par

Benee indeed was really the guiding star.  For in
his own lonesome wanderings he had surveyed the
whole country as it were, and knew every fitting
place for a camp, every ford on every stream, and
every pathway through the dense and dark forests.\par

They were but the pathways made by the beasts,
however, and often all but impassable.  Still, in single
file they marched, and were always successful in
making their way.  Two whole months passed away,
and now, as they were nearing the cannibal highlands,
greater precautions than ever were required.\par

And for a week they had to turn night into day,
and travel while the savages slept.\par

They kept away, too, from any portion of the
country which seemed to have the slightest claim to
be called inhabited.  Better they should herd with
the wild beasts of the forest than sight the face of
even a single savage.  For swift as deer that savage
would run towards the cannibal head-quarters and
give information of the approach of a pale-face horde
of enemies.\par

At last there came a day when Benee called a
council of war.\par

"We now get near de bad man's land," he said.
"Ugh!  I not lub mooch blood."\par

"Then what would you have us do?" said Roland.
"Shall we advance boldly or make a night attack?"\par

"No, no, no, sah.  Too many cannibal warrior, too
much pizen arrow, sling, and spear.  No; build here
a camp.  Make he strong.  Benee will go all same.
Benee will creep and crawl till he come to father and
mother house.  Den Benee make all right.  Pray for
Benee."\par

Benee left, poor Brawn bidding him a most
affectionate farewell.  Surely that honest dog knew he
was bent on saving his little mistress, if only he
could.\par

Charlie, the ex-cannibal, stayed in camp for the
time being, but he might be useful as a spy afterwards.\par

It is needless to say that the prayers of both our
heroes were offered up night and day for Benee's
success, and that their blessings followed him.\par

But we do not always receive the answers that
would appear to us the best to our prayers, however
earnest and heartfelt they may be.  Still, we know
well, though we are generally very loth to admit it,
that afflictions are very often blessings in disguise.\par

And now Benee was once more all alone on the
war-path, and he followed his old tactics, creeping
quietly through the jungle only by night, and retiring
into hiding whenever day began to obliterate the stars.
Roland gave orders for the camp to be immediately
fortified.  It was certainly a well-chosen one, on the
top of a wooded hill.\par

This hill was scarcely a hundred feet high, but
although it might be taken by siege, its position
rendered it almost impregnable as far as assault was
concerned.\par

A rampart with a trench was thrown round three
sides of it.  That was apparently all that would be
needed.\par

Looking from below by daylight even, hardly a
savage could have told that an enemy held the hill.\par

And now there was nothing to do but to wait.  And
waiting is always wearisome work.\par

But let us follow Benee.\par

His progress was slow, but it was sure, and at last
he reached the cottage where good Shooks-gee and
his wife resided.\par

But here was no one save his "mother", as Benee
lovingly called her.\par

A great fear took possession of his mind.  Could it
be that his father himself was dead, and that Weenah
was captive?\par

His lips and voice almost refused to formulate the
question nearest to his heart.\par

But his mother's smile reassured him.  Weenah
was safe, and at the court of the queen, and Shooks-gee
himself was there.  So Benee grew hopeful once more.\par

But his task would be by no means an easy one.\par

First and foremost he must establish communication
between the captive girl and himself.  How could
this be done?\par

Had Shooks-gee been at home it might have been
managed simply enough.  But he himself dared not
appear anywhere in sight of the savages.\par

He felt almost baffled, but at last his mother came
to his rescue.\par

The risk would be extreme.  These cannibal savages
are as suspicious of strangers as they are fierce and
bloodthirsty, and if this poor, kindly-hearted woman
was taken for a spy her doom would be sealed.\par

But see the young queen she must, or little Weenah,
her daughter; for great though Benee's abilities were,
he did not possess the accomplishment of writing.\par

\begin{container}
\vs{1}
{\noindent}
{\centering
――――
\endgraf}
\par
\end{container}

\vs{1}
{\noindent}
Dressed as one of the lowest of peasants, the mother
of Weenah set boldly out on her forlorn hope the very
next day, and in the afternoon she was within one
mile of the palace itself.\par

Here she hid herself in the jungle, and after eating
a little fruit went to sleep.\par

The stars were still shining when she awoke, but
she knew them all, and those that were setting told
her that day would soon break.\par

To pass through the soldier-guards and enter the
palace would, she knew, be an utter impossibility.
There was nothing for it but to wait with patience,
for her husband had told her that the queen rode out
for a scamper over the plains every forenoon.\par

He had even told her the direction she usually
took, not riding fast, but with Weenah running by
her side, keeping a long way ahead of her lover
guardian, whichever one of them might happen for
the time being to be the happy man.\par

Benee's mother was as courageous as a mountain
cat.  She had a duty to perform, and she meant to
carry it out.\par

Well, we are told in some old classic that fortune
favours the brave.\par

It does not always do so, but in this case, at all
events, this good woman was successful.\par

At a certain part of the plain there were bushes
close and thick enough, and just here Leeboo with
her little charger must pass if she came out to-day at all.\par

It was at this spot, then, that Weenah's mother
concealed herself.\par

Nor had she very long to wait, for soon the
sound of the pony's hoofs fell on her ear, beating a
pleasant accompaniment to two sweet voices raised in
song.\par

The Indian woman raised herself and peeped over
the bushes.\par

Yes, they were coming, and alone too, for Kaloomah
could not run so fast as Kalamazoo, and was a long
way behind.\par

With characteristic impulse Weenah rushed forward
and was clasped for a moment in her mother's arms.\par

And, somewhat astonished, Leeboo immediately
reined up.\par

\penalty-300%
\label{chapter-xxvi-the-pale-face-queen-has-fled}%
\hypertarget{chapter-xxvi-the-pale-face-queen-has-fled}{}%
\vspace*{50pt}\thispagestyle{empty}
{\noindent\interlinepenalty \@M\normalfont\Huge\bfseries%
CHAPTER XXVI--THE PALE-FACE QUEEN HAS FLED}

\unskip\vskip 40pt\nobreak

{\noindent}
Leeboo, the young queen, could see that the
woman was flurried and excited.\par

She stood with her face to the pony and one arm
was held aloft in the air.  Her eyes were gleaming,
and her hat had fallen over her back, allowing her
wealth of coal-black hair to escape.\par

Weenah stood by the saddle.\par

"I have that to say," exclaimed her mother, in her
strangely musical language, "that must be said speedily.
If I am seen we are all doomed.  But listen, and listen
intently.  You are free if you are fortunate.  Liberty
is at hand.  Your friends are twenty miles down
stream in camp.  Down the stream of Bitter Waters.
Ride this way to-morrow, and when far enough
away take Weenah in your saddle, and gallop for
your life into the forest.  Weenah will be your guide."\par

So quickly did the woman vanish that for a few
moments our heroine half believed she must have been
dreaming.\par

But she pulled herself together at once, and now
rode back to meet Kaloomah.\par

She was all smiles too.\par

"Why waits poor Kaloomah here?" she said, in her
softest sweetest tones.\par

Kaloomah placed his hand on the saddle pommel,
and panted somewhat.  But Kaloomah was in the
seventh heaven.\par

"Say--say--say 'poor Kaloomah' again," he muttered.\par

"Poor Kaloomah!  Poor dear Kaloomah!"\par

She could even afford to place emphasis on the
"dear", she was so happy.\par

"Oh--ugh!" sighed the savage; "but to-morrow it
may be 'poor dear Kalamazoo!'"\par

"Ah, you are jealous!  A little forest bird is
pecking, pecking at your heart.  But listen; to-morrow it
shall not be Kalamazoo, but Kaloomah once again."\par

Well, I dare say that love-making is very much the
same all over the wide, wide world, and so we cannot
even laugh at this cannibal if he did bend rapturously
down and kiss the toe of Leeboo's sandal-shaped
stirrup.\par

"And now, Kaloomah," she added, "I would gather
some wild flowers, and listen for a little while to the
soo-soo's song while you twine my wild flowers into
a garland.  My little handmaiden, Weenah, will assist
you.\par

"But, Kaloomah!" she continued archly.\par

"Yes, my moon-dream."\par

"You must not make love to my maiden, else a
little forest bird will peck poor Leeboo's heart to
pieces and Leeboo die."\par

\begin{container}
\vs{1}
{\noindent}
{\centering
――――
\endgraf}
\par
\end{container}

\vs{1}
{\noindent}
I hardly think it would be putting it one whit too
strongly to say that the pale-face maiden queen had
turned this savage's head.\par

They all returned together at last to the palace, and
the queen with her little handmaiden retired to her
chamber to dine.\par

As to Kaloomah, the spirit of pride had got into him,
and this is really as difficult to get rid of as if one
were possessed of an evil spirit.  So the chief, decorated
with the garland of wild flowers that Leeboo the
queen had placed around his neck, could not resist
the temptation to parade himself on the plateau before
Kalamazoo's tent.  He wished the prince to see him.
And the prince did.\par

The prince, moreover, was strongly tempted to
rush forth, spear in hand, and slay his rival where
he stood.\par

But he remembered in time that Kaloomah was not
only a great chief but a mighty warrior.  Over and
over again had he led the cannibal army against the
glens and valleys of distant highland chiefs.  And he
had been ever victorious, his soldiers returning after
a great slaughter of the foe, laden with heads and
hams, to hold nights and nights of fearful orgie.\par

Kalamazoo knew that Kaloomah was the people's
favourite, and that if he slew him, he himself would
speedily be torn limb from limb.\par

So he was content to gnash his own teeth, to count
his mother's over and over again, and to remain quiescent.\par

It is seldom indeed that a savage is troubled with
sleeplessness, but that night poor Benee was far too
anxious to slumber soundly.  For he knew not what
another day might bring forth.  It might be pregnant
with happiness for him and the young girls he loved
so dearly, or it might end in bloodshed and in death.\par

What a glorious morning broke over the woodlands
at last!  Looking eastwards Benee could note a strip
of the deepest orange just above the dark forest
horizon.  This faded into palest green, and above all
was ethereal blue, with just one or two rosy clouds.
And westwards those patches of snow in the hollow of
the mighty Sierras were pink, with purple shadows.\par

And this innocent and unsophisticated savage bent
himself low on his knees and prayed to Him who
is the author of all that is beautiful, to bless his
enterprise and take his little mistress safe away
from this blood-stained land of darkness and woe.\par

He felt better when he rose to his feet.  Then he
entered the cottage and had breakfast.\par

"I will come again some day," he said, as his "mother"
bade him a tearful farewell.  "I will come again and
take Father and you to the far-off happy land of the
pale-faces."\par

So he hied him away to the forest, looking back
just once to wave his hand.\par

He well knew the road that Weenah and Leeboo--no,
let us call her Peggy once more--would take, if
indeed they should succeed in escaping.\par

He walked towards the river of Bitter Waters therefore,
and, journeying for some miles along its wild
romantic banks, lay down to wait.\par

Wild flowers trailed and climbed among the bushes
where he hid; he saw not their bright colours, he
was scarcely sensible of their perfume.\par

The soo-soo's song was sweet and plaintive; he
heard it not.\par

He was wholly absorbed in thought.  So the sun got
higher and higher, and still he waited and
watched--waited and hoped.\par

Only, ever and anon he would place his ear against
the hard ground and listen intently.\par

'Twas noon, and they came not.\par

Something must have happened.  Everything must
have failed.\par

What should he do?  What could he do?\par

\begin{container}
\vs{1}
{\noindent}
{\centering
――――
\endgraf}
\par
\end{container}

\vs{1}
{\noindent}
But hark!  A joyful sound.  It was that of a horse
at the gallop, and it was coming nearer and nearer.\par

Benee grasped his rifle.\par

It must be she.  It must, and was poor Peggy, and
Weenah was seated behind her.\par

He looked quickly to his repeating rifle, and patted
the revolvers in his belt.\par

"Oh, Benee, Benee! how rejoiced I am!"\par

"But are you followed, Missie Peggy?"\par

"No, no, Benee, we have ridden clean and clear
away from the savage chief Kaloomah, and we fear
no pursuit."\par

"Ah, Missie!  You not know de savage man.  I do.
Come.  Make track now.\par

"Weenah," he added.  "Oh, my love, Weenah!  But
come not down.  We mus' fly foh de cannibal come
in force."\par

It seemed but child's play to Benee to trot lightly
along beside the pony.\par

Love, no doubt, made the labour lighter.  Besides,
on faithful little Dixie's back was all that Benee cared
much for in the world, Weenah and "Missie Peggy".\par

True enough, he liked and respected Roland, and
Dick as well, but they were not all the world to
him as these girls were.  And ever since he had
found Roland and Peggy in the dark forest and
rescued them, his little mistress had been in his eyes
an angel.  Never an unkind word was it possible for
her to say to anyone, least of all--so he flattered
himself--to Benee.\par

The poor, untutored savage felt, in his happiness, at
this moment, that it would be sweet to die were the
loved ones only near to hold his hand.\par

But he could die, too, fighting for them; ay, fighting
to the end.  Who was he that would dare touch the
ground where Peggy or Weenah trod if he--Benee--were
there?\par

And so they journeyed on and on by the river's side
and through jungle and forest, never dreaming of
danger or pursuit.\par

Ah! but wild as a panther was Kaloomah now.\par

When he found that he was baffled, befooled,
deserted, then all his fury--the fury of an untamed
savage--boiled up from the bottom of his heart.\par

Love!  Where was love now?  It found no place in
this wild chief's heart; hate had supplanted it, and it
was a hate that must be quenched in blood.  Yes, her
blood!  He would be revenged, and then--well then,
the sooner he should die after that the better.  For
his life's sun had gone out, his days could only be days
of darkness now.\par

Yet how happy had he been only this morning, and
how proud when he stalked forth from his hut and
passed that of Kalamazoo, still wearing the wild
flowers with which she had adorned him!\par

He tore those wild flowers from his neck now, and
scattered them to the winds.\par

Then, as fast and fleet as ever savage ran, he hied
him back to the palace.\par

Few had more stentorian lungs than Kaloomah!\par

"The queen has gone!  The white queen has fled!"\par

That shout awakened one thousand armed men to
action, and in less than an hour they were on the warpath.\par

\penalty-300%
\label{chapter-xxvii-the-fight-at-the-fort}%
\hypertarget{chapter-xxvii-the-fight-at-the-fort}{}%
\vspace*{50pt}\thispagestyle{empty}
{\noindent\interlinepenalty \@M\normalfont\Huge\bfseries%
CHAPTER XXVII--THE FIGHT AT THE FORT}

\unskip\vskip 40pt\nobreak

{\noindent}
So toilsome was the road to trace, and so far away
was the fortified camp of our heroes, that the sun
was almost setting before Benee arrived with his
precious charge.\par

Why should I make any attempt to describe the
meeting of Roland and Dick with the long-lost Peggy?\par

Roland and she had always been as brother and
sister, and now that they were once more united, all
her joy found vent in a flood of tears, which her
brother did what he could to stem.\par

It seemed hardly possible that she should be here
safe and sound, and in the presence of those who
loved her so well and dearly.\par

And here, too, was Brawn, who was delirious with
joy, and honest Bill with his meerschaum.\par

"Oh, surely I shall not awake and find it all a
dream!" she cried in terror.  "Awake and find myself
still in that awful palace, with its dreadful surroundings
and the odour of death everywhere!  Oh--h!"\par

The girl shuddered.\par

"Dear Peggy," said Dick tenderly, "this is no dream;
you are with us again, and we with you.  All the
past is as nothing.  Let us live for the future.  Is that
right, Roland?"\par

"Yes, you must forget the past, Peggy," said Roland.
"Dick is right.  The past shall be buried.  We are
young yet.  The world is all before us.  So come,
laugh, and be happy, Peggy."\par

"And this charming child here, who is she?" said
Dick.  He alluded to Weenah.\par

"That is little Weenah, a daughter of the wilds, a
child of the desert.  Nay, but no child after all, are
you, Weenah?"\par

Weenah bent her dark eyes on the ground.\par

"I am nothing," she said.  "I am nobody, only--Benee's."\par

"But, Weenah," said Peggy, taking the girl by the
hand, "oh, how I shall miss you when you go!"\par

"Go?" said Weenah wonderingly.\par

"Yes, dear, you have a father and a mother, who
are fond of you.  Must you not return soon to them?"\par

"My father and my mother I love," replied Weenah.
"And you I love, for you have taught me to pray to
the pale-face's God.  You have taught me many, many
things that are good and beautiful.  My life now is
all joy and brightness, and so, though I love my
mother and my father, oh! bid me not to leave you."\par

All this was spoken in the language of the country.
It was Greek to those around them, but even Bill could
see that the dark-eyed maiden was pleading for
something, for her hand was in Peggy's, her eyes upon
hers.\par

\begin{container}
\vs{1}
{\noindent}
{\centering
――――
\endgraf}
\par
\end{container}

\vs{1}
{\noindent}
It was just at this moment that scouts came
hurrying in from the forest, bringing news that was
startling enough, as well as surprising.\par

These men had come speedily in, almost as fleet of
foot as deer, and the word they brought was that the
savages, at least six hundred strong, were not more
than three hours distant.\par

Roland showed no excitement, whatever he might
feel.  Nor did Dick.  Yet both were ready for action.\par

Burly Bill, who had been quietly smoking a little
way off, put his great thumb in the bowl of his
meerschaum, and stowed away that faithful companion of
his in his coat-pocket.\par

Can a young fellow still in his teens, and whom we
older men are all too apt to sneer at as a mere boy,
prove himself a good general.  He may and he can, if
he has grit in him and a head of some sort surmounting
his shoulders.\par

From what followed I think Roland proved that he
was in possession of both.\par

Well, he had descended from a long line of hardy
Cornish ancestors, and there is more in good blood
than we are apt to believe.\par

He came to the front now at all events, and Dick
and Bill, to say nothing of Benee, Rodrigo, and the
other canoe captains, were ready to obey his every
command.\par

Roland called a council of war at once, and it did
not take long to come to a decision.\par

Our chief hero was the principal speaker.  But
brave men do not lose much time in words.\par

"Boys," he said, "we've got to fight these rascally
savages.  That's so, I think?"\par

"That's so," was the chorus.\par

"Well, and we've got to beat them, too.  We want
to give them something that shall keep them both
quiet and civil until we can afford to send out a few
missionaries to improve their morals.\par

"Now, Rodrigo, I cannot force you to fight."\par

"Force, sir?  I need no force.  Command me."\par

"Well, I will.  I wish to outflank these beggars.
You and our Indians, with Benee as your guide, are
just the men to do so.\par

"The moon will be up in another hour.  It will be
the harvest-moon in England.  The harvest-moon here,
too--but a harvest, alas! of blood.\par

"Now, Benee," he continued, "as soon as we are
ready, guide these men with Captain Rodrigo for some
distance down-stream, then curl round the savages,
and when they begin to retreat, or even before that,
attack them in the rear.  Good luck to you!"\par

As silently as ghosts two hundred and fifty well-armed
Indians, a short time after Roland made that
brave little speech, glided down the brow of the hill,
and disappeared in the woods beyond.\par

Though our heroes listened, they could not hear a
sound, not even the crackling of a bush or broken
branch.\par

Soon the moon glared red through the topmost
boughs of the far-off trees, and flooded all the land
with a light almost as bright as day.  The stars above,
that before had glittered on the river's rippling breast,
and the stars beneath--those wondrous flitting
fire-insects--paled before its beams, and the night-birds
sought for shelter in caves among the rocks.  So over
all the prairie and woodlands there fell a stillness
that was almost oppressive.  It was as if Nature held
her breath, expectant of the fight that was to follow.\par

Nor was that fight very long delayed.  But it must
have been well on towards midnight before the first
indication of an approaching foe was made manifest.\par

Only a long, mournful hoot, away in the bush, and
bearing a close resemblance to that of the owl.\par

It was repeated here and there from different
quarters, and our heroes knew that an attack was
imminent.\par

There was in the centre of the camp a roomy cave.
In this all stores had been placed, with water enough
for a night at all events, and here were Peggy and
Weenah safely guarded by Brawn.  Roland had
managed to make the darkness visible by lighting
two candles and placing them on the wall.\par

In a smaller cave was Peter, and as he had given
evidence lately of a great desire to escape, the boys
had taken the liberty to rope him.\par

"You shall live to repent this," hissed the man
through his teeth.\par

He had thrown overboard all his plausibility now,
and assumed his natural self--the dangerous villain.\par

"Have a care," replied Dick, "or you will not live
long enough to repent of anything."\par

On one side of the camp was the river, down under
a cliff of considerable height.  It was very quiet and
sluggish just here, and its gentle whispering was no
louder than a light breeze sighing through forest
trees.\par

There were, therefore, really only three sides of the
parapet and hill to defend.\par

And now Burly Bill's quick ear caught the sound of
rustling down below.\par

"The savages are on us," he said quietly.\par

"Then give them a volley to begin with," answered
Roland.\par

The white men started down scores of huge stones;
but this was more for the purpose of bringing the
savages into sight than with a view to wound or kill any.\par

It had the desired effect, and probably another, for
the cannibals must have believed the pale-faces had
no other means of defence.\par

They were seen now in the bright moonlight
scrambling up-hill in scores, with knives in their
mouths and spears on their backs.\par

"Fire straight and steadily, men," cried the young
chief, Roland.  "Fire independently, and every man
at the enemy in front of him."\par

A well-aimed and rattling volley, followed by
another and another, made the Indians pause.  The
number of dead and wounded was great, and impeded
the progress of those who would have rushed up and on.\par

Volley after volley was now poured into the savage
ranks, but they came pressing up from behind as
black and fierce and numerous as a colony of
mountain-ants.\par

Their yelling and war-cries were terrible to hear.\par

But the continuous volley-firing still kept them
at bay.\par

"The rockets, Dick, are they ready?"\par

"Yes, captain, all ready."\par

"Try the effect of these."\par

It was a fearful sight to witness those dread
weapons of warfare tear through the ranks of these
shrieking demons.\par

Death and mutilation was dealt on every side, and
the fire from the ramparts grew fiercer and fiercer.\par

Yet so terrible in their battle-wrath are these
cannibals, that--well our heroes knew--if they were
to scale the ramparts, even the white men would not
be able to stand against them.\par

Then the fight would degenerate into a massacre,
and this would be followed by an orgie too awful to
contemplate.\par

At this moment there could not have been fewer
than five hundred savages striving to capture the little
hill on which stood the camp, and Roland's men in all
were barely eighty.  Some who had exposed
themselves were speedily brought down with poisoned
arrows, and already lay writhing in the agonies of
spasmodic death.\par

But see, led on by the chief Kaloomah himself, who
seems to bear a charmed life, the foremost ranks of
those sable warriors have already all but gained
footing on the ramparts, while with axe and adze the
pale-faces endeavour to repel them.\par

In vain!\par

Kaloomah--great knife in hand--and at least a score
of his braves have effected an entrance, and the whites,
though fighting bravely, are being pushed, if not
driven back.\par

It is a terrible moment!\par

\penalty-300%
\label{chapter-xxviii-the-dream-and-the-terror}%
\hypertarget{chapter-xxviii-the-dream-and-the-terror}{}%
\vspace*{50pt}\thispagestyle{empty}
{\noindent\interlinepenalty \@M\normalfont\Huge\bfseries%
CHAPTER XXVIII--THE DREAM AND THE TERROR!}

\unskip\vskip 40pt\nobreak

{\noindent}
Far more acute in hearing are these children of the
wilds than any white man who ever lived, and
now, just as hope was beginning to die out of even
Roland's heart, a sudden movement on the part of the
savages who had gained admittance caused him to
marvel.\par

More quickly than they had entered, back they
sprang towards the parapet, and on gazing after them,
our heroes found that the hill-sides were clear.\par

It was evident, however, that a great battle was
going on down beneath on the prairie.\par

Explanation is hardly needed.\par

Rodrigo's men, guided by Benee, had outflanked--nay,
even surrounded--the foe, and with well-aimed
volleys had thrust them back and back towards the
river, into which, with wild agonizing shouts, all that
was left of Kaloomah's army was driven.\par

They were excellent swimmers, the 'gators were
absent from this river, and doubtless hundreds of
fugitives would find their way back into their own
dark land to tell how well and bravely the pale-faces
can fight.\par

But Kaloomah, where is he?\par

Intent on revenge, even while the battle raged the
fiercest and the whites were being driven back, his quick
eye caught the glimmer of the candle-light in the cave.\par

Leeboo was there, he told himself, and the false
witch Weenah.\par

He shortened his knife, and made a rush for the
entrance.\par

"Hab--a--rabb--rr--rr--ow!"  That was the voice
of the great wolf-hound, as he sprang on the would-be
assassin and pinned him to the ground.\par

Kaloomah's knife dropped from his hand as he tried
to free himself.\par

But Brawn had him by the throat now, and had not
brave Peggy sprung to the assistance of the savage,
the dog would have torn the windpipe from his neck.\par

But Kaloomah was prisoner, and when the fight was
all over, the dog was released from duty, and the chief
was bound hand and foot and placed in the other cave
beside Peter.\par

This cave, which had thus been turned into a prison,
possessed an entrance at the side, a kind of doorway
through the dark rocks, and a great hole at the top,
through which daylight, or even moonlight, could
stream.  At some not very distant date it had
evidently been used as a hut, and must have been the
scene of many a fearful cannibal orgie, for scores of
human skulls were heaped up in corners, and calcined
bones were also found.  Altogether, therefore, an
unhallowed kind of place, and eerie beyond conception.\par

It is as well to tell the truth concerning the battle
on the hill-top, ghastly though it may appear.  There
were no wounded men there, for even in the thick
of the fight the savages not only slew the white men
who dropped, but their own maimed as well.\par

So long as the brave fellows under Roland and
Dick held the ramparts, and poured their volleys into
the ranks of the enemy beneath, scarcely a white man
was hurt; but when the battlements were carried by
storm, then the havoc of war commenced in earnest;
and at daylight a great deep trench was excavated,
and in this no fewer than eleven white men were
placed, side by side.\par

A simple prayer was said, then a hymn was
sung--a sad dirge-like hymn to that sacred air
called "Martyrdom", which has risen in olden times
from many a Scottish battle-field, where the heather
was dripping blood.  I take my fiddle and play it
now, and that mournful scene rises up before me, in
which the white men crowd around the long quiet
grave, where their late companions lie sleeping in the
tomb.\par

Every head is bared in the morning sunshine, every
eye is wet with tears.\par

It is Bill himself who leads the melody.\par

Then clods are gently thrown upon the dead, and
soon the grave is filled.\par

\begin{container}
\vs{1}
{\noindent}
{\centering
――――
\endgraf}
\par
\end{container}

\vs{1}
{\noindent}
There was not the slightest apprehension now that
the battle would be renewed, and so all the day was
spent in getting ready for the long march back to the
spot where, under the charge of one of the captains
and his faithful peons, the great canoes had been left.\par

Among the stores brought here to camp--the
suggestion had emanated from Roland's mother and
Beeboo--was a chest containing many changes of
raiment and dresses belonging to Peggy.  In the cave,
then, both she and Weenah conducted their toilet, and
when, some time after, and just as breakfast was
about to be served, they both came out, it would
have been difficult, indeed, to keep from exclamations
of surprise.\par

Even Benee gave way to his excitement, and, seizing
Weenah, held her for a moment high in air.\par

"I rejoice foh true!" he cried.  "All ober my heart
go flapperty-flap.  Oh, Weenah! you am now all same
one red pale-face lady."\par

Dick thought Peggy, with her bonnie sun-tanned
face, more lovely now than ever he had seen her.\par

\begin{container}
\vs{1}
{\noindent}
{\centering
――――
\endgraf}
\par
\end{container}

\vs{1}
{\noindent}
But while they are breakfasting, and while the
men are quietly but busily engaged getting the stores
down-hill, let us take a peep into the cave where the
prisoners are.\par

When Kaloomah was thrust into the cave, Peter
was fast asleep.  Of late he had become utterly
tired and careless of life.  Was his not a wrecked
existence from beginning to end?  This was a question
that he oftentimes asked himself sadly enough.\par

During the fight that had raged so long and fiercely
he had remained perfectly passive.  What was it to
him who won or who lost?  If the Indians won, he
would speedily be put out of pain.  If the white men
were the victors--well, he would probably die just
the same.  At all events, life was not worth having now.\par

Then, when the lull of battle came, when the wild
shrieks and shouting were over, and when the rattling
of musketry was no longer heard, he felt utterly tired.
He would sleep, he told himself, and what cared he
if it should be\par

{\advance\leftskip\parindentamount{}\advance\rightskip\parindentamount{}
\vs{1}
\begin{verse}
{\vl {\noindent}
"The sleep that knows not breaking,\par}
{\vl Morn of toil or night of waking"?\par}
\end{verse}
}


\vs{2}
{\noindent}
The cords that bound him hurt a little, but he would
not feel their pressure when--he slept.\par

His was not a dreamless sleep by any means, though
a long one.\par

His old, old life seemed to rise up before him.  He
was back again in England--dear old England!  He
was a clerk, a confidential clerk.\par

He had no care, no complications, and he was happy.
Happy in the love of a sweet girl who adored him;
the girl that he would have made his wife.  Poor?
Yes, both were; but oh! when one has innocence and
sweet contentment, love can bloom in a garret.\par

Yet envy of the rich began to fill his soul.  The
world was badly divided.  Why had he to tread the
streets day after day with muddy boots to his office,
and back to his dingy home after long hours of toil
and drudgery at the desk?\par

Oh for comfort!  Oh for riches!\par

The girl that was to be his was more beautiful than
many who lolled in cushioned carriages, with liveried
servants to attend their beck and call.\par

So his dream went on, and dreams are but half-waking
thoughts.\par

But it changes now!\par

He sees Mary his sweetheart, wan and pale, with
tears in her eyes for him whose voice she may never
hear again.\par

For the tempter has come with gold and with
golden promises.\par

And he has fallen!\par

Other men have fallen before.  Why not he when
so much was to be gained?  So much of--nay, not of
glory, but of gold.  What is it that gold cannot do?\par

A conscience?  Yes, he had possessed one once.
But this tempter had laughed heartily when he talked
of so old-fashioned a possession.  It was all a matter
of business.\par

Behold those wealthy men who glide past in their
beautiful landaus.  Did they have consciences?  If
they did, then, instead of a town and country house,
their home would soon be the garret vile in some
back slum in London.\par

Again the dream changes.  To the fearful and
awful now.  For, stretched out before him is Mary,
wan and worn--Mary, DEAD!\par

He awakes with a shriek, and sits up with his back
against the black rock.\par

His hand touches something cold.  It is a skull,
and he shudders as he thrusts it away.\par

But is he awake?  He lifts his fettered hands and
rubs his eyes.\par

He gazes in terror at someone that is sitting, just
as he is, with his back against the wall--and asleep.\par

The rough dress is all disarranged, and the brown
hands are covered with blood.  It is an awful vision.\par

He shuts his eyes a moment, but when he opens
them again the man is still there!  The terror!\par

The morning sun is glimmering in and falling
directly on the awful sleeping face.\par

He sits bolt upright now and leans forward.\par

"Kaloomah!" he cries.  "Kaloomah!"\par

And his own voice seems to belong to some spirit
behind those prison walls.\par

But the terror awakes.\par

And the eyes of the two men meet.\par

"Don Pedro!  You here?"\par

"Kaloomah.  I am."\par

\penalty-300%
\label{chapter-xxix-eastward-ho-for-merrie-england}%
\hypertarget{chapter-xxix-eastward-ho-for-merrie-england}{}%
\vspace*{50pt}\thispagestyle{empty}
{\noindent\interlinepenalty \@M\normalfont\Huge\bfseries%
CHAPTER XXIX--EASTWARD HO!  FOR MERRIE ENGLAND}

\unskip\vskip 40pt\nobreak

{\noindent}
Captain Roland St. Clair, as he was called
by his men, was busy along with Dick and Bill
in superintending the sending-off of all heavy
baggage down-stream, when a man came up and saluted him.\par

"Well, Harris?"\par

"The prisoner Peter desires to speak with you, sir,
in the presence of two witnesses.  He wished me to
request you to bring paper, pen, and ink.  It is his
desire that you should take his deposition."\par

"Deposition, Harris?  But the man is not dying."\par

"Well, perhaps not, sir.  I only tell you what he says."\par

"I will be in his cell in less than twenty minutes,
Harris."\par

"Dick," said Roland, at the appointed time, "there
is some mystery here.  Come with me, and you also,
Bill."\par

"What I have to say must be said briefly and
quickly," said Peter, sitting up.  "I will not give
myself the pain," he added, "to think very much
about the past.  It is all too dark and horrible.  But
I make this confession, unasked for and being still in
possession of all my faculties and reasoning power."\par

He spoke very slowly, and Dick wrote down the
confession as he made it.\par

"I am guilty, gentlemen.  Dare I say 'with
extenuating circumstances'?  That, however, will be for
you to consider.  As the matter stands I do not beg
for my life, but rather that you should deal with me
as I deserve to be treated.\par

"Death, believe me, gentlemen, is in my case preferable
to life.  But listen and judge for yourselves, and
if parts of my story need confirmation, behold yonder
is Kaloomah, and he it was whom I hired to carry
your adopted sister away, where in all human
probability she could never more be heard of again.
Have you got all that down?"\par

"I have," said Dick.\par

"But," said Roland, "what reason had you to take
so terrible a revenge on those who never harmed you,
if revenge indeed it was?"\par

"It was not revenge.  What I did, I did for greed
of gold.  Listen.\par

"I was happy in England, and had I only been
content, I might now have been married and in
comfort, but I fell, and am now the heart-broken villain
you see before you.\par

"You know the will your uncle made, Mr. St. Clair?"\par

"I have only heard of it."\par

"It was I who copied it for my master, the wretched
solicitor.\par

"I stole that copy and re-copied it, and sold it to
the only man whom it could benefit, and that was
your Uncle John."\par

"My Uncle John?  He who sent you out to my
poor, dear father?"\par

"The same.  But let me hurry on.  The real will
is still in possession of the solicitor, and it gives
all the estates of Burnley Hall, in Cornwall, to
John, in the event of Peggy's death."\par

"I begin to see," said Dick.\par

"My reward was to have been great, if I managed
the affair properly.  I have never had it, and, alas!
I need it not now.\par

"But," he continued, "your villainous uncle was too
great a coward to have Peggy murdered.  His last
words to me on board the steamer before I sailed
were: 'Remember--not one single drop of blood
shed.'\par

"I might have done worse than even I did, but these
were the words that instigated my vile plot, of which
I now most heartily repent.  All I had to do was to
get apparent proof of Peggy's death."\par

"And my Uncle John now holds the estates of
Burnley Hall?  Is that so?"\par

"He does.  The solicitor could not help but produce
the will, on hearing of Peggy's capture and death.\par

"That, then, is my story, gentlemen.  Before Heaven
I swear it is all true.  It is, moreover, my deposition,
for I already feel the cold shadow of death creeping
over me.  Yes, I will sign it."\par

He did so.\par

"I makee sign too," said Kaloomah.\par

"That is the man whom I hired to do the deed,"
said Peter again.\par

And Kaloomah made his mark.\par

"I feel easier now, gentlemen" continued Peter.
"But leave me a while.  I would sleep."\par

\begin{container}
\vs{1}
{\noindent}
{\centering
――――
\endgraf}
\par
\end{container}

\vs{1}
{\noindent}
Kaloomah had all a savage's love for the horrible,
and he was merely an interested spectator of the
tragedy that followed.\par

Between him and Peter lie two poison-tipped arrows.\par

At first Peter looks at them like one dazed.  Then
he glances upwards at the glorious sunshine streaming
in through the opening.\par

Nearer and nearer he now creeps to those arrows!\par

Nearer and nearer!\par

Now he positions them with his manacled hands.\par

Then strikes.\par

In half an hour's time, when Burly Bill entered the
cave to inform the prisoners that it was time for them
to be on the road, he started back in horror.\par

Peter, fearfully contorted, lay on the floor of the
cave, dead.\par

\begin{container}
\vs{1}
{\noindent}
{\centering
――――
\endgraf}
\par
\end{container}

\vs{1}
{\noindent}
Some weeks after this the party found themselves
once more near to the banks of the rapid Madeira.\par

Everything had gone well with those captains and
peons whom they had left behind, and now every
preparation was made to descend the stream with all
possible speed, consonant with safety.\par

They had taken Kaloomah thus far, lest he should
return and bring another army to attack them.\par

And now a kind of drum-head court-martial was
held on this wild chief, at which even Charlie and
Benee were present.\par

"I really don't see," said Roland, "what good has
come of saddling ourselves with a savage."\par

"No, I agree with you, Roll," said Dick.  "Peter has
gone to his account, and really this Kaloomah has
been more sinned against than he has sinned."\par

"What would you advise, Bill?"\par

"Why, I'd give him a rousing kick and let him go."\par

"And you Benee?"\par

"I go for hangee he."\par

"Charlie, what would you do?"\par

Charlie was smiling and rubbing his hands; it was
evident he had formulated some plan that satisfied
himself.\par

"I tie dat savage to one biggee stake all by de
ribber, den watch de 'gator come, chumpee, chumpee
he."\par

But a more merciful plan was adopted.  Kaloomah
evidently expected death, but when Roland himself
cut his bonds and pointed to the west, the savage gave
just one wild whoop and yell, and next moment he
had disappeared in the forest.\par

\begin{container}
\vs{1}
{\noindent}
{\centering
――――
\endgraf}
\par
\end{container}

\vs{1}
{\noindent}
Were I beginning a story instead of ending one, I
should not be able to resist the temptation to describe
that voyage down the beautiful Madeira.\par

It must suffice to say that it was all one long and
happy picnic.\par

Just one grief, however, had been Peggy's at the
start.  Poor Dixie, the pony, must be left behind.\par

She kissed his forehead as she bade him good-bye,
and her face was wet with tears as she turned her
back to her favourite.\par

Roland did what he could to comfort her.\par

"Dixie will soon be as happy as any horse can
be," he said.  "He will find companions, and will live
a long, long time in the wilds of this beautiful land.
So you must not grieve."\par

\begin{container}
\vs{1}
{\noindent}
{\centering
――――
\endgraf}
\par
\end{container}

\vs{1}
{\noindent}
There are times when people in this world are so
inexpressibly happy that they cannot wish evil to
happen even to their greatest enemies.  They feel
that they would like every creature, every being on
earth, to be happy also.\par

Surely it is with some such spirit that angels and
saints in heaven are imbued.\par

Had you been on board the steamship {\itshape{Panama}}
as she was swiftly ploughing her way through the
wide blue sea that separates Old England from South
America, from Pará and the mouths of the mighty
Amazon, you could not have been otherwise than
struck with the evident contentment and happiness of
a group of saloon passengers there.  Whether walking
the quarter-deck, or seated on chairs under the awning,
or early in the morning surrounding their own special
little breakfast-table, pleasure beamed in every eye,
joy in every face.\par

Who were they?  Listen and I shall tell you.\par

There was Roland, Dick, Roland's sweet-faced
mother, Peggy; and last, but certainly not least
in size at all events, there was dark-skinned
jolly-looking Burly Bill himself.\par

But Burly Bill did not obtrude his company too
much on the younger folks.  He was fond of walking
on the bridge and talking to the officer on duty.
Fond, too, of blowing a cloud from his lips as they
dallied with his great meerschaum.  Fond of telling
a good story, but fonder still of listening to one,
and often chuckling over it till he appeared quite
apoplectic.\par

There was someone else on board who must be
mentioned.  And this was Dixie, the pony!\par

Did he remain on the banks of the Madeira?  Not
he.  For by some means or other he found his way--so
marvellous is the homing instinct in animals--back
to the old plantation long before Roland and his
little army, and was the first to run out to meet Peggy
and get a kiss on his soft warm snout.\par

Need I add that Brawn was one of the passengers?
And a happy dog he was, and always ready for a lark
when the sailors chose to throw a belaying-pin for him.\par

Dick had had a grief to face when he returned.\par

His uncle was dead.  So he determined--as did
Roland with his plantation--to sell off and return to
England, for a time at all events.\par

The two estates are now worked by a "Company
Ltd.", but Jake Solomons is head overseer.\par

Benee, who has married his "moon-dream", little
Weenah, is second in command, and right merry of
a morning is the boom and the song of the old buzz-saw.\par

\begin{container}
\vs{1}
{\noindent}
{\centering
――――
\endgraf}
\par
\end{container}

\vs{1}
{\noindent}
So happy, then, were Roland and Dick and Peggy
that they concluded they would not be too hard on
wicked Uncle John.\par

This wicked Uncle John went into retirement after
the arrival of our heroes and heroine.  He might have
been sent into retirement of quite a different sort if
Roland had cared to press matters.\par

Peggy got all her own again.  She is now
Mrs. Temple, and Dick and she are beloved by all the
tenantry--yes, and by all the county gentry and
farmer folks round and round.\par

I had almost forgotten to say a last word about
Beeboo.  She is Mrs. Temple's chief servant, and a
right happy body is Beeboo, and Burly Billy is estate
manager.\par

Now, if any of my readers want a special treat, let
him or her try to get an invitation to spend Christmas
at Burnley Old Hall.\par


% -*- encoding: utf-8 -*-

%
\backmatter
%


\label{pg-end-line}%
\hypertarget{pg-end-line}{}%
{}
\vs{4}
{\noindent}
*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK IN FAR BOLIVIA ***\par

\clearpage{\pagestyle{empty}\cleardoublepage}

{}

\begin{english}
\begin{pgfooter_env}
\penalty-300%
\label{a-word-from-project-gutenberg}%
\hypertarget{a-word-from-project-gutenberg}{}%
\label{pg-footer}%
\hypertarget{pg-footer}{}%
\vspace*{50pt}\thispagestyle{empty}
{\noindent\interlinepenalty \@M\normalfont\Huge\bfseries%
A Word from Project Gutenberg}

\unskip\vskip 40pt\nobreak

{\noindent}
We will update this book if we find any errors.\par

This book can be found under: {https://www.gutenberg.org/ebooks/39728}\par

Creating the works from print editions not protected by U.S. copyright
law means that no one owns a United States copyright in these works,
so the Foundation (and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United
States without permission and without paying copyright royalties.
Special rules, set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this
license, apply to copying and distributing Project Gutenberg™
electronic works to protect the Project Gutenberg™ concept and
trademark. Project Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be
used if you charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific
permission. If you do not charge anything for copies of this eBook,
complying with the rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for
nearly any purpose such as creation of derivative works, reports,
performances and research.  They may be modified and printed and given
away – you may do practically {\itshape{anything}} in the United States with
eBooks not protected by U.S. copyright law. Redistribution is subject
to the trademark license, especially commercial redistribution.\par{}

\penalty-300%
\label{the-full-project-gutenberg-license}%
\hypertarget{the-full-project-gutenberg-license}{}%
\label{project-gutenberg-license}%
\hypertarget{project-gutenberg-license}{}%
\vskip 3.5ex
{\noindent\interlinepenalty \@M\normalfont\Large\bfseries%
The Full Project Gutenberg License}

\unskip\vskip 2.3ex\nobreak

{\noindent}
{\itshape{Please read this before you distribute or use this work.}}\par

To protect the Project Gutenberg™ mission of promoting the free
distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase “Project
Gutenberg”), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full
Project Gutenberg™ License available with this file or online at
{https://www.gutenberg.org/license}.\par

\penalty-300%
\label{section-1-general-terms-of-use-redistributing-project-gutenberg-electronic-works}%
\hypertarget{section-1-general-terms-of-use-redistributing-project-gutenberg-electronic-works}{}%
\vskip 3.25ex
{\noindent\interlinepenalty \@M\normalfont\large\bfseries%
Section 1. General Terms of Use \& Redistributing Project Gutenberg™ electronic works}

\unskip\vskip 1.5ex\nobreak

{\noindent}
{\bfseries{1.A.}} By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg™
electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all
the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or
destroy all copies of Project Gutenberg™ electronic works in your
possession. If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a
Project Gutenberg™ electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by
the terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person
or entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.\par

{\bfseries{1.B.}} “Project Gutenberg” is a registered trademark. It may only be
used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few
things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg™ electronic works
even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See
paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project
Gutenberg™ electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement
and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg™ electronic
works. See paragraph 1.E below.\par

{\bfseries{1.C.}} The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation (“the
Foundation” or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection
of Project Gutenberg™ electronic works. Nearly all the individual
works in the collection are in the public domain in the United
States. If an individual work is unprotected by copyright law in the
United States and you are located in the United States, we do not
claim a right to prevent you from copying, distributing, performing,
displaying or creating derivative works based on the work as long as
all references to Project Gutenberg are removed. Of course, we hope
that you will support the Project Gutenberg™ mission of promoting free
access to electronic works by freely sharing Project Gutenberg™ works
in compliance with the terms of this agreement for keeping the Project
Gutenberg™ name associated with the work. You can easily comply with
the terms of this agreement by keeping this work in the same format
with its attached full Project Gutenberg™ License when you share it
without charge with others.\par

\par

{\bfseries{1.D.}} The copyright laws of the place where you are located also
govern what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most
countries are in a constant state of change. If you are outside the
United States, check the laws of your country in addition to the terms
of this agreement before downloading, copying, displaying, performing,
distributing or creating derivative works based on this work or any
other Project Gutenberg™ work.  The Foundation makes no
representations concerning the copyright status of any work in any
country outside the United States.\par

{\bfseries{1.E.}} Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:\par

{\bfseries{1.E.1.}} The following sentence, with active links to, or other
immediate access to, the full Project Gutenberg™ License must appear
prominently whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg™ work (any work
on which the phrase “Project Gutenberg” appears, or with which the
phrase “Project Gutenberg” is associated) is accessed, displayed,
performed, viewed, copied or distributed:\par

{\advance\leftskip\parindentamount{}\advance\rightskip\parindentamount{}
\vs{1}
{\noindent}
This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States
and most other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no
restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it
under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included with this
eBook or online at {https://www.gutenberg.org} .  If you are not
located in the United States, you'll have to check the laws of the
country where you are located before using this ebook.\par}

\vs{1}
{\noindent}
{\bfseries{1.E.2.}} If an individual Project Gutenberg™ electronic work is
derived from texts not protected by U.S. copyright law (does not
contain a notice indicating that it is posted with permission of the
copyright holder), the work can be copied and distributed to anyone in
the United States without paying any fees or charges. If you are
redistributing or providing access to a work with the phrase “Project
Gutenberg” associated with or appearing on the work, you must comply
either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 or
obtain permission for the use of the work and the Project Gutenberg™
trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.\par

{\bfseries{1.E.3.}} If an individual Project Gutenberg™ electronic work is
posted with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and
distribution must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and
any additional terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms
will be linked to the Project Gutenberg™ License for all works posted
with the permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of
this work.\par

{\bfseries{1.E.4.}} Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project
Gutenberg™ License terms from this work, or any files containing a
part of this work or any other work associated with Project
Gutenberg™.\par

{\bfseries{1.E.5.}} Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute
this electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
Gutenberg™ License.\par

{\bfseries{1.E.6.}} You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including
any word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access
to or distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg™ work in a format other
than “Plain Vanilla ASCII” or other format used in the official
version posted on the official Project Gutenberg™ web site
({https://www.gutenberg.org}), you must, at no additional cost, fee or
expense to the user, provide a copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a
means of obtaining a copy upon request, of the work in its original
“Plain Vanilla ASCII” or other form. Any alternate format must include
the full Project Gutenberg™ License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.\par

{\bfseries{1.E.7.}} Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg™ works
unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.\par

{\bfseries{1.E.8.}} You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
access to or distributing Project Gutenberg™ electronic works provided
that\par

\begin{itemize}
\item[-] You pay a royalty fee of 20\% of the gross profits you derive from
the use of Project Gutenberg™ works calculated using the method you
already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is owed to
the owner of the Project Gutenberg™ trademark, but he has agreed to
donate royalties under this paragraph to the Project Gutenberg
Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments must be paid within 60
days following each date on which you prepare (or are legally
required to prepare) your periodic tax returns. Royalty payments
should be clearly marked as such and sent to the Project Gutenberg
Literary Archive Foundation at the address specified in Section 4,
“Information about donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
Archive Foundation.”\par

\item[-] You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg™
License. You must require such a user to return or destroy all
copies of the works possessed in a physical medium and discontinue
all use of and all access to other copies of Project Gutenberg™
works.\par

\item[-] You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of
any money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days of
receipt of the work.\par

\item[-] You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
distribution of Project Gutenberg™ works.\par
\end{itemize}

{\bfseries{1.E.9.}} If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project
Gutenberg™ electronic work or group of works on different terms than
are set forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing
from both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and The
Project Gutenberg Trademark LLC, the owner of the Project Gutenberg™
trademark. Contact the Foundation as set forth in Section 3. below.\par

{\bfseries{1.F.}}\par

{\bfseries{1.F.1.}} Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend
considerable effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe
and proofread works not protected by U.S. copyright law in creating
the Project Gutenberg™ collection. Despite these efforts, Project
Gutenberg™ electronic works, and the medium on which they may be
stored, may contain “Defects,” such as, but not limited to,
incomplete, inaccurate or corrupt data, transcription errors, a
copyright or other intellectual property infringement, a defective or
damaged disk or other medium, a computer virus, or computer codes that
damage or cannot be read by your equipment.\par

{\bfseries{1.F.2.}} LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES – Except for the
“Right of Replacement or Refund” described in paragraph 1.F.3, the
Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the
Project Gutenberg™ trademark, and any other party distributing a
Project Gutenberg™ electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
DAMAGE.\par

{\bfseries{1.F.3.}} LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND – If you discover a
defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you
received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium
with your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you
with the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in
lieu of a refund. If you received the work electronically, the person
or entity providing it to you may choose to give you a second
opportunity to receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If
the second copy is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing
without further opportunities to fix the problem.\par

{\bfseries{1.F.4.}} Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set
forth in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you ‘AS-IS,’ WITH
NO OTHER WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT
LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.\par

{\bfseries{1.F.5.}} Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of
damages. If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement
violates the law of the state applicable to this agreement, the
agreement shall be interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or
limitation permitted by the applicable state law. The invalidity or
unenforceability of any provision of this agreement shall not void the
remaining provisions.\par

{\bfseries{1.F.6.}} INDEMNITY – You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation,
the trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
providing copies of Project Gutenberg™ electronic works in accordance
with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the
production, promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg™
electronic works, harmless from all liability, costs and expenses,
including legal fees, that arise directly or indirectly from any of
the following which you do or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this
or any Project Gutenberg™ work, (b) alteration, modification, or
additions or deletions to any Project Gutenberg™ work, and (c) any
Defect you cause.\par

\penalty-300%
\label{section-2-information-about-the-mission-of-project-gutenberg}%
\hypertarget{section-2-information-about-the-mission-of-project-gutenberg}{}%
\vskip 3.25ex
{\noindent\interlinepenalty \@M\normalfont\large\bfseries%
Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg™}

\unskip\vskip 1.5ex\nobreak

{\noindent}
Project Gutenberg™ is synonymous with the free distribution of
electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of
computers including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It
exists because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations
from people in all walks of life.\par

Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
assistance they need, is critical to reaching Project Gutenberg™'s
goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg™ collection will remain
freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project
Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
and permanent future for Project Gutenberg™ and future generations. To
learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and
how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4 and the
Foundation web page at {https://www.pglaf.org} .\par

\penalty-300%
\label{section-3-information-about-the-project-gutenberg-literary-archive-foundation}%
\hypertarget{section-3-information-about-the-project-gutenberg-literary-archive-foundation}{}%
\vskip 3.25ex
{\noindent\interlinepenalty \@M\normalfont\large\bfseries%
Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation}

\unskip\vskip 1.5ex\nobreak

{\noindent}
The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
number is 64-6221541. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg Literary
Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent permitted by
U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.\par

The Foundation's principal office is in Fairbanks, Alaska, with the
mailing address: PO Box 750175, Fairbanks, AK 99775, but its
volunteers and employees are scattered throughout numerous
locations. Its business office is located at 809 North 1500 West, Salt
Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email {business@pglaf.org}. Email
contact links and up to date contact information can be found at the
Foundation's web site and official page at www.gutenberg.org/contact\par

For additional contact information:\par

{\advance\leftskip\parindentamount{}\advance\rightskip\parindentamount{}
\vs{1}
\begin{verse}
{\vl {\noindent}
Dr. Gregory B. Newby\par}
{\vl Chief Executive and Director\par}
{\vl {gbnewby@pglaf.org}\par}
\end{verse}
}

\vs{1}
\penalty-300%
\label{section-4-information-about-donations-to-the-project-gutenberg-literary-archive-foundation}%
\hypertarget{section-4-information-about-donations-to-the-project-gutenberg-literary-archive-foundation}{}%
\vskip 3.25ex
{\noindent\interlinepenalty \@M\normalfont\large\bfseries%
{\noindent}
Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation}

\unskip\vskip 1.5ex\nobreak

{\noindent}
Project Gutenberg™ depends upon and cannot survive without wide spread
public support and donations to carry out its mission of increasing
the number of public domain and licensed works that can be freely
distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest array of
equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations (\$1 to
\$5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt status
with the IRS.\par

The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations
where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To SEND
DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any particular
state visit {https://www.gutenberg.org/donate}\par

While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
approach us with offers to donate.\par

International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.\par

Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other
ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. To
donate, please visit: {https://www.gutenberg.org/donate}\par

\penalty-300%
\label{section-5-general-information-about-project-gutenberg-electronic-works}%
\hypertarget{section-5-general-information-about-project-gutenberg-electronic-works}{}%
\vskip 3.25ex
{\noindent\interlinepenalty \@M\normalfont\large\bfseries%
Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg™ electronic works.}

\unskip\vskip 1.5ex\nobreak

{\noindent}
Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project Gutenberg™
concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared
with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project
Gutenberg™ eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support.\par

Project Gutenberg™ eBooks are often created from several printed
editions, all of which are confirmed as not protected by copyright in
the U.S. unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not
necessarily keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper
edition.\par

Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search
facility:\par

{\advance\leftskip\parindentamount{}\advance\rightskip\parindentamount{}
\vs{1}
{\noindent}
{https://www.gutenberg.org}\par}

\vs{1}
{\noindent}
This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg™, including
how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to subscribe
to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.\par
\end{pgfooter_env}
\end{english}
\bookmark[level=1,page=1]{CONTENTS}
\bookmark[level=2,dest=chapter-i-on-the-banks-of-the-great-amazon]{CHAPTER I--ON THE BANKS OF THE GREAT AMAZON}
\bookmark[level=2,dest=chapter-ii-strange-adventures-in-the-forest-lost]{CHAPTER II--STRANGE ADVENTURES IN THE FOREST--LOST!}
\bookmark[level=2,dest=chapter-iii-burnley-hall-old-and-new]{CHAPTER III--BURNLEY HALL, OLD AND NEW}
\bookmark[level=2,dest=chapter-iv-away-down-the-river]{CHAPTER IV--AWAY DOWN THE RIVER}
\bookmark[level=2,dest=chapter-v-a-day-in-the-forest-wilds]{CHAPTER V--A DAY IN THE FOREST WILDS}
\bookmark[level=2,dest=chapter-vi-not-one-single-drop-of-blood-shed]{CHAPTER VI--"NOT ONE SINGLE DROP OF BLOOD SHED"}
\bookmark[level=2,dest=chapter-vii-a-cold-hand-seemed-to-clutch-her-heart]{CHAPTER VII--"A COLD HAND SEEMED TO CLUTCH HER HEART"}
\bookmark[level=2,dest=chapter-viii-fiercely-and-wildly-both-sides-fought]{CHAPTER VIII--FIERCELY AND WILDLY BOTH SIDES FOUGHT}
\bookmark[level=2,dest=chapter-ix-that-tree-in-the-forest-glade]{CHAPTER IX--THAT TREE IN THE FOREST GLADE}
\bookmark[level=2,dest=chapter-x-benee-makes-a-strange-discovery]{CHAPTER X--BENEE MAKES A STRANGE DISCOVERY}
\bookmark[level=2,dest=chapter-xi-all-alone-in-the-wilderness]{CHAPTER XI--ALL ALONE IN THE WILDERNESS}
\bookmark[level=2,dest=chapter-xii-benee-entrenched-savage-revels-in-the-forest]{CHAPTER XII--BENEE ENTRENCHED--SAVAGE REVELS IN THE FOREST}
\bookmark[level=2,dest=chapter-xiii-the-march-to-the-loveless-land]{CHAPTER XIII--THE MARCH TO THE LOVELESS LAND}
\bookmark[level=2,dest=chapter-xiv-the-home-of-the-cannibal-benee-s-romance]{CHAPTER XIV--THE HOME OF THE CANNIBAL--BENEE'S ROMANCE}
\bookmark[level=2,dest=chapter-xv-shooks-gee-s-story-a-cannibal-queen]{CHAPTER XV--SHOOKS-GEE'S STORY--A CANNIBAL QUEEN}
\bookmark[level=2,dest=chapter-xvi-on-the-banks-of-a-beautiful-river]{CHAPTER XVI--ON THE BANKS OF A BEAUTIFUL RIVER}
\bookmark[level=2,dest=chapter-xvii-bill-and-his-boats]{CHAPTER XVII--BILL AND HIS BOATS}
\bookmark[level=2,dest=chapter-xviii-as-if-struck-by-a-dum-dum-bullet]{CHAPTER XVIII--AS IF STRUCK BY A DUM-DUM BULLET}
\bookmark[level=2,dest=chapter-xix-struggling-onwards-up-stream]{CHAPTER XIX--STRUGGLING ONWARDS UP-STREAM}
\bookmark[level=2,dest=chapter-xx-the-pagan-paynees-were-thirsting-for-blood]{CHAPTER XX--THE PAGAN PAYNEES WERE THIRSTING FOR BLOOD}
\bookmark[level=2,dest=chapter-xxi-the-forest-is-sheeted-in-flames]{CHAPTER XXI--THE FOREST IS SHEETED IN FLAMES}
\bookmark[level=2,dest=chapter-xxii-evenings-by-the-camp-fire]{CHAPTER XXII--EVENINGS BY THE CAMP FIRE}
\bookmark[level=2,dest=chapter-xxiii-a-marvellous-lake-in-a-marvellous-land-la-paz]{CHAPTER XXIII--A MARVELLOUS LAKE IN A MARVELLOUS LAND--LA PAZ}
\bookmark[level=2,dest=chapter-xxiv-benee-s-story-the-young-cannibal-queen]{CHAPTER XXIV--BENEE'S STORY--THE YOUNG CANNIBAL QUEEN}
\bookmark[level=2,dest=chapter-xxv-benee-s-mother-to-the-front]{CHAPTER XXV--BENEE'S MOTHER TO THE FRONT}
\bookmark[level=2,dest=chapter-xxvi-the-pale-face-queen-has-fled]{CHAPTER XXVI--THE PALE-FACE QUEEN HAS FLED}
\bookmark[level=2,dest=chapter-xxvii-the-fight-at-the-fort]{CHAPTER XXVII--THE FIGHT AT THE FORT}
\bookmark[level=2,dest=chapter-xxviii-the-dream-and-the-terror]{CHAPTER XXVIII--THE DREAM AND THE TERROR!}
\bookmark[level=2,dest=chapter-xxix-eastward-ho-for-merrie-england]{CHAPTER XXIX--EASTWARD HO!  FOR MERRIE ENGLAND}
\hbox{}
\end{document}

% Local Variables:
% mode: tex
% encoding: utf-8
% End:
